Catalog 2010_11

Birla Institute of Technology & Science, Pilani, India

BITS, Pilani - DUBAI DUBAI INTERNATIONAL ACADEMIC CITY, DUBAI – U.A.E

CATALOG 2010 - 2011

Plot No. UG 06, P. O. Box 345055 | Dubai International Academic City | Dubai | UAE Tel:- +971-4-4200 700; Fax:- +971-4-4200 844

www.bitsdubai.com;

August 26P

thP, 2010

BITS, Pilani - Dubai Catalog 2010-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. I. HISTORY AND PURPOSE 1-6

a. About BITS, Pilani – India 1 b. About BITS, Pilani – Dubai 1 c. Vision 3 d. Mission 3 e. Institutional Objectives & Goals 4 f. Objectives of Educational Programmes and Operational Activities 4

II. MEMORANDA OF UNDERSTANDING 7-7 a. Collaboration with American and Canadian Universities 7 b. MOU for Resources Sharing and Library Co-operation 7 c. MOU for engaging in R & D activities with ICBA 7

III. ACADEMIC CALENDAR (For Academic Year 2010-2011) 8-11 a. Some Important Dates -Regular Programmes: B.E. (Hons.) 8 b. Some Important Dates -Evening Programmes: M.Sc.(Tech.), M.E., M.B.A. 10

IV. ADMISSION CRITERIA AND PROCEDURE 12-17 a) Admission Criteria 12 b) Admission Procedure 13 c) Admission of Students Having Qualification from International Examinations 14 d) Admission with Advanced Standing 15 e) Minimum Requirements for Transfer 15 f) Registration, Registration Advisor and the “ID No.” 16

V. FACILITIES, SUPPORT SERVICES AND ACTIVITIES FOR STUDENTS 18-25

a. Orientation for New Admission Students 18 b. Communication Facilities 18 c. Transportation Facilities 18 d. Hostel Facilities 18 e. Canteen and Grocery 19 f. Sports Facilities 19 g. Social and Cultural Activities 19 h. Student Professional / Scientific Bodies 19 i. Student Clubs 19 j. Student Council 20 k. @bitsdubai – Newsletter 20 l. Prayer Facilities 20 m. Assistance to Physically Challenged Students 20 n. Earn-while-you-Learn Scheme 20 o. Academic Advising 21 p. Career Counselling and Placement 22 q. Health Services 22 r. Library 23

i. Working Hours 23 ii. Library Orientation Program 23

I


iii. Assistance to Users by Library Staff 23 iv. Do’s and Don’ts in the Library 23 v. Computer/Photocopying/Printing Facilities 24 vi. Procedures for Suggestions and Complaints 24

s. Alumni Matters 25

VI. ACADEMIC POLICIES & EDUCATIONAL PROCESS AT BPD 26-39 a) Rules and Academic Regulations 26 b) Educational Process 26

i) Normal Duration 26 (1) First Degree Programmes 26 (2) Higher Degree Programmes 26 (3) Study Time Limitation 26

ii) Academic Processes 27 (1) Academic Year and Semesters 27 (2) Hierarchy of the Structure of Courses 28 (3) Choice of Courses 28

(a) Industry Internship: “Practice School (PS)” Option 28 (b) Thesis – Seminar (TS) Option 29

(4) Lecture / Practical / Units (L / P / U) 30 (5) Registration Amendment 30 (6) Attendance 30 (7) Examination Guidelines 30

(a) Malpractice in Examinations 31 (8) Grading System 32

(a) Grading Process 32 (b) Course Grading System 33 (c) Non-letter Grades/Reports 34 (d) Grade Appeals 35 (e) Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) 35 (f) Performance Categories 36 (g) Transcripts 36

(9) Academic Counselling Board (ACB) 36 (10) Postponement of Study 37 (11) Programme Completion Requirements 37

(a) First (Undergraduate) Degree 37 (b) Higher Degree 38

(12) Withdrawals 38 (a) Withdrawal from a course 38 (b) Total Withdrawal 38

c) Academic Flexibilities 38 i) Electives 39 ii) Dual Degree 39 iii) Transfer 39

VII. FIRST DEGREE PROGRAMME STRUCTURES AND REQUIREMENTS 40-80 a) Structure and Requirements 40

II


i) Semester-wise Pattern of First Degree Programmes of BITS, Pilani-Dubai 42 ii) B.E. (Hons.) Computer Science 44 iii) B.E. (Hons.) Electrical and Electronics Engineering 47 iv) B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering 50 v) B.E. (Hons.) Mechanical Engineering 53 vi) B.E. (Hons.) Chemical Engineering 56 vii) B.E. (Hons.) Biotechnology 59 viii) B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Communication Engineering 62 ix) M.Sc. (Tech.) Engineering Technology 65 x) M.Sc. (Tech.) Information Systems 68

b) Category-wise Courses 71 c) Specialized Discipline Courses (SDCs) 74 d) Electives 79

VIII. HIGHER DEGREE PROGRAMME STRUCTURES AND REQUIREMENTS 81-90

a) Structure and Requirements 81 i) M.E. Design Engineering 83 ii) M.E. Microelectronics 83 iii) M.E. Software Systems 84 iv) M.E. Biotechnology 84 v) M.B.A. (Both Streams:) 85 Engineering and Technology Management & IT Enabled Services Management

b) Named Courses and Electives 86

IX. FEE STRUCTURE AND FINANCIAL AID 91-96 a) Fee Structure 91 b) Fee Payment Schedule 92 c) Refund Policy 93

i) Tuition Fee 93 ii) Hostel Fee 93 iii) Transport Fee 93

d) Financial Aid – Scholarship and Concessions 93 i) Scholarships 94

(1) Merit Scholarship 94 (2) Scholarship for Board Toppers 94 (3) Scholarship for Sports Excellence 94 (4) Merit-cum-Means Scholarship 94 (5) Scholarship for BITSAT Candidates 95

ii) Concessions 96 (1) Special Concession for UAE Nationals 96 (2) Fee Concession in Case of Sudden Bereavement of Earning Member of the Family 96 (3) Fee concession for Physically Challenged Students 96

III


X. ANNEXURES ANNEXURE-1: STUDENT ACADEMIC ADVISING 97-102 ANNEXURE-2: EQUIVALENCY TABLE 103-105 ANNEXURE-3: TRANSFER POLICIES 106-110 ANNEXURE-4: COURSE HANDOUT FORMATS 111-117 ANNEXURE-5: THE GRADING PROCESS 118-122 ANNEXURE-6: DUAL DEGREE SCHEME 123-126 ANNEXURE-7: PRACTICE SCHOOL 127-134 ANNEXURE -8: COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (FOR COURSES OTHER THAN SPECIALIZED DISCIPLINE COURSES) 135-160

I. Language and Literature 136 II. Core Science 137

III. Core Mathematics (MATH) 139 IV. Technical Arts (TA) 141 V. Engineering Science (ES) 143

i. Engineering (ENGG) 147 VI. Analysis and Application Oriented Courses (AAOC) 149

i. Technique Oriented Courses (TOC) 151 VII. Humanities and Social Sciences 153

VIII. Other Courses (BITS) 154 i. Courses on Development Process (CDP) 159

ANNEXURE-9: COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 161-219 (SPECIALIZED DISCIPLINE COURSES)

1. Computer Science (CS) 162 2. Electrical and Electronics Engineering (EEE) 169 3. Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (INSTR) 177 4. Mechanical Engineering (ME) 183 5. Chemical Engineering (CHE) 188 6. Biotechnology (BIOT) 193 7. Electronics and Communication Engineering (ECE) 197 8. Engineering Technology (ET) 200 9. Information Systems (IS) 203 10. Named Courses for Higher Degree Programmes 208

a. Design Engineering (DE) 208 b. Microelectronics (MEL) 210 c. Software Systems 211 d. Biotechnology 213 e. Master of Business Administration (M.B.A) 215

ANNEXURE-10: COURSEDECSRIPTIONS-ELECTIVES 222-262 1. Electives for First-Degree Programmes 223 2. Emerging Area (EA) Courses for First-Degree Programmes 230 3. Electives for Higher Degree Programmes 234

a. Design Engineering 234 b. Microelectronics 236 c. Software Systems 239 d. Biotechnology 244 e. M.B.A. - Engineering & Technology Management stream 247

IV


f. M.B.A. - IT Enabled Services Management stream 250

ANNEXURE-11 BPD FACULTY ROSTER 253-262 XI. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

a. FIGURES / CHARTS 1. STRUCTURE OF BPD FIRST DEGREE PROGRAMMES (PS OPTION) 41 2. A SAMPLE HISTOGRAM 121

b. TABLES

1. COURSE GRADING SYSTEM 34 2. NON-LETTER GRADES/REPORTS 35 3. REQUIREMENTS OF FIRST DEGREE PROGRAMMES 40 4.

a. FEE STRUCTURE 91 b. FEE PAYMENT SCHEDULE 92

5. QUALITATIVE MEANING OF GRADES 119 6. EXAMPLE GRADE RANGE 120 7. EXAMPLE TO COMPUTE CGPA 122 8. EVALUATION COMPONENTS OF PS-I AND PS-II 132

* * * * *

V


I. HISTORY AND PURPOSE

a. About BITS, Pilani - India

The Birla Institute of Technology and Science, Pilani (BITS Pilani), an All India Institute for Higher Education declared as deemed to be university, was founded in 1964. BITS, Pilani has modelled its education system on the American education pattern (MIT, USA) and has adopted semester system, modular structure of courses, continuous and internal evaluation, letter grading etc., since inception. In the year 2000, it has received the highest ranking of Five Star status by National Accreditation and Assessment Council (NAAC) in India, in recognition of its international standard and quality academic programmes. In 2008-2009, the NAAC team visited BITS campuses at Pilani, Dubai and Goa and BITS has been re-accredited with CGPA 3.71 on a four point scale at the highest ‘A’ Grade. All admissions to campuses at Pilani, Goa and Hyderabad are made on all India basis and are based strictly on merit. It attracts, annually top - ranking students from Higher Secondary School Boards. The admission process is highly competitive. All programmes include Practice School (an industrial / field exposure through internship of students) option as an important component of the educational structure.

BITS, Pilani, apart from providing world class education, helps in building a well - groomed personality and provides ample opportunities to students to develop into responsible leaders and dynamic professionals in their careers.

BITS, Pilani spread forward the same rich traditions and academic standard through its campuses outside Pilani. The first campus was started in 2000 at Dubai, UAE, second in Goa, India in 2004 and third campus in Hyderabad in 2008.

b. About BITS, Pilani – Dubai (BPD)

BITS, Pilani - Dubai (BPD) was established in September 2000 in response to meet the growing demand among the residents of the Gulf region for quality higher education, in the sphere of Engineering. It was set-up in association with ETA-NET, a member of the ETA-ASCON Group. BPD commenced its operation at the present location in Dubai International Academic City from September 2007.

In a span of 10 years, BPD has been growing from strength to strength. In the year 2000 it started with just two disciplines, currently offers a total of eleven programmes (eight first degree and three higher degree) as given below:

1. B.E. (Hons.) Computer Science 2. B.E. (Hons.) Electrical and Electronics Engineering 3. B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering 4. B.E. (Hons.) Mechanical Engineering 5. B.E. (Hons.) Chemical Engineering 6. B.E. (Hons.) Biotechnology 7. B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Communication Engineering

1


8. M.Sc. (Tech.) Engineering Technology* 9. M.E. Design Engineering* 10. M.E. Microelectronics* 11. M.B.A. in steams of:

o Engineering and Technology Management* o M.B.A. IT Enabled Services Management*

The “*” marked programmes, in the list above, are being offered as evening programmes for working professionals from the II Semester of 2009-10 providing continuing education opportunities to the working professionals. In addition to the above programmes, in the Academic year 2010-11, towards its endeavour in enhancing continuing education opportunities of working professionals BPD plans to offer the following three (one first degree and two higher degree) programmes:

1. M.Sc. (Tech.) Information Systems 2. M.E. Software Systems 3. M.E. Biotechnology

The Knowledge and Human Development Authority (KHDA), Government of Dubai, Dubai, UAE accorded its approval to the Higher Education Provider (HEP): BITS, Pilani, Rajasthan, India for offering all the above 15 BITS programmes (i.e., 9 first-degree and 6 higher-degree programmes) at the HEP Branch campus: BPD.

BITS, Pilani along with BITS, Pilani - Dubai and Goa campuses has been awarded the coveted 'A' Grade by NAAC- National Assessment and Accreditation Council, an autonomous body set up by UGC, Government of India, scoring 3.71 on a scale of 4.00 among all private accredited universities in India.

Duration of each of the first-degree programmes is for Four years while that of higher degree programmes is for two years. Classes for the seven B.E. (Hons.) programmes are being held from 7:30 AM to 3:40 PM on all institute working days. Classes for M.Sc.(Tech.), M.E. and M.B.A. programmes are held during evenings and / or weekends during timings convenient for working professionals.

All the B.E. (Hons.) programmes in engineering provide an option for students to choose Practice School (PS) or Thesis Seminar (TS). The Practice School (PS) course exposes the student to real-time experience in an organizational environment. It is an internship of seven and a half (7½) months in reputed industries and is completed within the four year duration of the program. The deserving students are also paid stipend during their internship. There are as many as 371 companies in the U.A.E, who have so far offered internships to the students and many more companies are coming forward each semester. Students of the M.Sc.(Tech.), M.E., and M.B.A. programmes are offered Thesis-Seminar or Dissertation during the final semester.

The Institute has recruited highly experienced full time teaching faculty with Doctoral Degrees in their respective disciplines. Some of the faculty members are also on deputation from BITS, Pilani - India. The Institute has constantly strengthened its faculty base and at present, the strength is about 97 at various levels (inclusive of Senior Lecturers / Lecturers and Instructors involved in laboratory-oriented teaching).

2


Since its inception, BPD has maintained very high standards in its academic programmes through quality inputs, training and internship.

BPD’s first batch of 54 students graduated on 5 August 2004, the second batch of 85 students on 16 August 2005, the third batch of 92 students on 1 August 2006, the fourth batch of 156 students on 29th August, 2007, the fifth batch of 247 students on 27th August 2008, the sixth batch of 295 students on 24th August, 2009, and the seventh batch of 337 students on 22nd August, 2010.

The Institute organizes placement programme from March through May. Several reputed companies in UAE like IT firms, multinational conglomerates, oil companies, construction companies, logistics and trading organizations participate in the Institute’s placement program. The job offers exceeded the number of interested students of the graduating batches; and students have got placed in various organizations in UAE, India and other countries. Several graduating students of BPD have get admission into Masters/Ph.D. programmes in reputed American and European universities with fellowships.

The students of this campus have won several accolades not only in academics but also on the extracurricular front. This has been possible because of BPD's continuous effort in creating professionals with an all round personality. The exemplary performance and dynamism displayed by the students who have graduated from BPD, are testimonial to this. Two B.E. (Hons.) Computer Science students of class of 2010 of Dubai campus received the Academic Excellence Award instituted by the Dubai International Academic City (DIAC), Dubai, UAE.

c. Vision

To be a leading institute of international repute in UAE in the field of technical education, providing students with opportunities and resources in their pursuit of academic excellence, personality development, self-learning skills and disseminating knowledge and intellectual values of the twenty first Century in accordance with international standards in general and the UAE in particular.

d. Mission

BPD is committed, through its offering of academic programmes in Engineering and applied fields to

Prepare graduates who are able to develop critical thinking skills in their search for knowledge and trust;

Equip students with practical skills and knowledge suited to the fast growing industry and economy of the world and gulf region in general and UAE in particular;

Enable students to make sound judgments both as individuals and the responsible members of society;

3


Contribute to the advancement of knowledge in Engineering and allied fields in the region through its support for research conducted by its faculty and students; and

Enable the students to become responsible citizens with commitment to society at large.

e. Institutional Objectives & Goals

Objectives of Educational programmes in support of vision, mission and goals are to train its students:

1. To attain analysis and synthesis capabilities through application of mathematics, science and engineering;

2. To achieve essential competencies in engineering and Professional Communication Skills;

3. To get familiarized with broad areas of knowledge essential for assuming responsibility of ones’ self, natural and social environment;

4. To have abilities to apply their specialization in engineering to business services and products;

5. To acquire the requisite capabilities to deploy and manage resources and services in organization processes;

6. To gain knowledge and skills required to identify, formulate and solve problems throughout their career;

7. To be able to work closely with other professionals, in general and relevant discipline in particular;

8. To inculcate personal integrity, ethical behaviour and cultural awareness in the practice of their profession; and

9. To grow abilities in the use of techniques, skills and modern engineering tools necessary for an engineering practice.

Objectives of BPD operational activities expressed in terms of the objectives of its various non-academic units are as Follows:

f. Objectives of Educational Programmes & Operational Activities

Objectives of Library, IT and Educational Support Services (LITES)

Library

Provide quality and relevant information resources and services to the user community which are accessible both on and off-campus;

Maintain a current and well-balanced collection of information and knowledge resources;

Provide information resources to support teaching/learning activities of the Institute community, at present and research needs in the near future;

4


Provide appropriate training to all patrons, on information seeking and retrieval process;

Help patrons play an active part in knowledge industry by making proper use of the resources;

Continuously improve the quality and the efficiency of the Library by maintaining a feedback monitoring system;

Ensure through appraisal and training, that all Library staff reach a high standard of performance;

Achieve positive cooperation with other libraries nationally and regionally; Create an ambience that is conducive to study at all levels; and Play a full role in the mission of the Institute as a centre for quality higher

education.

IT and Educational Support Services

Establishing a regular maintenance system and updating/up-gradation of all the IT and Educational Support hardware and software;

Maintaining an electronic inventory used in class rooms, seminar halls, etc., of the institute; and

Coordinating with institute functionaries, faculty and students in an efficient way to identify and offer needy support of required educational support material (such as development of literature for educational development of students, electronic storage gadgets for faculty and so on).

Institutional Effectiveness Office (IEO)

Collecting, analyzing, distributing and assisting in the use of information about the students, alumni, faculty and staff

Assisting in the organization and maintenance of institutional data for decision-making;

Administering regular feedbacks from students about the instruction, analyzing and interpreting the same for improvements in instruction;

Administering regular feedbacks/surveys on all BPD units/offices of the institute from students and faculty;

Analyzing/interpreting the feedbacks/surveys for effecting appropriate improvements in the institutional planning and decision-making;

Serving as a catalyst for institutional self-analysis and improvement; Analyzing and disseminating periodical reports on the activities of the Institute

Units and Services; Organizing seminars and forums to explore concepts of institutional

effectiveness and objective-oriented activities; and

5


Using standard performance indicators related to students, faculty and staff and compares the BPD’s performance both nationally and internationally.

Objectives of Practice School, Career Counselling and Placement (PCP) Division

Practice School

To make every effort to establish rapport with reputed Industries/Organizations that support BPD’s Practice School (Industry Internship) courses;

To prepare a database of reputed Industries/Organizations that can absorb students for Industry Internships (both PS I and PS II);

To enhance the skills of BPD students through Practice School that makes them readily assume professional responsibilities after graduation;

To develop a learning environment to the students at the Industries/Organizations in which they undergo Practice School by constant monitoring and mentoring of students’ progress through BPD faculty;

To conduct regular evaluation of the students’ progress in Practice School (PS) through a seamless involvement of resource persons at the PS Stations;

To improve the organizational, interpersonal and professional communication skills of students by inculcating sense of punctuality, encouraging creativity and innovativeness, developing abilities to work under the pressure of deadlines and competition;

To inculcate in students the business way of thinking and taking decisions by making them realize the importance of professional contributions to the host organization; and

To receive regular feedbacks from students and PS stations on Practice School and continuously use the same for needy improvements.

Career Counselling and Placement

To educate students regarding career planning and advice on job placements; To provide the companies/organizations with a single point of contact/portal for

identifying and recruiting students for employment; To prepare students to successfully make the transition from the educational

institute environment to become productive members of the local and international workforce;

To work with the companies/organizations to explore and promote employment opportunities for students and alumni; and

To provide the students with seminars, workshops, publications and career advancement activities.

* * * * *

6


7

II. MEMORANDA OF UNDERSTANDING

a. Collaboration with American and Canadian Universities

BPD has entered into agreements with the following Universities (of USA and Canada) for student exchange, faculty exchange, admission into graduate programmes, joint research, credits (units) transfer and so on.

George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia, USA Iowa State University, Iowa, USA Kansas State University, Kansas, USA Purdue University, West Lafayette, USA University at Buffalo, the State University of New York, USA University of Maryland, College Park, USA York University, Universities of Ontario, Canada University of Windsor, Canada

This is in addition to MOU’s BITS, Pilani has signed with various universities.

b. Resource Sharing and Library Co-operation

The Library has entered into an MOU for resource sharing and Library Co-operation with the Al Ain University of Science and Technology Library, Al Ain, UAE. Also BPD is working towards signing of similar MOUs with other universities and/or its libraries within UAE, Gulf and the Middle-East.

c. R & D Activities with ICBA

BPD has entered into a Memorandum of Understanding with the International Centre for Bio saline Agriculture (ICBA), Academic City, Dubai UAE for engaging in R&D activities in biotechnology related areas such as, but not limited to: bio-diversity, bio saline agriculture, nutrient management, bio-active compounds, etc. As part of MOU provision is made for (1) Internships for students through short-term and long-term projects, (2) Exchange of Information and visits of experts and scientists between both organizations. Also BPD is working towards signing of similar MOUs with other universities and/or its libraries within UAE, Gulf and the Middle-East.

* * * * *


III. ACADEMIC CALENDER (For Academic Year 2010-2011) BITS, PILANI – DUBAI , Dubai International Academic City, Dubai, UAE

III. a. SOME IMPORTANT DATES – REGULAR PROGRAMMES: B.E. (Hons.) ON‐CAMPUS ACTIVITIES

FIRST SEMESTER 2010 ‐ 2011 Freshmen Orientation August 24, 2010 August‐10 September‐10 October‐10 Freshmen Interaction August 25, 2010 Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S First Semester begins August 26, 2010 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 2 Registration for all August 26, 2010 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Class‐work starts August 29, 2010 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Eid‐Al‐Fitr (H)* September 9‐12, 2010 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Eid‐Al‐Adha (H)* November 16‐20, 2010 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

UAE National Day (H) December 2‐3, 2010 31 Al‐Hijra ‐ Islamic New Year day (H)*

December 7, 2010 Last day for class‐work December 19, 2010 November‐10 December‐10 January‐11 Comprehensive Examination begins

December 21, 2010 Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S

New Year Day (H) January 1, 2011 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 1 Comprehensive Examination ends

January 6, 2011 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

First Semester ends January 6, 2011 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Winter Recess for students begin

January 7, 2011 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Practice School ‐ II ends January 13, 2011 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Note: The schedule, given above, may be

revised subject to contingencies. * Islamic holidays are subject to change according to the local sighting of the new moon.

(H) ‐ HOLIDAYS AND RECESS

ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR ACADEMIC YEAR 2010 – 2011; ON‐CAMPUS ACTIVITIES ‐ B.E. (Hons.) Programmes

8


SECOND SEMESTER 2010 ‐ 2011 Second Semester begins

January 30, 2011 February‐11

March‐11

April‐11

Registration for all January 30, 2011 Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S Registration for Practice School‐II

January 30, 2011 1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

1 2

Class‐work starts January 31, 2011 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Prophet Mohammad’s Birthday (H)*

February 15, 2011 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

13 14 15 16 17 18 19

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Last day for class‐work May 15, 2011 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Comprehensive Examination begins

May 18, 2011 27 28

27 28 29 30 31

24 25 26 27 28 29 30

Comprehensive Examination ends

June 2, 2011

Second Semester ends June 2, 2011 May‐11 June‐11 July‐11 Summer Recess for students begin

June 3, 2011 Su M T W Th F S

Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S

Registration for Practice School‐I

June 7, 2011 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 2 3 4 31 1 2

Practice School‐II ends July 12, 2011 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Practice School‐I ends July 28, 2011 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Registration for Practice School‐II for I Semester 2011 ‐ 2012

August 1, 2011 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Freshmen Orientation September 4, 2011 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Freshmen Interaction September 5, 2011 Registration for I Semester 2011 ‐ 2012

September 5, 2011 (H) ‐ HOLIDAYS AND RECESS

Class‐work starts * Islamic holidays are subject to change according to the local sighting of the new moon. September 6, 2011

Note: The above schedule may be revised subject to contingencies.

9


III. ACADEMIC CALENDER (For Academic Year 2010-2011) BITS, PILANI – DUBAI , Dubai International Academic City, Dubai, UAE

III. b. SOME IMPORTANT DATES – EVENING PROGRAMMES: M.Sc. (Tech.), M.E., and M.B.A. ON‐CAMPUS ACTIVITIES

FIRST SEMESTER 2010 ‐ 2011 First Semester begins September 19, 2010 August‐10 September‐10 October‐10 Registration for all September 19, 2010 Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S Class‐work starts September 19, 2010 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 2

Eid‐Al‐Adha (H)* November 16‐18, 2010 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

UAE National Day (H) December 2, 2010 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Al‐Hijra ‐ Islamic New Year day (H)*

December 7, 2010 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Last day for class‐work December 30, 2010 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Comprehensive Examination begins

January 1, 2011 31


January 10, 2011

First Semester ends January 10, 2011 November‐10 December‐10 January‐11 Winter Recess for students begin

January 11, 2011 Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 1 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Note: The schedule above may be revised subject to contingencies. 30 31

* Islamic holidays are subject to change according to the local sighting of the new moon.

(H) ‐ HOLIDAYS AND RECESS; Note: Interactive sessions will be planned for MBA Students, as may be required, on any one of the 3 days per week (i.e., Mondays / Wednesdays or on Saturdays) – with the mutual consent of faculty & students.

10

- Dubai Catalog 2010-11

11

* * * * *

ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR ACADEMIC YEAR 2010 – 2011; ON‐CAMPUS ACTIVITIES – EVENING PROGRAMMES: M.Sc.(Tech.), M.E. and M.B.A. SECOND SEMESTER 2010 ‐ 2011

Second Semester begins

January 30, 2011 February‐11

March‐11

April‐11

Registration for all January 30, 2011 Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S Class‐work starts January 31, 2011 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 Prophet Mohammad’s Birthday (H)*

February 15, 2011 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

6 7 8 9 10 11 12

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Last day for class‐work May 15, 2011 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Comprehensive Examination begins

May 18, 2011 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

20 21 22 23 24 25 26

17 18 19 20 21 22 23


June 2, 2011 27 28

27 28 29 30 31

24 25 26 27 28 29 30

Second Semester ends June 2, 2011 Summer Recess for students begin

June 3, 2011 May‐11

June‐11 July‐11

First Semester begins September 4, 2011 Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S Su M T W Th F S Registration for I Semester 2011 ‐ 2012

September 5, 2011 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 2 3 4 31 1 2

Class‐work starts September 6, 2011 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 * Islamic holidays are subject to change according to the local sighting of the new moon.

29 30 31

26 27 28 29 30 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

(H) ‐ HOLIDAYS AND RECESS Note: Interactive sessions will be planned for MBA Students, as may be required, on any one of the 3 days per week (i.e., Mondays / Wednesdays or on Saturdays) – with the mutual consent of faculty & students.

Note: The above schedule may be revised subject to contingencies.

BITS, Pilani


IV. ADMISSION CRITERIA AND PROCEDURES

Currently BPD offers admission to the following programmes:

First Degree Programmes (offered during regular working hours): B.E. (Hons.) Computer Engineering B.E. (Hons.) Electrical and Electronics Engineering B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering B.E. (Hons.) Mechanical Engineering B.E. (Hons.) Chemical Engineering B.E. (Hons.) Biotechnology B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Communication Engineering

First Degree Programmes (offered during evenings & weekend holidays): M.Sc. (Tech.) Engineering and Technology M.Sc. (Tech.) Information Systems

Higher Degree Programmes (offered during evenings & weekend holidays): M.E. Biotechnology M.E. Design Engineering M.E. Microelectronics M.E. Software Systems M.B.A. Engineering & Technology Management M.B.A. IT Enabled Services Management

a) Admission Criteria

Admission to B.E. (Hons.) Programme is based entirely on the candidate's merit, his/her preferences, facilities available and availability of seats in the discipline preferred. Admissions are open to students of all nationalities. Since English is the medium of instruction for all programmes, good proficiency in English is essential for admission. Hence, candidates who have completed their qualifying examination from Non-English medium schools must have a minimum TOEFL score of 500 in paper based test or 61 in internet based test or have an IELTS score of 5. If necessary, they will also be assessed by an institute committee for English comprehension.

The eligibility criteria for admissions and all the necessary information regarding admission of new students are described appropriately and separately in the Institute Admission Bulletin / brochures published from time to time and provided to the applicants.

b) Admission Procedure

12


Selection process for all its B.E. (Hons.) programmes is carried out separately for the GCC and Non-GCC candidates. Students residing in any Gulf country or have their parents working in the Gulf are treated as GCC candidates. The rest are treated as Non-GCC candidates.

A merit list is prepared for the candidates in each of the above category based on their aggregate percentage of marks in the Qualifying Examination and not based on any entrance test.

Based on the merit list, availability of seats and the candidate’s preferences, candidates are allotted seats in each program. If a candidate is not allotted his first preference due to non-availability of seats, his/hers second and subsequent preferences are considered. If the candidate does not indicate more than one preference or gives only a limited number of preferences, he/she stands to loose admission in a programme even though seats are available and he/she has the merit. Hence, all candidates are advised to exercise their preferences with care.

Candidates who are selected for admission will receive the Admission Offer Letter. To accept the offer of admission, candidate must comply with all the requirements specified in the Admission Offer Letter including submission of various documents and payment of fee by the stipulated date mentioned in the Admission Offer Letter.

On compliance of the above, the candidate will receive intimation from the Institute regarding further course of action to be taken by him/her for joining the Institute. Until all admissions are finalized, all applicants will be considered to be on waiting list for the programmes of their higher preferences if they have not been already allotted the same. If any candidate, who is offered admission, fails to comply with all the admission requirements, thus forfeiting his/her offer of admission, this seat will be filled up by the candidate who is next on the merit list/waiting list.

The candidates must strictly adhere to the deadlines indicated for admission.

All the documents submitted by the candidates will be verified with the originals submitted by the candidates after commencement of the program. In case of non-compliance of the admission criteria, the admission of the candidate will automatically stand cancelled.

The Institute reserves the right to refuse admission to any candidate. In all the above matters of admission and allotment of program, the decision of the Institute shall be final. The jurisdiction in respect of all legal matters in this connection shall be at Dubai.

Annexure 2 indicates country wise equivalences (of GCC, Middle-east and some other countries) recognized by the BPD as admission eligibility for the Qualifying Examination. For an exhaustive list of equivalences one can consult the Admissions Department of BPD. With regard to any clarification on Qualifying Examination

13


related equivalences, the decision of the Institute based on the recommendations of the Standing Committee for Admissions is final.

c) Admission of Students Having Qualifications from International Examinations

The Institute welcomes students of all nationalities. Since there is a vast difference in the grading system and syllabus of various international examinations, all such applications are examined on a case-by-case basis.

The candidates must enclose with their application, documents explaining grading/marking system and calculation of Cumulative Grade Point Average / aggregate percentage of marks (along with their transcript) / mark sheet. Further, the candidates must send a copy of the syllabus of courses and rules and regulations for the examinations they have passed well in advance to enable the Institute to determine their eligibility for admission.

Students having such qualifications must adopt the following method to compute the aggregate:

i) If actual marks are given in the transcript, these marks are to be taken for computing the aggregate.

ii) If actual marks as well as the grades are given in the transcript, actual marks are to be taken for computing the aggregate.

iii) If grades and range of marks for each grade are given in the transcript, mean of the range of marks is to be taken for computing the aggregate.

iv) If grades are given only in the transcript, the student should obtain equivalent marks/range of marks for the grades from appropriate authority and calculate the aggregate marks.

v) If the evaluation is done by any other method, the student must explain the evaluation system and must obtain equivalent marks/range of marks for such evaluation from appropriate authority and calculate the aggregate marks.

All courses/subjects that are required for passing the qualifying examination should be included for calculating the aggregate.

Detailed calculation of aggregate with supporting documents must be enclosed. Student must request the Examining Authorities to send the transcript/mark sheet with relevant documents directly to “Admissions Officer, BITS, Pilani – Dubai, P.O. Box 345055, Dubai, UAE”.

Sub-section (e) on page 15 can be referred to for more details.

14


d) Admission with Advanced Standing 1. When a candidate, for any programme of the Institute, comes with a

preparation beyond the minimum requirement for admission in that program, the admission for such a candidate is handled under Admission with Advanced Standing.

2. Such an applicant’s academic record is scrutinized, vis-à-vis requirements of the Programme to which he/she seek admission. If this exercise cannot give a firm conclusion as to which courses of the Institute he/she is to be exempted from, specially designed tests are administered. However, this exercise is subjected to BPD’s Academic Regulations.

3. While such admission is not available as a matter of right at the time of admission, the Institute would spell out in detail the advance unit hours as credit it proposes to give to the candidate and the matter would be handled within the framework of the Institute's operation for normal students.

Essentially, the guiding principle is two-fold:

The courses the candidate has already done before entering the Institute cannot be repeated and also, that the time spent at other credible institute is not wasted.

Such an open-ended situation can only be handled on a case-by-case basis. It is important that the candidate supplies all the pertinent data, with respect to syllabus of courses taken by him/her, examinations passed, Question Papers of the examinations and the grades/marks obtained by him/her in different subjects.

Any candidate who is for advance standing admission is asked to come and explore a workable programme that would be appropriate to him/her before admission is completed. If required, the candidate may have to take certain examinations in various subjects that he/she has completed before a prescribed programme is pronounced for him/her there onwards.

Sub-section (e) on page 15 can be referred to for more details.

e) Minimum Requirements for Transfer

Students seeking admission as per either Sub-section (c) vide page14 or Sub-section (d) vide page 15 are to note that the following minimum requirements should be adhered to while seeking transfer into BPD. In order that their success in the First Degree engineering programme offered by BPD is to ensure that the

1. Students are accepted for transfer only from either a federal institution or an institution licensed by the Ministry of Education, UAE as an

15


institution of higher learning or from a recognized foreign institution of higher learning.

2. Students seeking transfer into BPD must have secured their grades in each course through a process of regular evaluation and assessment.

3. Students are accepted only from recognized programmes. 4. Criteria or transfer articulation agreement as indicated in Sub-section

(c) vide page14 or Sub-section (d) vide page 15 as well as the BPD Academic Regulations for transfer (as given in the Annexure 3).

5. BPD will accept transfer credit only for those courses that match the content of the courses offered at BPD.

6. It is required that the student applying for transfer be of good academic standing – i.e., have a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average, normally, of 2.0 on a 4.0 scale, or equivalent, for transfer to a similar programme of study from that from which the student is transferring.

7. It is required that the student has secured a minimum CGPA of no less than 2.0 on a 4.0 scale or a grade of “C”, or equivalent, for each course to be transferred.

8. It may be noted that a limit of total transferable credit hours of less than 50% of the total hours required for the programme completion requirements at BPD.

9. Exclusion of duplicate credit for a given course.

f) Registration, Registration Advisor and the “ID No.”

Every admitted student is required to undergo a registration process on the day announced for the purpose. One of the objectives of the Registration process is to name the courses to be pursued during a particular semester, after allowing for the student's options within the prescribed rules and BPD academic regulations. No student is allowed to attend classes without completing the Registration process.

Each student of BPD is assigned a Registration No. called the “ID No.” and a Registration Advisor to smoothly carryout the process of registration for courses at the beginning of every semester. ID No. is a unique number assigned to each student, which he / she needs to remember and indicate as reference no. by the student for all matters concerned with Academics or otherwise. It contains year of enrolment, discipline, campus code, etc. For example, if a student is assigned the ID No. 2010A1PS001, it denotes the following:

2010 - Year of enrolment A1 - Student’s discipline is Chemical Engineering;

16


(Correspondingly codes for other disciplines are: Electrical and Electronics Engineering - A3; Mechanical Engineering - A4; Computer Science - A7; Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering - A8; Biotechnology - A9; Electronics and Communication Engineering - AA)

PS - Practice School Option

(PS replaced with TS: for Thesis Option) 001 - Student’s Roll No. within a discipline & the year of admission. U - Code of the campus of BITS, Pilani, Rajasthan, India at which

the student is pursuing his / her academic program. “U” is the code for Dubai (UAE) campus of BITS.

* * * * *

17


V. FACILITIES, SUPPORT SERVICES & ACTIVITIES FOR STUDENTS

a. Orientation for New Admission Students

An orientation programme is organized for the new admission students. In the orientation the Director and other officers in-charge of: Academic Registration, Instruction, Practice School and Placement, Student Welfare, Information Technology and other Educational Support services etc., address the students.

This orientation is designed to familiarize students with various aspects like the academic system, infrastructural facilities, hostel facilities and various other policies and procedures. Furthermore, the students are given important information about the Student Services, Learning Resources, Financial Aid, Student Activities, Career Counselling, Academic Advising, Industry Internship, etc. Students interact with Deans / Head of the Departments.

b. Communication Facilities

Through institute telephone facilities students can communicate within Dubai free-of-cost. The Institute has internet facilities made available for all students for sending emails, etc.

c. Transportation Facilities

BPD provides transportation in air-conditioned shuttle buses to all needy students (Day scholars) from different points in Dubai, Sharjah and Ajman to BPD. For detailed information on transportation, students are advised to contact the Dean Student Welfare.

d. Hostel Facilities

Separate Hostel facilities are provided for both boys and girls. The accommodation is suitably equipped to provide a safe and secure living environment. Each Hostel block is provided with a resident warden and other essential staff. All hostels are given internet connection, television, and microwave and first-aid facilities. Laundromat, indoor games / gym facilities are separately provided for both girls and boys hostels. A saloon is provided for boy’s hostel. All hostels are fully air-conditioned. Students residing in hostels are provided with Vegetarian as well as Non-Vegetarian dining facilities namely: break-fast, lunch, dinner, etc., at the Hostel mess.

All the student residents of the hostels should adhere to the rules and regulations of the hostels as approved by the Institute from time to time.

18


e. Canteen and Grocery

At the Institute a canteen is provided for students, staff and faculty. It is open from 7.30 am to 9.00 pm on Saturday to Thursday and on Friday from 2.00 pm to 7.30 pm. There is a grocery shop to buy all items from food to stationery. Vending machines are also available within the institute premises.

f. Sports Facilities

Institute encourages the students to participate in sports and cultural activities. Competitions are held periodically and functions are held every fortnight. Institute also facilitates for participation in sports activities such as cricket, football, volley ball, athletics, gymnasium, badminton etc. Students are also encouraged to participate in Inter Collegiate competitions.

g. Social and Cultural Activities

All students are encouraged to participate in a variety of social, cultural and entertainment programmes. Its main objective is to help students to develop their interests and abilities, and to practice their hobbies through a variety of programmes and activities. BPD places great emphasis on its extracurricular activities which help abilities and make good use of their leisure time through providing opportunities of student participation in Sports, Social and cultural activities.

h. Student Professional/Scientific Bodies

BPD encourages students to meet each other in a friendly atmosphere to conduct professional / scientific activities such as Institute-wide technical festival, Techno-fest, and also to form scientific and professional bodies of international repute such as a Student Branch of the IEEE, SAE, ASHRAE, Dot-Net, Linux Users Group, Science and Technology Club, etc.

Almost every academic department has a student society(such as CHIMERA for Biotech students), the purpose of which is to unite students and have them participate in accomplishing a set of academic objectives that enrich student life. Thus, lectures organized, books and cultural exhibits presented, celebrated national occasions and the participation of students in intramural sports & professional body activities provide ample opportunities for the students to develop their own inter personal skills and personality.

i. Student Clubs

Student clubs are formed around academic and national themes to add to the rich mosaics of student life. Students who have common interest in debating come together to form a debating club; those committed to traditional life come together to form a Club for preservation of culture; those committed to voluntary social

19


services organize blood-donation and environmental awareness club and so on. At present BPD has 14 students clubs namely Dance Club, Music Club, Art and Craft Club, Photography Club, Drama Club, Science Technology Club, Debate Club, Management club, Quiz Club, F1 Club, Social activities, Pixel, Literary Club, Environment Club, etc. The aim of such clubs is to enrich the social and cultural life on the Institute campus.

j. Student Council

BPD has an active student council the office bearers of which are president, Vice – President, General Secretary, and Joint Secretary. Other members of the student council are academic, culture, sports and class representatives. Students are also part of many committees like discipline, library, academic monitoring board etc. Meritorious students are given a chance to nominate themselves for the elections of the student council. Elections for the student council are conducted fairly at the beginning of every academic year.

k. “@bitsdubai” – News Letter

Since 2003, once in a semester, students release a semester newsletter “@bitsdubai”. It is brought out in a professional manner by the BPD Students’ Editorial Board and contains details about all the landmark events of a semester at BPD.

l. Prayer Facilities

The BPD has separate prayer rooms for men and women in every floor of its academic block. Prayer facilities are also provided at institute hostels.

m. Assistance to Physically Challenged Students

The physical facilities of BPD provide support to physically challenged students, by making ramps and lifts available for wheel-chair movement. Additional washroom facilities are also provided.

n. Earn-while-you-Learn scheme

Students get the opportunity to earn while learning under the “Earn-while-you-Learn” scheme. Third and fourth year students can apply for Professional Assistantship in laboratories of junior years. Notice will be put up based on the needs in the beginning of each semester. From the applications received, meritorious students with good communication/teaching skills are selected subsequent to further screening and interviews. Professional Assistantships are entertained only for first and second year laboratories. Professional Assistants help the students and the faculty in the successful conduct of the experiments in the

20


laboratory. He/she will not be associated with the evaluation of students in the laboratory.

Students who work in this scheme are given a certificate and suitable honorarium based on the quantum of work done.

Students are also encouraged to participate in various developmental activities, such as, development of required software, website and its maintenance, feed back monitoring and so on.

o. Academic Advising

The purpose of Academic Advising is to assist students in understanding and resolving their education and vocation related matters. BPD provides this facility to all students.

Academic Advising is carried out by allocating faculty members as Academic Advisors to students. The Academic Advisors interact periodically with their advisees (students) and discuss about student’s performance and progress in the registered Academic Program. Students are advised to contact Academic Advisors regularly.

The goal is to help students reduce programme related stress, if any, maximize opportunities for academic performance and improvements leading to quality professional life. Students can also meet their respective course faculty during prescribed time also known as “Chamber Consultancy Hour (CCH)” for clarifying any of their doubts or seeking further help in the courses. Besides, students can directly meet the Director BPD in his chamber to discuss any of their problems or difficulties. Please refer to Annexure-1 on Student Academic Advising.

Academic Advisor & Counselling Services (beyond academic advising)

After the registration process, each student will be allocated an Academic Advisor. The Academic Advisor periodically reviews the student’s progress, towards completion of First Degree requirements in engineering. It is the student’s responsibility to contact his/her Academic Advisor.

The purpose of first-degree student counselling is to assist students in understanding and resolving their personal problems. Institute provides counselling for all needy students.

A team of counsellors interacts periodically with students discussing all issues, which affect their academic performance and help students in resolving their psychological issues, if any.

21


Counselling services are confidential services to students. The goal is to help students reduce stress, maximize academic and personal success, enhance personal development and the quality of life. Besides, students can meet the Director BPD in his/her chamber to discuss any of their problems or difficulties.

p. Career Counselling and Placement

While an engineering qualification can be critically important, it is not the only factor that employers and head-hunters take into account. They are looking for people with more than just a formal qualification. They want to recruit engineers with a drive, innovative ideas, vision, effective communication, confidence and maturity. At BPD efforts are taken to give an overall development to the student and the Institute is conscious of the fact that a top quality engineering programme should provide significant career support.

In keeping with the BITS tradition and recognizing the importance of career services as an integral part of an engineering institution, Campus Placement Programmes are organized for the graduating students. Placement Brochures providing information about the institution and its academic programmes along with the profiles of the graduating students are distributed to the heads of reputed organizations in UAE inviting them for the program. The response received from the companies was overwhelming for the past Placement Programmes.

Placement interviews in the campus by industry representatives are normally held during the months of March, April and May. For more details one can consult Institute’s Practice School, Career Counselling and Placement Division or stay in touch with the notices put-up by the division from time to time.

q. Health Services

All students are required to obtain medical insurance. The Institution has negotiated suitably with reputed insurance agencies (such as Oman Insurance) to make the cost affordable for the students. The students will be registered for the semester only upon production of Health Insurance Card. Details of the same can be checked from Administration Department/Dean Student Welfare.

To provide necessary medical services, BPD has a reputed medical clinic (Prime Medical Centre) on the ground floor of the academic block with one doctor and a paramedic on duty. The doctor is available from 3 pm to 5 pm on Saturdays, Mondays & Thursdays and the paramedic is available on the campus round-the-clock.

Two vehicles are provided for transport to the hospital in case of emergency. Institute clinic regularly ensures that all the BPD students are vaccinated for chicken-pox or any other such contagious disease.

22


r. Library

The central library is located in a separate building. A variety of additional facilities as indicated here, in this sub-section, are provided by the Library.

i. Working Hours

The working hours of the library are as given below:

• General working hours: 7:30 AM to 10:00 PM (Sunday to Thursday) 10:00 AM to 10:00 PM (Saturday)

• Library Circulation hours: 7:30 AM to 3:40 PM (Sunday to Thursday)

Any change in timings will be widely notified to all users through circulars in notice boards and relevant other publications of the Institute.

ii. Library Orientation Programme

During the first week of each semester, an orientation programme is arranged on the use of the library and its services. This will include practical training in the use of databases, catalogues and bibliographical management packages which they will need to use in the course of their studies. They are also familiarized with the use of audiovisual equipment and video facilities as well as other library services.

iii. Assistance to Users by Library Staff

The Institute Library Unit (ILU) consists of qualified Library staff, Books, Journals, Magazines, and sufficient space for seating its users etc., provide all the requisite library services for its patrons (students, faculty and staff).

Professional services in library are available to its users during working hours and a part of the hours beyond the Institute normal working hours (as notified widely in the Institute notice boards as well as the notice board in the library).

In addition, patrons can seek clarifications, if any, from the Chief Librarian by posting their queries on the BPD intranet or by meeting him/her personally.

iv. Computer/Photocopying/Printing Facilities

The Library offers computer and documentation facilities (such as photocopying, printing and scanning) for the benefit of students, staff and faculty.

The computers in the Library are only for accessing the Library OPAC (Online Public Access Catalogue), Electronic databases subscribed by the Library and

23


any other searches pertinent to academic activities of students, staff and faculty.

Students can avail the facilities for photocopying (materials permitted by the copyright policies) and printing materials in the Library. Individuals who wish to print or photocopy in the library must obtain the permission of the concerned administrative staff of the Library. Such requests will be accommodated only if there is no infringement on the Copyright and Intellectual Property Rights Act.

v. Do’s and Don’ts in the Library

Following are the few important do’s and don’ts in the library.

1. Students must leave personal belongings in the property rack at the entrance of the library before entering the library. However, no valuables should be left in the Property rack.

2. Students must sign in the Gate Register kept at the entrance every time he/she enters the Library.

3. Students should not replace books taken out of the racks; after consultation, but leave them on the table. Library staff will replace them in the racks.

4. Placing the books in different locations, thus misplacing it, is prohibited. It attracts punishment.

5. One should not bring any books already issued, personal copies of books or notebooks inside the library. Only loose sheets are allowed.

6. A strict silence should be observed in the library premises. If conversation becomes absolutely necessary, it should done be in low tones.

7. Use of computers is limited to thirty minutes when others are waiting for access.

8. Computer facilities are not intended for use in playing games, chatting, browsing social sites, newsgroups or any other activity not directly related to the academic activity of the Institute.

9. Food materials are not allowed inside the Library.

The charges for photocopying and printing will be decided by the library committee from time to time and indicated prominently on the notice board of the library.

vi. Procedures for Suggestions and Complaints

Suggestions (and complaints, if any) are welcome from students, faculty or staff. The Chief Librarian provides the necessary proforma in the library to enable patrons make lodge complaints or offer complements, about the library.

24


s. Alumni Matters

The Dean Student Welfare develops, coordinates, and promotes programmes to attract the support and participation of alumni. In addition, Dean Student Welfare maintains all information concerning Institute's Alumni. The BPD Alumni Association fosters long term relationships among BPD alumni through its various programmes. Its mission is to enable alumni, students, faculty, staff, and friends to maintain their contact with the Institute and each other for their shared benefit. The BPD website is periodically updated to enable the entire alumni to have an access to the information on World Wide Web.

********

25


VI. ACADEMIC POLICIES & EDUCATIONAL PROCESS AT BPD

a) Rules and Academic Regulations

All students admitted to the Institute will be governed by the Academic Regulations and Rules that are prescribed from time to time.

b) Educational Process

(i) Normal Duration

(1) First Degree Programmes

Normally a student will be able to finish any of the First Degree programmes in 4 years (8 semesters). These degree programmes have both Practice School and Thesis Options. By judicious choice of electives, students of any of these programmes can prepare themselves for (i) Admission to higher degree programmes, (ii) a good career in teaching and research (iii) multidisciplinary professional career, etc.

(2) Higher Degree Programmes

Normally a student will be able to finish any of the Higher Degree programmes in 2 years (4 semesters). As higher degree programmes being offered at BPD are targeted for working professionals within UAE, these programmes are offered with Thesis Option only. By judicious choice of electives, students of any of these programmes can prepare themselves for (i) career advancement (ii) a good career in teaching and research (ii) multidisciplinary professional career, etc.

(3) Study Time Limitation

The minimum and maximum periods of study at for the first degree in engineering are as follows:

1. The minimum study period is four calendar years (i.e., about 8 semesters).

2. The maximum period is six years.

The minimum and maximum periods of study for higher degree either in engineering or management are as follows:

1. The minimum study period is two calendar years (i.e., about 4 semesters).

2. The maximum period is four years.

26


(ii) Academic Processes

The academic pedagogy adopted is a semester system with continuous and internal evaluation. The academic year is divided into two semesters, and a summer term, whenever offered. The student registers for a certain number of courses each semester. A faculty member, as Registration Advisor, helps the student to draw up his/her semester program, suitable to his/her pace and needs.

Course Instructors / In-charges provide Course Handout (part-II) to the students on the first day of instruction in the respective class rooms. This part of the course handout consists of details such as the description of the course, schedule of lectures planned, evaluation component weightages and scheduled dates on which each component is held, policies of make-up, attendance, faculty contact details and so on. Part-I of the course handout is distributed to the students on the day of registration of the course. Refer Annexure 4 for a model of the format of course handout (both part-I and part-II).

The performance of a student in each course is assessed by the faculty by means of continuous and internal evaluation throughout the semester during the course of class work through periodical quizzes, assignments, tests, tutorials, laboratory work, home work, project, etc., and a comprehensive examination at the end of the semester.

All the programmes are designed to allow as many components of science and applied science as are necessary for the students of the programmes to function effectively and efficiently in a technological society. All programmes contain certain structural commonality and the common courses are invariably operated together, irrespective of the students who are required to take the courses.

(1) Academic Year and Semesters

The academic year normally consist of two 16-week semesters inclusive of time fixed for orientation, registration, and examinations. A summer session of eight weeks may be offered whenever needed. In each semester, classes begin with the first instructional period of the first day.

1. Normally, the first semester begins in the first week of September of each year.

2. Normally, the second semester begins in the first week of February of each year.

3. The Dean Instructions will announce the academic calendar for the next academic year shortly before the final exam of the second semester.

4. All Islamic and national holidays in the United Arab Emirates are declared official holidays.

27


(2) Hierarchy of the Structure of Courses

All Programmes of study are based on the principle that a series of courses make up the hierarchy of the structure, where each course is self-contained, but nevertheless acts as a bridge between what precedes and what comes after. The contact hours are designed to awaken curiosity in the mind of a student and to train him/her to think rationally and scientifically and enable him to face the unfamiliar.

(3) Choice of Courses

Every student gets, incidentally, training in decision making through (i) choice of number of courses per semester, and (ii) picking up courses as electives to meet his own aspirations. It is the responsibility of the student to attend classes regularly and to maintain a required level of scholastic standing.

(a) The Industry Internship: Practice School (PS) Option

The Institute arranges internship of the students at well-reputed organizations, which gives them a chance for the eventual transition from the classroom to the industry. For more details one can refer Annexure 7.

The Practice School (PS) courses are a controlled simulation of real life where the student relates and applies his classroom knowledge and skills to real life situations faced by industry. Practice School is a part of the total programme and takes the classroom, for a period of total seven and half months, to a professional location where the students and faculty get exposed to in real life situations. PS institutionalizes needed bridge between the professional world and the educational world. The course requires the student to undergo the rigor of professional world in form as well as in substance, providing an opportunity to apply classroom knowledge to real life situations.

The PS for the first degree has two components, namely Practice School I (PS-I) which, is exposure oriented and is of two months duration implemented during the summer following the second year, and Practice School II (PS-II), which is project based and of five and half months duration implemented during either of the semester of the final year.

During PS-I, the students are first initiated and then oriented to professional activity in terms of assignments. PS-I offers opportunities for detailed understanding of vast engineering operations as well.

28


The student education in PS-II is in terms of his/her involvement in the problem solving efforts of direct interest to the host organizations. The students are encouraged to take independent decisions and are required to defend the technical credibility for their work from time to time through written reports and oral presentations. All along the programme a strong attempt is made to emphasize the importance of teamwork, the need for leadership qualities, and the need to fulfil a time schedule. Due importance is also given to impart engineering designing skills to the students during the program.

PS course is in operation in BPD right since its inception. The faith of the firms was adequately re-paid by the performance of the students and as a result the number of Companies offering PS I and PS II stations to BPD has grown considerably over the last two years. There are 349 reputed companies in the U.A.E, who have so far offered Practice School to our students. Refer to Annexure 7 for more details.

It may be noted that The Practice School (PS) option is not being offered to Higher Degree & M.Sc. (Tech.) students at BPD since these programmes are mainly aimed for working professionals within UAE.

(b) Thesis - Seminar (TS)

Students who wish to understand the basics of research and who wish to study further for degrees leading to Ph.D. Qualifications in their areas of interest opt for Thesis-Seminar (TS) in lieu of PS.

The TS invariably consist of literature survey, identifying the gaps on various aspects of a topic leading to selection of topic of his / her Thesis-Seminar.

Under the guidance and supervision of a faculty and by using the infrastructure and facilities available, he/she can learn about and work on a scientific/engineering topic of current or classical research in the discipline in which he/she is pursuing his/her Bachelors. The student is trained to visualize problem formulation, feasibility studies, then carrying out the work, addressing issues, and scientific engineering methods of experimentation. Research for thesis can be done through lab-oriented projects, study oriented projects or computer projects.

Continuous evaluation is carried out as is indicated in the course handout. At the end of the semester the overall student performance is expressed as a non-letter grade: Excellent/Good/Fair/Poor.

29


(4) Lectures / Practical / Units (L / P / U)

All the students in the beginning of every semester register for courses. Each course has a prescribed credit specified in terms of Units. A student is required to register specific number of units and courses. Every student should register for the prescribed courses to successfully complete minimum requirements to be eligible for the award of degree.

Every student is provided with Catalog which contains course titles and descriptions. A LEGEND that appears at the end o each course like “3 0 3” or “2 3 3” indicates the no. of lecture hours per week (L); the no. of practical / seminar / project hours per week (P); and the number of units (U) for the course. Wherever a single number appears, it indicates total units and its breakup in terms of lectures; and practical / seminar / project may be announced from time to time through the timetable, whenever it is needed.

(5) Registration Amendment

A student is permitted to amend the registration and can add / substitute a course within one week of the beginning of every semester. He/she can withdraw from an elective course after eight weeks (from the commencement of class work of the semester).

(6) Attendance

All students should have a minimum of 70% of attendance in each course to be eligible to appear for final/comprehensive examination. The students with less than 70% of attendance will not be allowed to appear for the final/comprehensive examination and the registration in the course will be cancelled and it will be reported as RC (Registration Cancelled) both in Grade Sheet and Transcript.

(7) Examination Guidelines

1. The Evaluation components consists of tests (closed book and open book), quizzes, assignments, etc., and a comprehensive examination at the end of the semester. Together the weightage of all evaluation components add up to hundred marks. Each test normally will be of 50 minutes duration and will have a weightage of 20-25% marks. Each Quiz will be normally for a duration of 15-20 minutes and will have a total weightage from 10-15% marks. Assignments, if any will be for a maximum weightage maximum of 5%. Comprehensive Examination at the end of a semester will be for a weightage of 35-40% marks.

2. Hall tickets will be issued to all the eligible candidates (only upon clearing all the dues of the institute) well before commencement of

30


comprehensive examinations. Students must carry their hall tickets while appearing for comprehensive examination.

3. The Comprehensive Examination will have the following features:

(a) It will be held at the end of semester; and

(b) The duration will vary from two to three hours depending upon the course, whether it is a Theory/laboratory examination.

4. After the completion of the comprehensive examination and evaluation of answer scripts, grading for each course will be arrived at by a scientific procedure.

5. The whole operation is supervised by the Examination Committee Chaired by the Director or any other Institute officer authorized by him/her.

The following rules are applicable regarding the final/comprehensive examination hall tickets:

• Hall tickets must be collected on the day/date as notified by the Dean (Instructions).

• Hall tickets must be brought to the examination hall everyday and presented to the invigilator prior to the exam.

• Faxed/photocopies of the hall tickets will not be accepted by the faculty on the day of the exam.

(a) Malpractice/Unfair means in Examinations

All academic work and materials submitted for assessment must be the work of the student carried out by him/her. Unfair means is not limited to copying from others' work and giving unauthorized assistance, but it also includes the use of devices or procedures for the purpose of achieving false scores in examinations. Students are prohibited from submitting any material prepared by or purchased from another person or company.

Students are expected to take examinations seriously and act responsibly. If the student violates the rules of the exam(notified suitably by the Instruction Division on Institute notice boards, announcements in examination hall. etc ., and also on the hall-ticket for comprehensive examinations) it will result in penalty , as applicable, ranging from awarding RC, suspension of such student from the instate for one full semester, to expulsion from the BPD.

It may be noted that acts such as those mentioned below (which may not be an exhaustive listing) are construed as unfair means during examination:

31


Possessing incriminating material(whether for use or not) in pencil boxes, on scales, calculators, etc., or any matter written on hand or any part of the body;

Any suspicious behaviour (such as nodding the head/passing answers/information through signals) or action which could disturb smooth conduct of examination;

Changing the seating arrangement/sitting layout within examination hall;

Exchanging electronic gadgets such as calculators among candidates;

Displaying the answer in such as calculators among candidates;

Peeping into other candidates answer scripts, scribbling/writing answer/solutions on the question papers;

Impersonation; and

Any other unfair means.

The Invigilator, who notices the unfair means, reports the incident with full particulars to the Chief Invigilator and Dean Instructions forwards the matter to the Examination Committee. The findings of the Invigilator along with remarks of Chief Invigilator and the details of evidence of the malpractice case are verified by the Dean Instructions. Dean Instructions in consultation with the Director (or any other Institute officer authorized by him/her) might constitute a sub-committee, if required, to investigate in-depth and submit its recommendation to the Examination Committee. If this is approved by the Examination Committee, the same is forwarded to the Director as its recommendation for his/her approval. Once approved, action is taken against the student as applicable.

(8) Grading System

This section briefly explains the Grading System.

(a) Grading Process

Every student registers for courses at the beginning of a semester. The grading process is a relative process maintaining certain standards (depending upon the standard of question papers, quality of students, performance previous grading, etc). At the end of each semester, the course instructor in-charge awards letter grades: A, B, C, D and E based on the total performance of the student and it is relative to the performance of others taking the same course in that semester. These letter grades stand for quality of performance.

32


For arriving at letter grades, the numerical marks obtained by the students in all the evaluation components of a course including the Comprehensive Examination are added to obtain the total marks secured by the student. Overall class average, the class highest and the class lowest marks obtained are also recorded.

The total marks obtained by students are then transferred on to a histogram where x-axis represents the ordered (ascending or descending) numerical scores and the y-axis represents the number of students obtaining a particular score.

A detailed examination of the profile of the histogram, in particular the gaps and dips between the clusters of points (students) in the histogram, greatly aids the instructor(s) in drawing the borderlines between grades.

First, the clusters corresponding to excellent performers and those of poorest performers are identified and the remaining grades are then identified in the context of class average and histogram profile. Once the dividing lines between various grades have been drawn, these are converted into a table giving the range of marks corresponding to each grade. This table aids in converting the final numerical scores of the students into letter grades. The average lies somewhere in the band corresponding to C grade in a large normal class.

The grades secured by the students in the course of each semester are then converted into Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA). The CGPA on scale of 0 to 10, indicates the overall performance of the student in the current semester.

A student is deemed to have cleared a course, if he/she obtains a valid grade, other than NC, in the course. However, the educational philosophy distinguishes between the performance of a student in a single course and his overall cumulative performance.

Annexure 5 presents more details on interpretation of letter grades and the process of grading student’s performance with an example calculations for Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)

BPD believes in ensuring that every student is enabled to complete the requirements of his/her programme of study in terms of the number of courses and grades to obtain the degree. In order to help poorly performing students to secure better grades, BPD has a system of periodic feedback to the student during the course o the semester through faculty advising, chamber consultation hours, academic advising and student counselling (beyond academic advising).

33


In spite of the above measures, if a student is unable to cope up, Academic Regulations of the BPD do not permit retention of the student (on the institute rolls) who consistently fails to meet the requirements and standards of his/her programme of study.

(b) Course Grading System

Students’ performance in a course is expressed by assigning letter grades for each course except Thesis-Seminar courses. The letter grade reflects student’s achievement in the course as indicated below:

Table 1: Course Grading system Letter Grade

Qualitative Meaning

Grade Point Awarded

A Excellent 10 B Good 8 C Fair 6 D Poor 4 E Exposed* 2

* Exposed indicates that a student has just been exposed to the course but not met the evaluation norms to consider him/her having cleared the course. Hence, he/she has to re-register for the course, attend the classes, and obtain a valid grade “D” or above.

If a student obtains either grade E or report NC (Not Cleared), in any course, he/she has to re-register, attend the classes and clear the course; failing which student will not be allowed to register for certain course(s) in forth-coming year(s) / semester(s).

The letter grades obtained by the student in each course are used to arrive at Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA), which reflects student’s overall performance at the end of every semester (as well at the end programme of study). Refer Annexure 6 for details and example calculation of CGPA.

At the end of the programme of study, based on the CGPA, student performance divisions categorized, as indicated in sub-section (f), are awarded.

(c) Non-letter Grades/Reports

Apart from letter grades described above, the following reports are possible. The meaning of each is explained in the Table 2 below.

34


Table 2: Other than Non-letter Grades/Reports Report Stands for Interpretation

I Incomplete Student has not fulfilled some of the course requirements before the final deadline for transmitting grade without these particular fulfilment(s)

GA Grade Awaited Pending Final Evaluation

W Withdrawn Student is allowed to withdraw from a course

RC Registration Cancelled

Student’s registration for a course has been cancelled – need to be interpreted based on context of reporting

Required to Register Again

Student is required to register again in the same course RRA

Discontinued from the Program

Student has discontinued from the program DP

NC Not Cleared

Student has given inadequate opportunity to evaluate by absenting himself from evaluations or by submitting a blank script (answer book) or has not applied to the task in hand by appearing himself for an evaluation component for the sake of appearance

Thesis Grade Awaited

Student submitted thesis but final evaluation pending TGA

Operationally, it is same as I or GA; however, it replaces AC report in previous semesters when the final grade in dissertation emerges.

Allowed to Continue AC

Note: The student will have to clear NC by obtaining a valid grade in the next immediate semester whenever the course is offered.

(d) Appeal for Scrutiny

Immediately after announcing the final grades but not later than three working days, students have a right to appeal against the final grade of any course. The request in writing for reconsideration of the grade appeal must be submitted to the Dean Instructions

The Dean Instructions will scrutinize the appeal with the help of a duly constituted sub-committee and put up the matter to the Director’s perusal immediately, but not later than 2 working days, through the Director himself/herself (or any Institute official authorized by him/her). The decision of the Director shall be final.

(e) Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)

The overall performance of a student is indicated by an index known as the “Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)”. It is the weighted average of the grade points of all the letter grades obtained by a student since entry into the institute and is expressed on a 10-point scale. The final division for the degree is decided on the basis of CGPA.

For more details and sample CGPA calculation please refer Annexure-5.

35


(f) Division

The following Division based on CGPA is awarded for first degree programmes.

Distinction Division – CGPA 9.00 or more First Division – CGPA 7.00 or more but less than 9.00 Second Division – CGPA 4.5 or more but less than 7.00.

(g) Transcripts

The letter grades have points associated with them in a quantified hierarchy, whereas the non-letter grades describe a qualitative hierarchy, as explained in previous sections. All such grades and reports and other pertinent information for a semester are given in a document known as “the Grade Sheet”. Chronologically organized information from the grade sheets of a student with the necessary explanation constitutes his / her transcript which is issued at the time he/she leaves the Institute or at an intermediate point on request from student.

On submission of a written request, students may obtain transcripts of their academic records from the Office of the Chief (Statutory Committee matters and Student Records (SC&SR))/Registrar. BPD will not issue a transcript that reflects only a part of the student’s records.

Each student is entitled to one free academic record “transcript” issued at the end of each semester. The transcript will not be handed to any other person except with the student’s own authorization, in emergency cases.

(9) Academic Counselling Board (ACB)

The Educational system at BPD has adequate resilience to accommodate unforeseen situations (a student might encounter in his/her course of study) through withdrawal (from course / program), make-up (of evaluation components), feedback from scores / grades secured in examinations and interaction with teachers (tutorial classes, chamber consultation hours etc.).

When, in spite of all these facilities, a student fails to cooperate with the teacher in the discharge of his/her part of the contract to such an extent that the teacher is unable to award any grade the teacher is authorized to award an “NC” (Not Cleared) in any course.

Further, the students who fail to meet the minimum academic requirements i.e., a CGPA of 4.5 in First Degree (5.5 in higher degree) on a scale of 10 are put under an appropriate committee, which monitors their programme and gives guidance, so that, they are properly rehabilitated at the earliest.

36


In the BPD First Degree Programmes, it is done by the Academic Counselling Board (ACB). ACB is vested with authority to take appropriate action including discontinuance of the student or transfer to other program.

(10) Postponement of Study

The student may postpone his/her study for a specific period. This period must not exceed two consecutive semesters or four non-consecutive semesters during the entire period of study. The postponement period will not be considered as a part of the maximum period of study.

The student must submit a request form obtained from the Admission and Registration Office. On a case-to-case basis a duly constituted committee shall scrutinize the requests for postponement by going through the reasons thereof for the same, and accord appropriate recommendations to the Director for a final decision. The decision of the Director is considered final.

BPD’s approval of the request for postponement of study is essential to enable the Institute to entertain any future requests for continuation of the study in the programme later.

(11) Programme Completion Requirements

(a) First Degree

To be eligible for first degree in engineering, the student must satisfy each of the following requirements:

He/She must have satisfactorily completed the prescribed curricula and units.

If a failed course has been removed from the curricula, the student may meet the minimum requirements stated above by the substitution of another course that has the written approval of the Head of the Department.

Students admitted to first-degree programme from 1st semester of academic year 2007 – 08 should have a minimum CGPA of 5.0 out of 10 for graduation. Students admitted earlier to the above period will be governed by the existing stipulation concerning this aspect.

The student must satisfy the study period limitation mentioned in 2.16 above.

Transfer Students have to complete 50% of the courses, which must include final year courses for the award of degree.

Students must have met financial obligations to the BPD within the time specified by the Admission and Registration Office. The first degree certificate and transcript will be withheld on past-due accounts and loans.

37


On fulfilling the above requirements student registered to BPD will be awarded the appropriate first-degree.

(b) Higher Degree

To be eligible for higher degree, the student must satisfy each of the following requirements:

He/She must have satisfactorily completed the prescribed curricula and units.

If a failed course has been removed from the curricula, the student may meet the minimum requirements stated above by the substitution of another course that has the written approval of the Head of the Department.

The student must satisfy the study period limitation mentioned above.

Transfer Students have to complete 50% of the courses, which must include final year courses for the award of degree

(12) Withdrawals

(a) Withdrawal from a course

If a student desires to withdraw from an elective course, he/she may submit a formal application for withdrawal from the course to the Deputy Director (Academic Administration) within one week from the commencement of the semester.

(b) Total Withdrawal

It is expected that every student completes the degree in the stipulated period of time. However, due to unavoidable circumstances with any personal reasons or academic reasons, a student may withdraw from the institute. Registered students may withdraw provided they submit, well in advance, an application and clearance forms which can be obtained from the Registrar. Withdrawal is effective only after it is duly processed as per rules existing.

(c) Academic Flexibilities

The structure of degree programme and the academic regulations also provide certain other flexibilities like choice of electives, number of electives, repetition of courses, departure from normal pace, withdrawal from or substitution of course(s) etc, as indicated in the next page.

38


(1) Electives

For each First Degree programme in engineering there are a specified number of electives which the student can choose from across the offerings, in a given semester, during the final year of study. These electives are offered by senior faculty in the areas of their specialization.

(2) Dual Degree

Dual Degree is a flexibility provided by BPD in which it is possible for a student to work for and complete two first degrees concurrently within a reasonable period of time. However, the minimum duration of dual degree Programme is five years. Further details are provided at Annexure 6, with example course structure.

(3) Transfer

Another flexibility offered by BPD to a student is to seek transfer from one programme to another at the end of the final year of an ongoing programme without having to start from the beginning. This is possible because the student is given credit for what he/she has done until then, towards the requirements of the programme to which he/she seeks transfer (refer Annexure 3).

* * * *

39


40

VII. FIRST DEGREE PROGRAMMES – STRUCTURE AND REQUIREMENTS

a) Structure and Requirements

Figure 1, on next page, indicates the structure of BPD first degree programmes with PS option. The actual requirements of first degree programmes are spelt out in terms of courses belonging to different categories. Table 3 these requirements in terms of categories of courses and the units. The entire programme is of 4 year duration (8 semesters), which comprises of courses as shown in Table.

A Faculty roaster is included in this catalogue vide Annexure 11, which provide details about faculty offering various courses.

Table 3: Category wise Requirements of First Degree Programmes

Category No. of Units Required

No. of Courses Required

Language and Literature 0 – 15 0 – 5

Core Science 8 – 23 3 – 7

Core Mathematics 6 – 12 2 – 4

Technical Arts 12 – 26 4 – 8

Engineering Science 6 – 24 2 – 8

Analysis and Application Oriented Courses (AAOC)

8 – 24 3 – 8

Humanities and Social Sciences (HSS) and Other Courses

3 – 33 1 – 10

Compulsory Discipline Courses (CDC) 15 – 40 6 – 10

Electives 12 – 40 5 – 10

Sub Total 125 (Min.) 42 (Min.)

PS - I and II or Thesis-Seminar 25 or 16 2 or 2

Total 140 (Min.) 44 (Min.)

- Dubai Catalog 2010-11

41

Figure 1: Structure Of BPD First Degree Programmes (Practice School Option)

Lang Core Science Core Science Core Math Core Math HSS TA TA AAOC

Core Math HSS HSS TA TA ES ES

AAOC AAOC CDC CDC

PS I

PS II

IV Year

Electives

Electives

PS II Legend

AAOC : Analysis and Application Oriented Courses ES : Engineering Science HSS : Humanities and Social Sciences PS I : Practice School I PS II : Practice School II CDC : Compulsory Discipline Courses (Specialized) TA : Technical Arts

I SEM II SEM III SEM IV SEM V SEM VI SEM

VII SEM VIII SEM + Half Summer

Half Summer +VII SEM VIII SEM

Summer

III YearII YearI Year

BITS, Pilani


(i) Semester-wise Pattern for First Degree Programmes of BITS, Pilani - Dubai

Semester Wise Pattern for students admitted to First Degree Programmes of BITS, Pilani – Dubai

Yr. First Semester Second Semester I BIO C111 General Biology

TA C111 Engineering Graphics

MATH C191 Mathematics I

PHY C131 Physics I

CHEM C141 Chemistry I

AAOC C111 Probability and Statistics

ENGL C123 English Language Skills

ES C112 Thermodynamics

TA C112 Workshop Practice

MATH C192 Mathematics II

PHY C132 Physics II

CHEM C142 Chemistry II

TA C162 Computer Programming I

II MGTS C211 Principles of Management

ES C221 Mechanics of Solids (except BIOT)

BIO C211 Biological Chemistry (for BIOT)

ES C241 Electrical Sciences I

TA C211 Measurement Techniques I / MT-II

MATH C241 Mathematics III

TA C252 Computer Programming II

ES C242 Structure and Properties of Materials

TA C312 Technical Report Writing

ES C272 Electrical Sciences II

TA C222 Measurement Techniques II/MT-I

CHE C213 Fluid Flow Operations (for CHE)

CHE C221 Chemical Process Calculations (for CHE) BIOT C216 Introductory Molecular Biology (for BIOT) BIO C241 Microbiology (for BIOT)

MATH C222 Discrete Structures for Computer

Science (for CS)

ES C263 Microprocessors Programming and

Interfacing (for CS,EEE,ECE and EIE)

EEE C272 / INSTR C272 Circuits and Signals (for EEE,ECE and EIE)

ME C212 Transport Phenomena (for ME)

ME C211 Applied Thermodynamics (for ME)

Summer BITS C221 Practice School I (for PS option only)

III Compulsory Discipline Courses (CDC)*

AAOC C222 Optimisation

AAOC C321 Control Systems (except BIOT)

BIO C391 Instrumental methods of Analysis (for BIOT)

Compulsory Discipline Courses (CDC)*

AAOC C312 Operations Research

AAOC C341 Numerical Analysis

IV BITS C412 Practice School II Electives 5 OR

BITS C422T Thesis & BITS C442T Seminar (Pair of Courses)

Note: This is a currently operative pattern as approved by the Senate appointed committee, subject to change if the situation warrants.

*These are Specialized Discipline Courses to be selected from a pool of courses. Their total number will range from 6 to 9.

* * * * *

42


Semester Wise Pattern for students admitted to First Degree Programmes of BITS, Pilani - Dubai

Yr. First Semester Units Second Semester Units

I

BIO C111 General Biology



PHY C131 Physics I




3

3

3

3

4

3

3




PHY C132 Physics II



3

3

3

3

3

4

3

22 19





BIO C211 Biological Chemistry (for BIOT)

ES C221 Mechanics of Solids (except BIOT)

TA C211 Measurement Techniques I

3

3

3

3

3

3

2



ME C212 Transport Phenomena (for ME)

CHE C213 Fluid Flow Operations (for CHE)

CHE C221 Chemical Process Calculations (for CHE)

EEE C272 / INSTR C272 Circuits and Signals (for EEE, ECE and EIE)

ES C263 Microprocessors Programming and Interfacing (for CS, EEE,ECE and EIE)

MATH C222 Discrete Structures for Computer Science (for CS)

ME C211 Applied Thermodynamics (for ME)

TA C222 Measurement Techniques II


BIOT C216 Introductory Molecular Biology (for Biotech)

BIO C241 Microbiology (for BIOT)

3

3

3

3

3

3

4

3

3

4

3

3

3

17 For CHE, ME, and BIOT disciplines and For CS, EEE, ECE and EIE disciplines

19 and 20

Summer BITS C221 Practice School I (for PS option only) 5

12-14

3

3

4

12-14

3

3

III Compulsory Discipline Courses*


AAOC C321 Control Systems (except BIOT)

BIO C391 Instrumental methods of Analysis (for BIOT) For CHE, CS, ECE, EEE, EIE and ME For BIOT

18-20 19-21

Compulsory Discipline Courses*



18-20

18

20 OR 15 1

IV Electives** 6 BITS C412 Practice School II OR

BITS C422T Thesis BITS C442T Seminar (Pair of Courses)

20/16 18

Note: This is a currently operative pattern as approved by the Senate appointed committee, subject to change if the situation warrants. * These are Specialized Discipline Courses to be selected from a pool of courses (Refer sub-section c for details). Their total number will

range from 6 to 9. ** The units mentioned for electives are minimum units and in actual cases they may be more, depending upon the nature of the courses.

Please refer Annexure 10 for details. It may be noted that either BITS C313 Study Oriented Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) or …… C491 Special Project (SP) will be one of the six electives.

* * * * *

43


(ii) B.E. (Hons.) Computer Science

INTRODUCTION

The curricula offered for the first degree programme B.E. (Hons.) in Computer Science

• Provide the student with fundamental knowledge of CS • Expose the student to the sufficient breadth and width of the discipline

of Computer Science • Serve as a spring board for more advanced work, or for work in areas

not covered in the core courses, and • Provide an opportunity to the student to pursue his/her areas of

interests.

Apart from CS courses, the curriculum also has several inter disciplinary courses and courses which are, Analysis and Application oriented, Humanities and Social Sciences, and Technical Arts.

This has been done to ensure development of a well rounded academic qualification which has,

a) Core competency skills in the chosen discipline, b) Understanding of other disciplines through inter disciplinary courses, and c) Understanding of peripheral skills which are always useful for becoming an

efficient professional through courses of Technical Arts, Analysis and Application Oriented Courses, etc.

PROGRAMME OBJECTIVES

The objectives of the Computer Science programme is to produce graduates who are able to:

• Apply knowledge of Mathematics, science and engineering to identify, formulate and solve computer engineering and related problems.

• Continue to develop their knowledge and skills after graduation for personal and employer success.

• Work effectively as members of multi-disciplinary team and take leadership roles when required.

• Communicate their thoughts in both written and oral forms so that others can understand and build on their work.

• Appreciate the importance of ethics in their profession and the need to act in the interest of the society.

44


LEARNING APPROACH

The educational approach is to ensure that a firm foundation is laid concerning the basic principles, laws and the concepts of the discipline.

While enabling the student to imbibe the knowledge, sufficient breadth and depth will be ensured.

The pedagogical process will not only convey knowledge but also ensure that in the course of absorbing the knowledge the student also acquires the trait of curiosity, communication skills, social skills, global view, professional ethics, and leadership.

All the above are achieved through the classroom based lectures, lab based practicals, and individual projects undertaken by the student under the guidance of the faculty.

The above traits get fully strengthened during the internship period.

The page following provides a typical structure (study plan) of the four year first degree program: B.E. (Hons.) Computer Science.

45


Semester-wise Pattern for students admitted to

B.E. (Hons.) - Computer Science


I




PHY C131 Physics I




3

3

3

3

4

3

3




PHY C132 Physics II



3

3

3

3

3

4

3

22 19





ES C221 Mechanics of Solids


3

3

3

3

3

2



ES C263 Microprocessors Programming and Interfacing

MATH C222 Discrete Structures for Computer Science (for CS)



3

3

4

3

4

3

17 20


3

3

4

4

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

III AAOC C222 Optimisation

AAOC C321 Control Systems

CS C363 Data Structures & Algorithms

CS C391 Digital electronics and Computer Organisation CS C372 Operating Systems

CS C351 Theory of Computation

20



CS C342 Advance Computer Organisation

CS C352 Database Systems

CS C362 Programming Language and Compiler Construction CS C461 Computer Networks

18

18

20 OR 15 1


BITS C422T Thesis BITS C442T Seminar

20/16 18

Note: This is a currently operative pattern as approved by the Senate appointed committee, subject to change if the situation

warrants. * These are Specialized Discipline Courses to be selected from a pool of courses (Refer sub-section c for details). Their

total number will range from 6 to 9. ** The units mentioned for electives are minimum units and in actual cases they may be more, depending upon the

nature of the courses. Please refer Annexure 10 for details. It may be noted that either BITS C313 Study Oriented Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) or CS C491 Special Project (SP) will be one of the six electives.

* * * * *

46


(iii) B.E. (Hons.) Electrical and Electronics Engineering

INTRODUCTION

The curricula offered for the first degree programme B.E. (Hons.) in Electrical and Electronics Engineering

• Provides the student with fundamental knowledge of EEE • Exposes the student to the sufficient breadth and width of the

discipline of Electrical and Electronics Engineering • Serves as a spring board for more advanced work, or for work in areas

not covered in the core courses, and • Provides an opportunity to the student to pursue his/her areas of

interests.

Apart from EEE courses, the curricula also has several inter disciplinary courses and courses which are, Analysis and Application Oriented, Humanities and Social Sciences, and Technical Arts.This has been done to ensure the development of a well rounded academic qualification which has,




The objectives of the Electrical and Electronics Engineering programme is to produce graduates who:

• can apply knowledge of Mathematics, Basic science and Engineering to identify, formulate and solve Electrical and Electronics Engineering related problems;

• have a strong foundation in Electrical and Electronics Engineering with emphasis on design and analysis capability;

• Continue to develop their knowledge and skills after graduation in one or more areas which include communication systems, power system, electronic systems design and engineering business ;

• can work effectively both individually and as members of multi-disciplinary team and take leadership roles when required;

• can communicate their thoughts and results of their work effectively in both written and oral forms so that others can understand and build on their work;

• appreciate the importance of ethics in their profession and the need to act in the interest of the society.

47


LEARNING APPROACH






The page following provides a typical structure (study plan) of the four year first degree program: B.E. (Hons.) Electrical and Electronics Engineering.

48



B.E. (Hons.) - Electrical and Electronics Engineering


I




PHY C131 Physics I




3

3

3

3

4

3

3




PHY C132 Physics II



3

3

3

3

3

4

3

22 19







3

3

3

3

3

2




EEE C272 / INSTR C272 Circuits and Signals



3

3

4 3

4

3

17 20


3

3

4

3

3 4

3

3

4

4

3

3



EEE C364 Analog Electronics

EEE C381 Electronics Devices & Integrated Circuits

EEE C424 Microelectronic Circuits

EEE C371 Electromechanical Energy Conversion 20



EEE C391 Digital Electronics and Computer Organisation

EEE C383 Communication Systems

EEE C433 Electromagnetic Fields & waves

EEE C461 Power Electronics

20

18

20 OR 15 1

IV Electives** 6 BITS C412 Practice School II OR BITS C422T Thesis BITS C442T Seminar

20/16 18




nature of the courses. Please refer Annexure 10 for details. It may be noted that either BITS C313 Study Oriented Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) or EEE C491 Special Project (SP) will be one of the six electives.

* * * * *

49


(iv) B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering

INTRODUCTION

The curricula offered for the first degree programme B.E. (Hons.) in Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering

• Provides the student with fundamental knowledge of EIE • Exposes the student to the sufficient breadth and width of the

discipline of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering • Serves as a spring board for more advanced work, or for work in areas

not covered in the core courses, and • Provides an opportunity to the student to pursue his/her areas of

interests.

Apart from EIE courses, the curriculum also has several inter disciplinary courses and courses which are, Analysis and Application Oriented, Humanities and Social Sciences, and Technical Arts..





The objectives of the Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering programme is to produce graduates who:

• Can apply knowledge of Mathematics, Basic science and engineering to identify, formulate and solve Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering related problems;

• can design, analyze and trouble shoot electronic circuits and instrumentation systems;

• can perform tasks both individually and as members of a team and take up leadership roles when required;

• can communicate their thoughts and results of their work both written and oral forms so that others can understand and build on their work;

• appreciate the importance of ethics in their profession and the need to act ethically and in the interests of the society.

50


LEARNING APPROACH:






The page following provides a typical structure (study plan) of the four year first degree program: B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering.

51



B.E. (Hons.) - Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering


I




PHY C131 Physics I




3

3

3

3

4

3

3




PHY C132 Physics II



3

3

3

3

3

4

3

22 19







3

3

3

3

3

2







3

3

4

3

4

3

17 20


3

3

3

4

3 4

3

3

3

4

4

3



INSTR C313 Microelectronics Circuits

INSTR C371 Electromechanical Energy Conversion

INSTR C381 Transducer & Measurement Systems

INSTR C391 Digital Electronics & Computer Organisation

20



INSTR C312 Industrial Instrumentation and Control

INSTR C355 Electronic Instruments and Instrumentation Technology

INSTR C364 Analog Electronics

INSTR C461 Power Electronics

20

18

20 OR 15 1



20/16 18




nature of the courses. Please refer Annexure 10 for details. It may be noted that either BITS C313 Study Oriented Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) or INSTR C491 Special Project (SP) will be one of the six electives.

* * * * *

52


(v) B.E. (Hons.) Mechanical Engineering

INTRODUCTION

The curricula offered for the first degree programme B.E. (Hons.) in Mechanical Engineering

• Provides the student with fundamental knowledge of Mechanical Engineering

• Exposes the student to the sufficient breadth and width of the discipline of Mechanical Engineering

• Serves as a spring board for more advanced work, or for work in areas not covered in the core courses, and

• Provides an opportunity to the student to pursue his/her areas of interests.

Apart from Mechanical Engineering courses, the curriculum also has several inter disciplinary courses and courses which are, Analysis and Application Oriented, Humanities and Social Sciences, and Technical Arts.

This has been done to ensure the development of a well rounded academic qualification which has,




The programme objectives of the Mechanical Engineering programme are as follows:

• apply knowledge of Mathematics, Basic science and Engineering to identify, formulate and solve mechanical engineering related problems;

• Continue to develop their knowledge and skills after graduation for personal and employer success at national and international levels.

• work effectively both individually and as members of multi-disciplinary team sand take leadership roles when required in a multicultural environment;

• communicate their thoughts in both written and oral forms so that others can understand and build on their work;


53


LEARNING APPROACH






The page following provides a typical structure (study plan) of the four-year first-degree program: B.E. (Hons.) Mechanical Engineering.

54



B.E. (Hons.) – Mechanical Engineering


I




PHY C131 Physics I




3

3

3

3

4

3

3




PHY C132 Physics II



3

3

3

3

3

4

3

22 19





BIO C211 Biological Chemistry


3

3

3

3

3

2



ME C212 Transport Phenomena

ME C211 Applied Thermodynamics



3

3

3

3

4

3

17 19


3

3

3

4

4

3

3

3

3

4

3

3



ME C312 Design of Machine Elements

ME C331 Transport Phenomena II ME C342 Production Techniques ME C392 Advanced Mechanics of Solids & Kinetics

20



ME C314 Power Plant Engineering

ME C332 Prime Movers & Fluid Machines

ME C382 Computer Aided Design

ME C422 Dynamics of Machines & Vibrations

19

18

20 OR 15 1



20/16 18




nature of the courses. Please refer Annexure 10 for details. It may be noted that either BITS C313 Study Oriented Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) or ME C491 Special Project (SP) will be one of the six electives.

* * * * *

55


(vi) B.E. (Hons.) Chemical Engineering

INTRODUCTION

The curricula offered for the first degree programme B.E. (Hons.) in Chemical Engineering

Provides the student with fundamental knowledge of Chemical Engineering

• Provides the student with fundamental knowledge of Chemical Engineering

• Exposes the student to the sufficient breadth and width of the discipline of Chemical Engineering

• Serves as a spring board for more advanced work, or for work in areas not covered in the core courses, and

• Provides an opportunity to the student to pursue his/her areas of interests.

Apart from Chemical Engineering courses, the curriculum also has several inter disciplinary courses and courses which are, Analysis and Application Oriented, Humanities and Social Sciences, and Technical Arts.

This has been done to ensure the development a well rounded academic qualification which has,




The objectives of the Chemical Engineering programme is to produce graduates who are able to:

• apply knowledge of Mathematics, Basic science and Engineering to identify, formulate and solve mechanical engineering related problems;

• Continue to develop their knowledge and skills after graduation for personal and employer success at national and international levels.

• work effectively both individually and as members of multi-disciplinary team sand take leadership roles when required in a multicultural environment;

• communicate their thoughts in both written and oral forms so that others can understand and build on their work;


56


LEARNING APPROACH






The page following provides a typical structure (study plan) of the four-year first-degree program: B.E. (Hons.) Chemical Engineering.

57



B.E. (Hons.) – Chemical Engineering


I




PHY C131 Physics I




3

3

3

3

4

3

3




PHY C132 Physics II



3

3

3

3

3

4

3

22 19







3

3

3

3

3

2



CHE C123 Fluid Flow Operations

CHE C221 Chemical Process Calculations



3

3

3

3

4

3

17 19


3

3

3

4

3

3

3

3

4

3

3

3



CHE C311 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics

CHE C351 Heat Transfer Operations

CHE C361 Mass Transfer Operations CHE C312 Kinetic Reactor Design 19



CHE C431 Selected Chemical Engineering Operations

CHE C322 Chemical Process Technology

CHE C332 Process Design Decision

CHE C441 Process Control

19

18

20 OR 15 1



20/16 18




nature of the courses. Please refer Annexure 10 for details. It may be noted that either BITS C313 Study Oriented Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) or CHE C491 Special Project (SP)will be one of the six electives.

* * * * *

58


(vii) B.E. (Hons.) Biotechnology

INTRODUCTION

The curricula offered for the first degree programme B.E. (Hons.) in Biotechnolgy

• Provides the student with fundamental knowledge of Biotechnology • Exposes the student to the sufficient breadth and width of the

discipline of Biotechnology • Serves as a spring board for more advanced work, or for work in areas

not covered in the core courses, and • Provides an opportunity to the student to pursue his/her interests.

Apart from Biotechnology courses, the curricula also has several inter disciplinary courses and courses which are, Analysis and Application Oriented, Humanities and Social Sciences, and Technical Arts.


a) Core competency skills in the chosen discipline, b) Understanding of other disciplines through inter disciplinary courses,

and c) Understanding of peripheral skills which are always useful for

becoming an efficient professional through courses of Technical Arts, Analysis and Application Oriented Courses, etc.


The objectives of the Biotechnology program is to produce graduates who are able to :

• Apply knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering to identify, formulate and solve Biotechnology and Bioengineering related problems.

• Use fundamental principles of Biotechnology and Bio engineering and apply them in the design, development and simulation of industrial biological systems and process

• Continue to develop their knowledge and skills after graduation for personal and employer success.

• Work effectively as members of multi-disciplinary team and take leadership roles when required.

• Communicate their thoughts in both written and oral forms so that others can understand and build on their work.

• Appreciate the importance of ethics in their profession and the need to act in the interest of the society.

59


LEARNING APPROACH






The page following provides a typical structure (study plan) of the four year first degree program: B.E. (Hons.) Biotechnology.

60



B.E. (Hons.) - Biotechnology


I




PHY C131 Physics I




3

3

3

3

4

3

3




PHY C132 Physics II



3

3

3

3

3

4

3

22 19







3

3

3

3

3

2



BIOT C216 Introductory Molecular Biology

BIOT C241 Microbiology



3

3

3

3

4

3

17 19


3

4

3

3

4

3

3

3

4 3

3

3


BIOT C391 Instrumental Methods of Analysis

BIOT C322 Genetics

BIOT C336 Cell Physiology

BIOT C418 Genetic Engineering Techniques

BIOT C339 Biophysical Chemistry

20



BIOT C337 Industrial Microbiology and Bioprocess Engineering BIOT C338 Introduction to Environmental Biotechnology BIOT C461 Recombinant DNA Technology

BIOT C346 Experiments in Biotechnology

19

18

20 OR 15 1



20/16 18




nature of the courses. Please refer Annexure 10 for details. It may be noted that either BITS C313 Study Oriented Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) or BIOT C491 Special Project (SP) will be one of the six electives.

* * * * *

61


(viii) B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Communication Engineering

INTRODUCTION

The curricula offered for the first degree programme B.E. (Hons.) in Electronics and Communication Engineering:

• Provides the student with fundamental knowledge in Electronics and Communication Engineering discipline;

• Exposes the student to the sufficient breadth and width of the discipline of Electronics and Communication Engineering;

• Serves as a spring board for more advanced work, or for work in areas not covered in the core courses, and;

• Provides an opportunity to the student to pursue his/her interests both in the core and allied areas of Electronics and Communication Engineering.

Apart from ECE courses, the curricula also has several inter disciplinary courses and courses which are, Analysis and Application Oriented, Humanities and Social Sciences, and Technical Arts.


a) Core competency skills in the chosen discipline, b) Understanding of other disciplines through inter disciplinary courses,

and c) Understanding of peripheral skills which are always useful for



The objectives of the Electronics and Communication Engineering programme is to produce graduates who:

• have strong foundation of Basic Sciences and Mathematics and apply this knowledge to analyze and solve Electronics and Communication engineering related problems;

• have acquired broad theoretical & practical knowledge; • have acquired skills needed for designing, analyzing, and trouble-shooting

electronic circuits or systems; • are proficient in computer aided design tools and software packages to

design projects & systems to meet specified requirements; • have good communication skills (oral and written); • can work effectively as members of a team;

62


• have acquired generic skills to function in multidisciplinary, diverse, competitive and fast-changing engineering environment;

• have developed abilities for critical thinking and life long learning and are capable of updating their technical knowledge.

LEARNING APPROACH






The page following provides a typical structure (study plan) of the four year first degree program: B.E. (Hons.) Electronics and Communication Engineering.

63



B.E. (Hons.) - Electronics and Communication Engineering


I




PHY C131 Physics I




3

3

3

3

4

3

3




PHY C132 Physics II



3

3

3

3

3

4

3

22 19







3

3

3

3

3

2







3

3

4

3

4

3

17 20


3

3

3

4

3

3

3

3

4

4

3

3



ECE C313 Microelectronic Circuits

ECE C383 Communication Systems

ECE C393 Information Theory and Coding

ECE C452 Electromagnetic Fields & Microwave Engineering

19



ECE C364 Analog Electronics

ECE C391 Digital Electronics and Computer Organization

ECE C394 Communication Networks

ECE C392 Modern Communication Technologies

20

18

20 OR 15 1



20/16 18




nature of the courses. Please refer Annexure 10 for details. It may be noted that either BITS C313 Study Oriented Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) or ECE C491 Special Project (SP) will be one of the six electives.

* * * * *

64


(ix) M.Sc. (Tech.) Engineering Technology

INTRODUCTION

The curricula offered for the first degree programme M.Sc. (Tech.) in Engineering Technology:

• Provides the student with the knowledge of broad based fundamental principles in Engineering Technology


• Provides an opportunity for the student to pursue his/her Engineering Technology interests.

Apart from a broad variety of courses in Engineering Technology, the curricula also has several inter-disciplinary courses and courses which are, Analysis and Application Oriented, Humanities and Social Sciences, and Technical Arts.


d) Core competency skills in the broad areas of Engineering Technology, e) Understanding of other disciplines through inter disciplinary courses,

and f) Understanding of peripheral skills which are always useful for



The objective of the M.Sc. (Tech.) programme in Engineering Technology is to produce graduates who:

• have strong foundation of Basic Sciences and Mathematics and apply this knowledge to analyze and solve Engineering Technology related problems;



design projects & systems to meet specified requirements; • have good communication skills (oral and written); • can work effectively as members of a team; • have acquired generic skills to function in multidisciplinary, diverse,

competitive and fast-changing engineering environment; • have developed abilities for critical thinking and life long learning and are

capable of updating their technical knowledge.

65


LEARNING APPROACH





As the applicants are already working professionals, the above traits get fully strengthened during the last semester when the studnet register for Thesis-Seminar.

Special features

The semester-wise patterns for M.Sc.(Tech.) Engineering Technology, M.Sc.(Tech.) Information Systems are designed in such a way that first year is common with first degree and higher degree programmes. This allows the students of these programmes to benefit in terms of saving time if they are allowed to exercise their options for any of the flexibilities of seeking for a transfer or dual degree into first degree or higher degree programmes.

But the structure of M.Sc.(Tech.) programmes permits the possibility of an individual student, to combine in his/her programme specially in the categories of core mathematics and core sciences courses, a combination of courses which require high dependence on mathematics and analysis or science courses which are more narrative and integrated at the conceptual plane. In view of this students admitted to M.Sc.(Tech.) Information System and M.Sc.(Tech.) Engineering Technology will be given an opportunity to choose the first year courses mentioned against BITS, Pilani’s M.Sc.(Tech.) General studies programme, instead of the first year courses mentioned in their semester wise patterns. This will allow the student to have an understanding of modern science and mathematics, their methodology and their conceptual approach without the necessity of rigorous training in the mathematical understanding and manipulation. However, such an option can be exercised only with prior permission from appropriate authority

The page following provides a typical structure (study plan) of the four year first degree program: M.Sc. (Tech.) Engineering Technology.

66



M.Sc. (Tech.) – Engineering and Technology


I



AAOC C111 Probability & Statistics



PHY C131 Physics I

3

3

3

3

3

3

18II TA C252 Computer Programming II



PHY C132 Physics II


ENGG C111 Electrical and Electronics Technology

3

3

3

3

3

3



ECON C212 Principles of Economics

ENGG C212 Introduction to Systems

TOC C235 Electrical & Electronics Engineering Practice

ENGG C241 Mechanical Technology

ENGG C264 Fluid & Solid Mechanics

4

3

3

3

3

3

3

18 22

III AAOC C311 Data Processing

MGTS C211 Principles of Management

TOC C244 Production & Processing

TOC C223 Comfort Conditioning & Refrigeration

ES C261 Digital Electronics and Microprocessors


3

3

3

3 3

4

AAOC C222 Optimization

AAOC C242 Maintenance and Safety

ET C412 Production Planning & Control

ET C341 Instrumentation and Control

ET C414 Project Appraisal

ENGG C232 Engineering Materials

3

3

3

3

3

3

19 18


3

3

3

3

3

3

IV AAOC C312 Operations Research

ET C352 Energy Management

ET C232 Environmental Pollution Control

ET C351 Chemical Process Technology

ET C342 Materials Management

CDP C364 Industrial Relations

18

Electives 5

15 1

V BITS C422T Thesis BITS C442T Seminar

16




nature of the courses. Please refer Annexure 10 for details. It may be noted that either BITS C313 Study Oriented Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) will be one of the six electives.

* * * * *

67


(x) M.Sc. (Tech.) Information Systems

INTRODUCTION

The curricula offered for the first degree programme M.Sc. (Tech.) in Information Systems:

• Provides the student with the knowledge of broad based fundamental principles in Information System;


• Provides an opportunity for the student to pursue his/her Information Systems interests.

Apart from a broad variety of courses in Information Systems, the curricula also has several inter-disciplinary courses and courses which are, Analysis and Application Oriented, Humanities and Social Sciences, and Technical Arts.


g) Core competency skills in the broad areas of Information Systems, h) Understanding of other disciplines through inter disciplinary courses,

and i) Understanding of peripheral skills which are always useful for



The objectives of the M.Sc. (Tech.) programme in Information Systems are to produce graduates who:

• have strong foundation of Basic Sciences and Mathematics and apply this knowledge to analyze and solve Information Systems related problems;



design projects & systems to meet specified requirements; • have good communication skills (oral and written); • can work effectively as members of a team; • have acquired generic skills to function in multidisciplinary, diverse,

competitive and fast-changing engineering environment; • have developed abilities for critical thinking and life long learning and are

capable of updating their technical knowledge.

68


LEARNING APPROACH





As the applicants are already working professionals, the above traits get fully strengthened during the last semester when the studnet register for Thesis-Seminar.

Special features:

The semester-wise patterns for M.Sc.(Tech.) Engineering Technology, M.Sc.(Tech.) Information Systems are designed in such a way that first year is common with first degree and higher degree programmes. This allows the students of these programmes to benefit in terms of saving time if they are allowed to exercise their options for any of the flexibilities of seeking for a transfer or dual degree into first degree or higher degree programmes.

But the structure of M.Sc.(Tech.) programmes permits the possibility of an individual student, to combine in his/her programme specially in the categories of core mathematics and core sciences courses, a combination of courses which require high dependence on mathematics and analysis or science courses which are more narrative and integrated at the conceptual plane. In view of this students admitted to M.Sc.(Tech.) Information System and M.Sc.(Tech.) Engineering Technology will normally be given an opportunity to choose the first year courses mentioned against BITS, Pilani’s M.Sc.(Tech.) General studies programme, instead of the first year courses mentioned in their semester wise patterns. This will allow the student to have an understanding of modern science and mathematics, their methodology and their conceptual approach without the necessity of rigorous training in the mathematical understanding and manipulation. However, such an option can be exercised only with prior permission from appropriate authority.

The page following provides a typical structure (study plan) of the four year first degree program: M.Sc. (Tech.) Information Systems.

69



M.Sc. (Tech.) – Information Systems


I





PHY C131 Physics I


3

3

3

3

3

4

AAOC C111 Probability & Statistics



PHY C132 Physics II



3

3

3

3

4

3

19 19

II ECON C212 Principles of Economics

ENGG C111 Electrical and Electronics

Technology

ENGG C241 Mechanical Technology


TOC C235 Electrical & Electronics Engineering

Practice

AAOC C221 Graphs & Networks

ES C233 Logic in Computer Science

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

ENGG C212 Introduction to Systems

ES C261 Digital Electronics and Microprocessors

MGTS C211 Principles of Management

TA C312 Technical report writing

MATH C222 Discrete Structures for Computer

Science

SOC C211 Dynamics of Social Change

3

3

4

3

4

3

24 21


3

3

3

3

III Compulsory Discipline Courses*

AAOC C222 Optimization

BITS C342 Object oriented Programming Elective 1

Compulsory Discipline Courses*



18

15 1


IV Electives** 6

(Pair of Courses)

18 16




nature of the courses. Please refer Annexure 10 for details. It may be noted that either BITS C313 Study Oriented Project (SOP) or BITS C323 Lab Oriented Project (LOP) or BITS C331 Computer Project (CP) will be one of the six electives.

* * * * *

70


b) Category-wise Courses

The list of courses in various categories and other courses which are opted forcompleting the First Degree Programmes are given below:

Sl. No.

Course No. Course Title L P U

Language and Literature 1 ENGL C121 English Language Skills -I 3 0 3 2 ENGL C123 English Language Skills 3 0 3 Core Science 3 BIO C111 General Biology 3 0 3 4 BIO C211 Biological Chemistry 3 0 3 5 BIO C241 Microbiology 2 3 3 6 BIO C418 Genetic Engineering Techniques 1 9 4 7 CHEM C141 Chemistry – I 3 0 3 8 CHEM C142 Chemistry – II 3 0 3 9 PHY C131 Physics - I (Mechanics, Waves and

Optics) 3 0 3

10 PHY C132 Physics - II (Electricity, Magnetism and Modern Physics)

3 0 3

In addition to the above, the following courses are specially designed for students of M.Sc.(Tech.) Engineering and Technology

and M.Sc.(Tech.) Information Systems programmes with prior permission from appropriate authority: 11 BIO C111 General Biology 3 0 3 12 CHEM C221 General Chemistry 3 0 3 13 PHY C122 General Physics 3 0 3 Core Mathematics 14 MATH C191 Mathematics – I (Advanced Calculus) 3 0 3 15 MATH C192 Mathematics - II (Complex Variables and

Linear Algebra) 3 0 3

16 MATH C222 Discrete Structures for Computer Science 3 0 3 17 MATH C241 Mathematics - III (Differential Equations) 3 0

3 14 MATH D 021 Remedial Mathematics 5 0

5 Technical Arts 18 TA C111 Engineering Graphics 2 4 4 19 TA C112 Workshop Practice 2 4 4 20 TA C162 Computer Programming – I 3 0 3 21 TA C211 Measurement Techniques - I 0 4 2 22 TA C222 Measurement Techniques - II 1 6 4 23 TA C252 Computer Programming – II - - *

71


24 TA C312 Technical Report Writing - - 3 Engineering Science 25 CHE UC213 Fluid Flow Operations 3 0 3 26 CHE UC221 Chemical Process Calculations 3 0 3 27 ECE / EEE /

INSTR C272 Circuits and Signals 3 0 3

28 ES C112 Thermodynamics 3 0 3 29 ES C221 Mechanics of Solids 3 0 3 30 ES C232/ ME

C212 Transport Phenomena I 3 0 3

31 ES C233 Logic in Computer Science 3 0 3 32 ES C241 Electrical Sciences - I 3 0 3 33 ES C242 Structure and Properties of Materials 3 0 3 34 ES C263 Microprocessor Programming and

Interfacing 3 2 4

35 ES C272 Electrical Sciences - II 3 0 3 36 ME C211 Applied Thermodynamics 3 0 3 In addition to the above, the following course is specially designed for M.Sc.(Tech.) Engineering and Technology and M.Sc.(Tech.)

Information Systems programmes only which cannot be taken by B.E.(Hons.) students under any circumstances: 37 ENGG C111 Electrical and Electronics Technology 3 0 3 38 ENGG C212 Introduction to Systems 3 0 3 39 ENGG C232 Engineering Materials 3 0 3 40 ENGG C241 Mechanical Technology 3 0 3 41 ENGG C242 Maintenance & Safety 3 0 3 42 ENGG C264 Fluid and Solid Mechanics 3 0 3 43 ENGG C272 Process Technology 3 0 3 44 ENGG C282 Industrial Engineering Techniques 3 0 3 45 ENGG C291 Electronics and Instrumentation

Technology 3 0 3

46 ES C261 Digital Electronics and Microprocessors 3 0 3 Analysis and Application Oriented Courses (AAOC) 47 AAOC C111 Probability and Statistics 3 0 3 48 AAOC C222 Optimization 3 0 3 49 AAOC C312 Operations Research 3 0 3 50 AAOC C321 Control Systems 3 0 3 51 AAOC C341 Numerical Analysis 3 0 3 52 BIO C391 Instrumental Methods of Analysis - - 4* In addition to the above, the following course is specially designed for M.Sc.(Tech.) Engineering and Technology and M.Sc.(Tech.)

Information Systems programmes only which cannot be taken by B.E.(Hons.) students under any circumstances: 53 TOC C112 Book Keeping 3 0 3 54 TOC C211 Book Keeping and Accountancy 3 0 3 55 TOC C212 Library Science 3 0 3 56 TOC C213 Civil Engineering Practice 3 57 TOC C223 Comfort Conditioning and Refrigeration 3 58 TOC C224 Corporate Taxation 3 0 3 59 TOC C235 Electrical and Electronics Engineering 0 6 3

72


Practice 60 TOC C236 Electronics and Instrumentation

Engineering Practice 0 6 3

61 TOC C244 Production and Processing 0 6 3 62 TOC C253 Computer Oriented Problem Solving I 3 63 TOC C254 Computer Oriented Problem Solving II 3 Humanities and Social Sciences 64 MGTS C211 Principles of Management 3 0 3 Other Courses (BITS) 65 66 67

BITS C 221 BITS C 231 BITS C 241

Practice School -1@

Practice School – 1@@

Practice School – 1@@

- - 5 - - 5 - - 5

68

BITS C313 BITS C314

Lab. Oriented Projects Lab. Oriented Projects

- - 3 - - 3

BITS C321 Legal and Economic Environment of Business

- - 4*

69 70

BITS C323 BITS C324

Study Oriented Project Study Oriented Project

- - 3 - - 3

71 72

BITS C331 BITS C335

Computer Projects Computer Projects

- - 3 - - 3

73 74

BITS C333 BITS C334

Project on Organizational Aspects Project on Organizational Aspects

- - 3 - - 3

75 BITS C341 Selected Computer Languages - - 3* 76 BITS C342 Object Oriented Programming 3 0 3 77 BITS C372 Data Communication and Networks 3 0 3 78 79

BITS C412 BITS C413

Practice School II Practice School II

- - 20 - - 20

80 81 82 83

BITS C421T BITS C441T BITS C422T BITS C442T

Thesis Seminar Thesis Seminar

- - 15 - - 1 - - 15 - - 1

84 85 86 87 88 89 90

BITS C461 BITS C462 BITS C468 BITS C469 BITS C471 BITS C481 BITS C494

Software Engineering Renewable Energy New Venture Creation Financing Infrastructure Projects Management Information Systems Computer Networks Environmental Impact Assessment

0 0 3* 3 0 3 3 0 3 3 0 3 3 0 3 3 0 3 3 1 4

The following Courses on Development Process (CDP) are specially designed for M.Sc.(Tech.) Engineering and Technology and

M.Sc.(Tech.) Information Systems programmes only which cannot be taken by B.E.(Hons.) students under any circumstances: 91 CDP C211 Agricultural Growth of India 3 0 3 92 CDP C212 Industrial Growth of India 3 0 3 93 CDP C221 Growth of Social Health in India 3 0 3 94 CDP C231 Transport & Communication 3 0 3 95 96

CDP C313 Security Analysis & Portfolio Management

3 0 3

73


97 98

CDP C323 Functions & Working of Stock Exchanges

3 0 3

99 CDP C332 Contemporary India 3 0 3 100 CDP C364 Industrial Relations 3 0 3 101 CDP C371 Development of Economics 3 0 3

@ It is student’s choice to opt for either Practice School (PS) OR Thesis (TS) @@ BITS C231 and BITS C241 can be taken only as electives and are available only to

highly motivated students if faculties are available after satisfying the needs of students who have to compulsorily register in BITS C 221

*Additional one or two courses are compulsorily required to be taken in some disciplines from the courses marked (*)

NOTE:

1. All courses are currently approved by the Senate of BITS, Pilani. They are subjectto change to suit the requirements of the professional world from time to time. Annexure 8 can be referred to for course descriptions.

2. Whenever only Units are indicated with or without (*) against a course in theProgram, Course descriptions should be consulted for the breakup between thelecture and the practical hours.

3. LEGEND: The numbers that appear at the end of each course title like 3 0 3, 0 93, 2 3 3 etc. indicate the lecture hours per week, the practical/seminar/projecthours per week and the number of units in that order. Wherever a single number(with or without*) appears, it indicates only total units and its break up in termsof lectures and practical/seminar/project may be announced from time to timethrough the timetable whenever it is needed.

c) Specialized Discipline Courses (SDCs)

Specialized Discipline Courses are different for different programmes. All the courses marked (#) are the courses currently decided to be Compulsory Discipline Courses(CDCs). Superscripts “1” and “2” indicate the first semester and the second semesterofferings respectively. Additional one or two courses are compulsorily required to betaken, in some disciplines from the courses marked (*). The remaining courses may beavailable as electives under the category, Discipline Courses Other than Compulsory(DCOC). Refer to Annexure 9 for course descriptions.

Sl. No Course No. Course Title L / P / U Computer Science Engineering 1 CS C313 Object Oriented Project and Design 3 2 4 2 CS C321 Computers and Programming 3 2 4 3 CS C342# Advanced Computer Organization2 3 0 3 4 CS C351# Theory of Computation1 3 0 3 5 CS C352# Data Base Systems2 3 0 3 6 CS C362# Programming Languages and Compiler

Construction23 0 3

74


7 CS C363 Data Structures and Algorithms 3 2 4 8 CS C372# Operating Systems1 3 0 3 9 Digital Electronics and Computer

Organization13 3 4 CS C391#

10 Telecommunication Switching Systems and Networks

3 0 3 CS C414

11 CS C415 Data Mining 3 0 3 12 CS C422 Parallel Computing 3 0 3 13 CS C424 Software for Embedded Systems 3 0 3 14 CS C441 Selected Topics from Computer Science - - 3 15 CS C444 Real Time Systems 3 0 3 16 CS C446 Data Storage Technologies and Networks 3 0 3 17 CS C451 Combinatorial Mathematics 3 0 3 18 CS C453 Discrete Mathematical Structures 3 0 3 19 CS C461# Computer Networks2 3 0 3 20 CS C471 Computer Graphics 2 2 3 21 CS C481 Graphical User Interfaces 3 0 3 22 CS C491 Special Projects - - 3 Electrical and Electronics Engineering (EEE) 1 CS C341 Data Structures and Algorithms 3 0 3 2 EEE C364# Analog Electronics1 3 3 4 3 EEE C371# Electromechanical Energy Conversion1 3 3 4 4 EEE C374* Power Systems 3 0 3 5 EEE C381# Electronic Devices and Integrated

Circuits13 0 3

6 EEE C383# Communication Systems2 3 3 4 7 EEE C391# Digital Electronics and Computer

Organization23 3 4

8 EEE C414* Telecommunication Switching Systems and Networks

3 0 3

9 EEE C415 Digital Signal Processing 3 0 3 10 EEE C416 Digital Communication 3 0 3 11 EEE C417 Computer Based Control Systems 3 0 3 12 EEE C418 Digital Systems 3 0 3 13 EEE C422 Modern Control System 3 0 3 14 EEE C423 Combinatorial Mathematics 3 0 3 15 EEE C424# Microelectronic Circuits1 3 0 3 16 EEE C432 Medical Instrumentation 3 0 3 17 EEE C433* Electromagnetic Fields and Waves 3 0 3 18 EEE C441 Television Engineering 3 0 3 19 EEE C443* Analog and Digital VLSI Design 3 0 3 20 EEE C444 Real Time Systems 3 0 3 21 EEE C452 Electromagnetic Fields and Microwave

Engineering 3 0 3

22 EEE C453 Discrete Mathematical Structures 3 0 3

75


23 EEE C461* Power Electronics2 3 0 3 24 EEE C462 Advanced Power Systems 3 0 3 25 EEE C471 Electronic Measurements and

Instrumentation 3 0 3

26 EEE C472 Satellite Communication 3 0 3 27 EEE C491 Special Projects - - 3 Electronics and Communication Engineering 1 CS C341 Data Structures and Algorithms 3 0 3 2 CS C461 Computer Networks 3 0 3 3 EA C473 Multimedia Networks 3 0 3 4 ECE C313# Microelectronic Circuits1 3 0 3 5 ECE C364# Analog Electronics2 3 3 4 6 ECE C383# Communication Systems1 3 3 4 7 ECE C391# Digital Electronics and Computer

organization2 3 3 4

8 ECE C392# Modern Communication Technologies2 3 0 3 9 ECE C393# Information Theory and Coding1 3 0 3 10 ECE C394# Communication Networks2 3 0 3 11 ECE C452# Electromagnetic Fields and Microwave

Engineering13 0 3

12 ECE C491 Special Projects - - 3 13 EEE C414 Telecommunications Switching Systems

and Networks 3 0 3

14 EEE C415 Digital Signal Processing 3 0 3 15 EEE C416 Digital Communication 3 0 3 16 EEE C443 Analog and Digital VLSI Design 3 0 3 17 EEE C472 Satellite Communication 3 0 3 Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (INSTR) 1 CS C341 Data Structures and Algorithms 3 0 3 2 EEE C381* Electronic Devices and Integrated

Circuits23 0 3

3 INSTR C312# Industrial Instrumentation and Control2 3 0 3 4 INSTR C313# Microelectronic Circuits1 3 0 3 5 INSTR C355# Electronic Instruments and

Instrumentation Technology23 3 4

6 INSTR C364# Analog Electronics2 3 3 4 7 INSTR C371* Electromechanical Energy Conversion1 3 3 4 8 INSTR C381# Transducers and Measurement Systems1 3 0 3 9 INSTR C391# Digital Electronics and Computer

Organization13 3 4

10 INSTR C392* Analysis Instrumentation 3 0 3 11 INSTR C411 Opto-Electronic Instruments 3 0 3 12 INSTR C414 Telecommunication Switching Systems

and Networks 3 0 3

13 INSTR C421 Digital Systems 3 0 3

76


14 INSTR C444 Real Time Systems 3 0 3 15 INSTR C451* Process Control 3 0 3 16 INSTR C461* Power Electronics2 3 0 3 17 INSTR C471* Electronics Measurements and

Instrumentation 3 0 3

18 INSTR C481 Medical Instrumentation 3 0 3 19 INSTR C491 Special Projects - - 3 Mechanical Engineering (ME) 1 ME C312# Design of Machine Elements1 3 0 3 2 ME C314# Power Plant Engineering2 3 0 3 3 ME C331# Transport Phenomena – II1 3 2 4 4 ME C332# Prime Movers and Fluid Machines2 3 2 4 5 ME C342# Production Techniques1 3 2 4 6 ME C382# Computer Aided Design2 - - 3* 7 ME C392# Advanced Mechanics of Solids and

Kinematics13 0 3

8 ME C412 Production Planning and Control 3 0 3 9 ME C422# Dynamics of Machines and Vibrations2 3 0 3 10 ME C432 Computer Aided Manufacturing 3 0 3 11 ME C441 Automotive Vehicles 3 0 3 12 ME C442 Advances in Materials Science 3 0 3 13 ME C443 Quality Control, Assurance and Reliability 3 0 3 14 ME C451 Mechanical Equipment Design 3 0 3 15 ME C452 Composite Materials and Design 3 0 3 16 ME C461 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 3 0 3 17 ME C472 Precision Engineering 3 0 3 18 ME C481 Project Appraisal 3 0 3 19 ME C491 Special Projects - - 3 Chemical Engineering (CHE) 1 CHE C311# Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics1 3 0 3 2 CHE C312# Kinetics and Reactor Design1 3 0 3 3 CHE C322# Chemical Process Technology2 3 0 3 4 CHE C351# Heat Transfer Operations1 3 3 4 5 CHE C332# Process Design Decisions2 3 0 3 6 CHE C361# Mass Transfer Operations1 3 0 3 7 CHE C411 Environmental Pollution Control 3 0 3 8 CHE C412 Process Equipment Design 3 0 3 9 CHE C 413 Process Plant Safety 3 0 3 10 CHE C414 Transport Phenomena 3 0 3 11 CHE C421 Biochemical Engineering 3 0 3 12 CHE C422 Combustion Engineering 3 0 3 13 CHE C431# Selected Chemical Engineering

Operations23 3 4

14 CHE C432 Computer Aided Process Plant Design 3 0 3 15 CHE C433 Corrosion Engineering 3 0 3

77


16 CHE C441# Process Control2 3 0 3 17 CHE C471 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 3 0 3 18 CHE C473 Advanced Process Control 3 0 3 19 CHE C491 Special Projects - - 3 Biotechnology 1 BIOT C332# Genetics1 3 0 3 2 BIOT C336# Cell Physiology1 3 0 3 3 BIOT C337# Industrial Microbiology and Bioprocess

Engineering22 3 4

4 BIOT C338# Introduction to Environmental Biotechnology2

3 0 3

5 BIOT C339# Biophysical Chemistry1 3 0 3 6 BIOT C343 Genomics 3 0 3 7 BIOT C344 Proteomics 3 0 3 8 BIOT C345 Immunotechnology 3 0 3 9 BIOT C346# Experiments in Biotechnology2 0 9 3 10 BIOT C413 Molecular Biology of Cell 3 0 3 11 BIOT C418# Genetic Engineering Techniques1 1 9 4 12 BIOT C416 Immunology 3 0 3 13 BIOT C417 Biomolecular Modelling 3 0 3 14 BIOT C461# Recombinant DNA Technology2 3 0 3 15 BIOT C491 Special Projects 3 16 EA C414 Introduction to Bioinformatics 3 0 3 Engineering Technology 1 ET C341# Instrumentation and control1 3 0 3 2 ET C342# Materials Management2 3 0 3 3 ET C351# Chemical Process Technology2 3 0 3 4 ET C352# Energy Management2 3 0 3 5 ET C362# Environmental Pollution Control2 3 0 3 6 ET C411 Concepts of Engineering Design 3 7 ET C412# Production Planning & Control1 3 0 3 8 ET C413 Advances in Materials Science 3 0 3 9 ET C414# Project Appraisal1 3 0 3 10 ET C421 Computer Aided Project Planning and

Monitoring 3

11 ET C422 Computer Aided Manufacturing 3 0 3 12 ET C431 Technology Forecasting 3 0 3 13 ET C432 Quality Control , Assurance & Reliability 3 0 3 14 ET C441 Technology Management 3 0 3 15 ET C491 Special Projects 3 Information Systems 1 IS C311 Computer Concepts and Software

Systems 3 0 3

2 IS C313# Object Oriented Project and Design 3 2 4 3 IS C321 Program, Data & File Structures 3 0 3

78


4 IS C332# Database Systems and Applications2 3 0 3 5 IS C341# Software Engineering2 3 6 IS C342# Structures of Programming Languages2 3 0 3 7 IS C351 Computer Organization and Architecture1 3 2 4 8 IS C352 Management Information Systems 3 0 3 9 10 IS C362# Operating Systems1 3 0 3 11 IS C363# Data Structures and Algorithms1 3 2 4 12 IS C411 Information Systems Project 3 13 IS C415 Data Mining 3 0 3 14 IS C421 Modelling and Decision Systems 3 0 3 15 IS C422 Parallel Computing 3 0 3 16 IS C424 Software for Embedded Systems 3 0 3 17 IS C431 Educational Software 1 4 3 18 IS C444 Real Time Systems 3 0 3 19 IS C446 Data Storage Technologies and Networks 3 0 3 20 IS C461# Computer Networks2 3 0 3 21 IS C462 Network Programming 3 0 3 22 IS C471 Computer Graphics 2 2 3 23 IS C472 Geographical Information Systems 3 0 3 24 IS C481 Graphical User Interfaces 3 0 3

d) Electives

Electives* (categorized as electives, emerging area courses and others) are importantknowledge addition to the student. Apart from named courses students acquireadditional core competency and skill sets through electives chosen by him/her.Following pool of courses are also available to students in addition to courses listed above as SDCs. Refer to Annexure 10 for course descriptions.

*Offering of electives to the students will be governed by: (a) offer of the same by the faculty; (b)minimum viable number of students opting for the elective; (c) the course load allowed to a student.

Sl. No. Course No. Course Title L P U

1 BITS C461 Software Engineering 3 0 3 2 BITS C467 Bioethics and Biosafety 3 0 3 3 BITS C468 New Venture Creation 3 0 3 4 BITS C469 Financing Infrastructure Projects 3 0 3 5 BITS C494 Environmental Impact Assessment 3 1 4 6 CS C441 Selected Topics from computer Science 3 0 3 7 CS C444 Real Time Systems 3 0 3 8 CS C471 Computer Graphics 2 2 3 9 EA C451 Internetworking Technologies 3 0 3 10 EEE C415 Digital Signal Processing 3 0 3

79


11 EEE C462 Advanced Power Systems 3 0 3 12 INSTR C421 Digital Systems 3 0 3 13 INSTR C451 Process Control 3 0 3 14 INSTR C481 Medical Instrumentation 3 0 3 15 EA C473 Multimedia Computing 3 0 3 16 EA C482 Fuzzy Logic and Applications 3 0 3 17 INSTR C392 Analysis Instrumentation 3 0 3 18 CHE C413 Process Plant Safety 3 0 3 19 CHE C432 Computer Aided Process Plant Design 3 0 3 20 PSY C211 Introductory Psychology 3 0 3 21 HIST C212 Middle East History 3 0 3 22 MGTS C233 Principles of Marketing for Engineers 3 0 3 Emerging Area Courses 1 EA C 342 Computer Aided Design - - 3* 2 EA C 422 Fibre Optics and Optoelectronics - - 3* 3 EA C 442 Remote Sensing and Image Processing - - 3* 4 EA C 443 Image Processing 3 0 3 5 EA C 451 Internetworking Technologies 3 0 3 6 EA C 452 Mobile Telecommunication Networks 3 0 3 7 EA C461 Artificial Intelligence - - 3* 8 EA C463 Neural Networks and Applications 3 0 3 9 EA C472 Photovoltaic Devices 3 0 3 10 EA C473 Multimedia Computing 3 0 3 11 EA C481 Expert Systems - - 3 12 EA C482 Fuzzy Logic and Applications 3 0 3 13 EA C414 Introduction to Bioinformatics 3 0 3

* * * * *

80


VIII. HIGHER DEGREE PROGRAMME STRUCTURES AND REQUIREMENTS

(a) Structure and Requirements

A. Requirements

M.E.:

Total number of units required – 60 (Minimum) with a breakup as follows:

(a) Dissertation: 15 (Min.) – 25 (Max.) Units

(b) Course work: 35 (Min.) Units (Other than Dissertation/Practice school)

Course for the course work will be chosen from the list of named and elective courses earmarked for each degree. Total number of courses is nine. In additional to these nine courses all the students are required to do one course on Technical Communication and two courses on Professional Practice. For electives, courses can be drawn from across the various disciplines, subject to approval by the Higher Degree Counselling Committee (HDCC).

M.B.A.:

The course requirements of the MBA programme are spelt out in terms of courses belonging to different categories in the table below:

Category No. of Units required

No. of Courses required

Named Courses 40-60 15-20 Elective(s) 12-18 4-6 Subtotal 55(Min.) 20(Min.) Dissertation 16 1

Total 70(Min.) 21(Min.)

Courses for the course work will be chosen from the list of named and elective courses earmarked for the MBA degree.

B. Dissertation: Normal registration for dissertation is after completion of course work. Normally 16 Units of Dissertation will be assigned at the time of this registration. In case of programmes other than MBA, units up to a maximum of 25 may be permitted depending on the total time and work put in by an individual student and the registration in more than 16 units of Dissertation will be normally available only to students who have taken higher

81


degree courses as electives in their first degree programmes or to students who have shown competence in some specialized courses through their professional involvement. Concurrent registration for a nominal 8 units per semester in Dissertation with course work is also permissible for motivated, well-prepared and hardworking students. Provision exists for the Dissertation to be carried out as work-integrated dissertation at recognized off-campus centres or in an organization where the student may get employment, subject to all stipulations of Academic Regulations.

C. General

(i) There will be a Higher Degree Counselling Committee (HDCC) composed of Dean RCD (Convener), Dean AAR, Dean ID and Dean PCP. This committee is charged with the task of making the semester-wise programmes for various students and monitoring the same. The committee may co-opt other faculty members whenever there is a need to discuss an individual case.

This Committee will also draw, from time to time, a list of courses from the Higher Degree programmes from which the students of the Integrated First Degrees can offer the courses as their electives.

(ii) The Dissertation, whether registered for full or partial units, will be awarded a non-letter grade, viz., Excellent, Good, Fair or Poor, at the end of the corresponding semester.

(iii) A first degree student can choose up to a maximum of two higher degree courses as electives for his/her first degree from the pool of general/special courses of the corresponding higher degree. When such a student seeks admission to any of the Higher Degree Programme of the institute, the student may be given exemption from these courses; however, the student has to complete the total unit requirement of the higher degree. The minimum units in dissertation for such a candidate will be increased by the same number of units as exempted from the course work so as to earn the minimum prescribed total units. In such a case, the exempted courses will also form part of the Ph.D. Qualifying Examination when the student appears for the same. HDDC is also empowered to replace the course cleared in first degree by a course form the pool of electives of higher degree on a case by case basis, as an alternative to increasing the dissertation units.

82


(i) M.E. Design Engineering


M.E. Design Engineering Yr. First Semester Units Second Semester Units

I

BITS G529 Technical Communication

DE G611 Dynamics & Vibration

ME G511 Mechanics & Robotics

ME G512 Finite Element Methods

4

5

5

5

BITS G620 Professional Practice I

DE G631 Materials Technology & Testing

ME G521 Mechanical System Design

ME G611 Computer Aided Analysis & Design

3

5

5

5

19 18

II BITS G621 Professional Practice II

DE G531 Product Design

Elective

Elective

3

5

*

*

BITS G629T Dissertation

16

16 14

(ii) M.E. Microelectronics Semester-wise Pattern for students admitted to

M.E. Microelectronics


I


MEL G611 IC Fabrication

MEL G621 VLSI Design

MEL G631 Physics and Modelling of

Microelectronic Devices

4

5

5

5


MEL G632 Analog IC Design

MEL G641 CAD for IC Design

MEL G642 VLSI Architecture

3

5

5

4

19 17


Elective

Elective

Elective

3

*

*

*


16

14 16

83


(iii) M.E. Software Systems Semester-wise Pattern for students admitted to

M.E. Software Systems Yr. First Semester Units Second Semester Units

I

BITS C481 Computer Networks


SS G514 Object Oriented Programming &

Design

SS G562 Software Engineering & Management

3

4

4

5


SS G515 Data Warehousing

SS G516 Computer Organization and Software

Systems

Elective

3

5

5

*

16 16


SS G531 Pervasive Computing

SS G653 Software Architecture

Elective

3

4

5

*


16

15 16

(v) M.E. Biotechnology


M.E. – Biotechnology Yr. First Semester Units Second Semester Units

I

BIO G512 Molecular Mechanism of Gene

Expression

BIO G542 Advanced Cell and Molecular

Biology

BIO G611 Environmental Biotechnology


5

5

5

4

BIO G642 Experimental Techniques

BIO G641 Cell & Tissue Culture Technology

BIO G643 Plant Biotechnology


5

4

5

3

19 17

II BIO G513 Microbial & Fermentation

Technology

BITS G621 Professional Practice II

Elective

Elective

5

3

*

*


16

14 16

84


(vi) M.B.A. (Both Streams) Semester-wise Pattern for students admitted to M.B.A.

(a)Engineering & Technology Management and (b)IT Enabled Services Management


I

MBA C311 Business Structure & Process

MBA C317 Managerial Skills

MBA C312 Managerial Economics

MBA C411 Organizational Behaviour

MBA C417 Managerial Communication

MBA C321 Legal and Economic Environment

of Business

MBA C413 Quantitative Methods

MBA C415 Financial & Management

Accounting

4

1

3

4

4

4

4

4

MBA C416 Corporate Finance & Taxation

MBA C319 Negotiation Skills & Techniques

MBA C418 Marketing

MBA C419 Production & Operation

Management

MBA C412 Human Resource Management

MBA C471 Management Information Systems

MBA C421 Supply Chain Management

4

2

4

4

4

3

4

27 25

II MBA C422 Business and Society

MBA C423 Business Policy & Strategic

Management

MBA C424 International Business

Elective

Elective

Elective

3

3

3

3

3

2

BITS G561 Dissertation

16

16 23

85


b) Named Courses and Electives

Biotechnology

Named courses S. No. Course no. Course Title Credits 1 BIO G512 Molecular Mechanics of Gene Expression 3 2 5 2 BIO G513 Microbial & Fermentation Technology 0 0 5 3 BIO G542 Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology 0 0 5 4 BIO G611 Environmental Biotechnology 0 0 5 5 BIO G641 Cell & Tissue Culture 2 2 4 6 BIO G642 Experimental Techniques 0 0 5 7 BIO G643 Plant Biotechnology 3 2 5 Elective Courses (any two) 8 BENG G521 Bioinformatics 3 2 5 9 BIO C414 Genetic Engineering 1 6 3 10 BIO C417 Biomolecular Modelling 3 0 3 11 BIO C421 Enzymology 3 0 3 12 BIO C441 Biochemical Engineering 3 0 3 13 BIO C451 Bioprocess Technology 3 0 3* 14 BIO C461 Recombinant DNA Technology 3 0 3 15 BIO G514 Molecular Immunology 0 0 5 16 BIO G515 Stem Cell and Regenerative Biology 3 1 4 18 BIO G522 Interferon Technology 2 2 4 19 BIO G532 Biostatistics and Biomodelling 2 2 4 20 BIO G612 Human Genetics 3 2 5 21 BIO G631 Membrane and Liposome Technology 2 2 4 22 BIO G632 Transgenic Technology 3 2 5 23 BIO G651 Protein and Enzyme Bioengineering 3 2 5 24 BIO G661 Gene Toxicology 2 2 4 25 BIO G671 Bioconversion Technology 3 2 5

Design Engineering Named courses 1 DE G611 Dynamics and Vibration 0 0 5 2 DE G531 Product Design 0 0 5 3 DE G631 Materials Technology & Testing 0 0 5 4 ME G511 Mechanics and Robotics 2 3 5 5 ME G512 Finite Element Methods 0 0 5 6 ME G521 Mechanical System Design 2 3 5 7 ME G611 Computer Aided Analysis and Design 2 3 5 Elective Courses (any two) 8 DE G513 Tribology 0 0 5 9 DE G514 Fracture Mechanics 0 0 5 10 DE G521 Instrumentation and Applied Electronics 0 0 5

86


S. No. Course no. Course Title Credits 11 DE G522 Design Projects 0 0 5 12 EA C415 Introduction to MEMS 0 0 4* 13 MSE G511 Mechatronics 3 2 5 14 MSE G531 Concurrent Engineering 3 2 5 15 MST G511 Nondestructive Testing 3 2 5 16 MST G522 Advanced Composites 3 2 5 18 MST G531 Experimental Stress Analysis Techniques 3 2 5

Microelectronics Named courses 1 MEL G611 IC Fabrication Technology 3 2 5 2 MEL G621 VLSI Design 3 2 5 3 MEL G631 Physics and Modelling of Microelectronic

Devices 3 2 5

4 MEL G632 Analog IC Design 3 2 5 5 MEL G641 CAD for IC Design 3 2 5 6 MEL G642 VLSI Architecture 2 2 4 Elective Courses (any two) 7 BITS G554 Data Compression 3 2 5 8 CS G553 Reconfigurable Computing 0 0 5 9 CS G555 System Specification and Modelling 3 3 4 10 CS G562 Advanced Architecture and Performance

Evaluation 3 2 5

11 CS G612 Fault Tolerant System Design 2 3 5 12 EA C415 Introduction to MEMS 0 0 4* 13 EEE C415 Digital Signal Processing 3 0 3 14 EEE G510 RF Microelectronics 0 0 5 15 EEE G512 Embedded System Design 3 1 4 16 EEE G592 Mobile and Personal Communication 3 2 5 18 EEE G626 Hardware Software Decoding 0 0 4 19 MEL G512 Optoelectronic Devices, Circuits and

Symbols 3 2 5

20 MEL G531 Testable Design & Fault Tolerant Computing

3 2 5

21 MEL G612 Integrated Electronic System Design 2 2 4 22 MEL G622 Introduction to Artificial Neural Networks 2 2 4 23 MEL G623 Advanced VLSI Design 0 0 5 24 MEL G624 Advanced VLSI Architectures 0 0 5 25 MEL G625 Advanced Analog and Mixed Signal

Design 0 0 5

26 MEL G626 VLSI Test and Testability 0 0 5 Software Systems

Named courses 1 BITS C481 Computer Networks 3 0 3

87


2 SS G514 Object Oriented Analysis and Design 2 2 4 S. No. Course no. Course Title Credits 3 SS G515 Data Warehousing 3 2 5 4 SS G516 Computer Organization and Software

Systems 0 0 5

5 SS G531 Pervasive Computing 0 0 4* 6 SS G562 Software Engineering & Management 0 0 5 7 SS G653 Software Architecture 3 2 5 Elective Courses (any two) 1 BITS C463 Cryptography 3 0 3 2 BITS C464 Machine Learning 3 0 3 3 BITS G553 Real Time Systems 0 0 5 4 BITS G554 Data Compression 3 2 5 5 EA C451 Internetworking Technologies 3 0 3 6 EA C473 Multimedia Computing 3 0 3 7 EEE G512 Embedded System Design 3 1 4 8 IS C415 Data Mining 3 0 3 9 IS C422 Parallel Computing 3 0 3 10 IS C424 Software for Embedded System 3 0 3 11 IS C446 Data Storage Technologies & Networks 3 0 3 12 IS C462 Network Programming 3 0 3 13 IS C471 Computer Graphics 2 2 3 14 IS C481 Graphical User Interfaces 3 0 3 15 ITEB G621 Supply Chain Management 0 0 4 16 SS G512 Object Oriented Programming 0 0 4 18 SS G513 Network Security 3 1 4 19 SS G517 Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis 0 0 5 20 SS G518 Database Design & Application 0 0 5 21 SS G522 Software Development Standards 0 0 4 22 SS G532 Information Theory 0 0 4 23 SS G541 User Interfaces 0 0 4 24 SS G542 Knowledge Management 0 0 3 25 SS G551 Advanced Compilation Techniques 0 0 5 26 SS G552 Software Testing Methodologies 0 0 4 27 SS G554 Distributed Data Systems 3 2 5 28 SS G624 Computer Based Simulation and

Modelling 0 0 5

29 SS G641 Management Information and Decision Support Systems

0 0 5

Master of Business Administration Named Courses 1 MBA C311 Business Structure and Processes 0 0 4 2 MBA C312 Managerial Economics 0 0 3 3 4 MBA C317 Managerial Skills 1 0 1

88


5 MBA C319 Negotiation Skills and Techniques 2 0 2 S. No. Course no. Course Title Credits MBA C321 Legal and Economic Environment of

Business 0 0 4*

6 MBA C411 Organizational Behaviour 0 0 4 7 MBA C412 Human Resource Management 0 0 4 8 MBA C413 Quantitative Methods 0 0 4 9 MBA C414 Technology Management 3 0 3 10 MBA C415 Financial and Management Accounting 0 0 4 11 MBA C416 Corporate Finance and Taxation 0 0 4 12 MBA C417 Managerial Communication 0 0 4 13 MBA C418 Marketing 0 0 4 14 MBA C419 Production and Operations Management 0 0 4 15 MBA C421 Supply Chain Management 0 0 4 16 MBA C422 Business and Society 0 0 4 18 MBA C423 Business Policy and Strategic

Management 0 0 4

19 MBA C424 International Business 3 0 3 20 MBA C471 Management Information Systems 3 0 3 Elective Courses (Engineering & Technology Management) BITS C468 New Venture Creation 3 0 3 1 BITS C489 Enterprise Resource Planning 3 0 3 2 EA C475 Financial Engineering 3 0 3 3 FIN C413 Risk Management and Insurance 3 0 3 4 MBA C414 Technology Management 3 0 3 5 MBA C429 Recent Advances in ETM 0 0 4 6 MBA C437 Security Analysis and Portfolio

Management 3 0 3

7 MBA C451 Internetworking Technologies 3 0 3 8 MBA C454 Project Appraisal 3 0 3 9 MBA C482 Creating and Leading Entrepreneurial

Organization 3 0 3

10 MBA C483 Marketing Research 3 0 3 11 MBA C512 Manufacturing Strategy 0 0 4 12 MBA C522 Total Quality Management 0 0 4 13 MBA C523 Project Management 0 0 4 14 MBA C552 Total Productive Maintenance 0 0 4 15 MBA C622 Software Project Management 0 0 4 Elective Courses (IT Enabled Services Management) BITS C468 New Venture Creation 3 0 3 1 BITS C489 Enterprise Resource Planning 3 0 3 2 EA C474 Retail Management Systems 3 0 3 3 FIN C413 Risk Management and Insurance 4 MBA C426 Database Management Systems 0 0 4 5 MBA C427 e-Business and Internet Marketing 0 0 4

89


6 MBA C428 Internet Security and Cyber-laws 0 0 4 7 MBA C433 Advertising and Sales Promotion 3 0 3 8 MBA C436 Strategic Financial Management 3 0 3 9 MBA C437 Security Analysis and Portfolio 3 0 3 10 MBA C451 Internetworking Technologies 3 0 3 11 MBA C454 Project Appraisal 3 0 3 12 MBA C482 Creating and Leading Entrepreneurial

Organization 3 0 3

13 MBA C481 Expert Systems 0 0 4 14 MBA C622 Software Project Management 0 0 4

90


IX. FEE STRUCTURE AND FINANCIAL AID

a) Fee Structure

Details of various fees payable by the students are as given in below: Table 4a. Fee Structure

S. No. Particulars

Amount in AED

1 Admission Fee 1,500 2 Activity Fee 1,000 3 Lab Caution Deposit @ (Refundable) 5,000 4 Tuition Fee (p.a.) – see below Note c(i) 35,000 5 Tuition Fee for Summer term courses, if any:

a Tuition Fee during PS-I (excluding hostel & transport) 4,500 b Tuition Fee during PS-II (excluding hostel & transport) c Tuition Fee for 2 summer term courses (if institute offers) 3,000 d Tuition Fee for 1 summer term course (if institute offers) 2,000

7 Hostel Caution Deposit (Refundable), only for hostellers 2,000 8 Hostel Fee (p.a.) – see below Note c(ii) 30,000 9 Hostel Fee, excluding lunch & transport, during PS-I 2,750 10 Hostel Fee, excluding lunch & transport, during PS-II 7,500 11 Visa Fee*, is as given below:

a - Fresh** 2,100 b - Renewal 1,500 c - Normal Cancellation Fee *** 500 d - Jawaz Card Fee 250

12 Internet Fee**** (p.a.) 750 13 Refrigerator Fee# (p.a.) 600 14 Health Insurance Premium (p.a.) 1,550 15 Fee, per semester, for Transport is as given below:

a For pick-up-from & Drop-off-to Dubai 1,500 b For pick-up-from & Drop-off-to Sharjah/Ajman 1,750

Note: a) Fees are subject to change as per rules & regulations of the Institute. b) In case of bounced cheque Dhs.100/- will be charged c) For students admitted in previous years, tuition fee and hostel fee are:

Year of Admission S. No.

Particulars 2009-10 2008-09 2007-08

(i) Tuition Fee (p.a.) in AED 35,000 30,000 30,000 (ii) Hostel Fee (p.a.) in AED 30,000 22,000 22,000

* Subject to change as per rules & regulations of the Institution, Immigration Govt of U.A.E, Dubai. Knowledge Village (DKV) & Dubai International Academic City (DIAC).

** Excluding in country & local amendment for students from U.A.E. *** For normal cancellation. **** For hostel students only. @ Refundable after due adjustment of damages, breakages. if any, caused by the student. # Applicable for those who want to keep refrigerator in their respective hostel room.

The Finance and Budget Committee, chaired by the Director BPD is empowered to suitably modify the existing fee or make any other changes from time to time. Fee changes made, if any, will be published widely in the relevant Institute publications and will be notified to students through Institute notice boards.

91


Fee can be paid by Cash/Crossed Cheques /Telex transfer (to be made at least 20 days in advance of the payment deadline)/ demand Draft drawn in favor of ETA - Net payable in Dubai. If DD is made in US $ (Dollars), and US $ 50 to the amount as a collection charge.

Please note that only the net amount of fee (both tuition and hostel fee) will be accepted by the Institute and any charges towards clearance, collection etc. must be borne by the student.

All information can also be retrieved from the Institute’s official website at the URL address: http://www.bitsdubai.com/Bits-BulletinL.pdf or BPD admission bulletin available with the Admission Department of the Institute or Institute’s Reception.

b) Fee Payment Schedule

Table 4b. 2010 -11 Fee Payment Schedule PARTICULARS DUE DATE

Admission Fee Activity Fee Lab Caution Deposit @ (Refundable) Hostel Caution Deposit (Refundable) Visa Fee Jawaz Card Fee***

AT THE TIME OF

ADMISSION

I SEMESTER Tuition fee (I installment) 26-Aug-10 Hostel Fee (Semester I Balance) 26-Aug-10 Internet Fee 2010 -11 26-Aug-10 Health Insurance Fee 2010-11 26-Aug-10 Transport Fee I Semester (only for Day Scholars who avail facility) 26-Aug-10 Tuition fee (II installment) 23-Nov-10 Hostel fee (II Semester 2010-11) 23-Nov-10 Transport Fee, II Semester 2010-11 (only for Day Scholars who avail facility) 23-Nov-10 II SEMESTER Tuition fee (I installment) 30-Jan-11 Tuition fee (II installment) 26-Apr-11 Hostel fee (Semester I, 2011-12,) 26-Apr-11 Internet fee (2011-12) 26-Apr-11 Transport Fee*, Semester I 2011-12 (only for Day Scholars who avail facility) 26-Apr-11 Visa Renewal fee for the academic year 2011-12. 26-Apr-11 Jawaz Card Fee*** for the academic year 2011-12 26-Apr-11 Health Insurance Premium** for the academic year 2011-12 26-Apr-11 ► Any change in the dates will be notified to the students in advance on the institute's notice board. @ * Refund of Transport fee applicable as per policy ** In case of any withdrawal from Health Insurance Policy, notify Dean, Student Welfare *** Jawaz Card is an Identity Multipurpose Card issued by Dubai International Academic City (DIAC)

92

http://www.bitsdubai.com/Bits-BulletinL.pdf


c) Refund Policy

Application and Admission/Registration Fee is non-refundable.

i) Tuition Fee: A. If a student accepts the admission offer and completes the admission

formalities but withdraws before the date of registration of the programme, 80% of the first semester tuition fee is refundable.

B. If a student withdraws within one week from the date of registration of the program, only 50% of the first semester tuition fee paid is refundable.

C. If a student withdraws after one week from the date of registration of the program, entire first semester tuition fee is non-refundable, irrespective of the fact whether the student attended any class or not.

ii) Hostel Fee: A. If a student opts for the hostel facility by paying the fee but withdraws

on or before one week before the commencement of the 1st semester, 90% of the semester’s hostel fee is refundable.

B. If a student withdraws within one week from the date of commencement of the semester, 50% of the semester’s hostel fee is refundable.

C. If a student withdraws after one week from the date of commencement of the semester, the entire first semester’s hostel fee is non-refundable.

iii) Transport Fee: A. If a student opts for the Transport facility by paying the fee but

withdraws one week before the commencement of the semester, 90% of the semester’s transport fee is refundable.

B. If a student withdraws within one week from the date of commencement of the semester, 50% of the semester’s transport fee is refundable.

C. If a student withdraws after one week of the commencement of the programme, the entire first semester’s transport fee is non-refundable.

d) Financial Aid – Scholarships and Concessions

Students who are eligible for scholarships and concessions need to note the following:

• All students must pay their fees in full at the time of admission and any amount awarded as a scholarship will be adjusted with the fee payment of subsequent semesters.

93


• The decision of the institute shall be final on all matters of scholarships and concession at BITS, Pilani - Dubai.

i) Scholarships (1) Merit Scholarship:

A. Students who have obtained 90% and above in the aggregate of the Qualifying Examination will be given a 20% concession in the first semester tuition fee as scholarship at the time of admission. This scholarship is limited to the first semester only.

B. Students who have obtained 80% and above in the aggregate of the Qualifying Examination, will be given a 15% concession in the first semester tuition fee as scholarship at the time of admission. This scholarship is limited to the first semester only.

C. On obtaining a CGPA of 9.0 on a 10.0 scale in each semester, students will be eligible for 20% concession in the tuition fee as scholarship for the following semester.

(2) Scholarship for Board Toppers (1st, 2nd, and 3rd rank holders) Students who have secured top positions in 12th standard in their respective board (General Secondary Education Certificate Exam of the Ministry of Education, UAE or CBSE-India or any other State, National or International Boards) will be offered the following scholarships for the first semester only. A. First rank holder : 100 % of the tuition fee B. Second rank holder : 75% of the tuition fee C. Third rank holder : 50% of the tuition fee The above scholarship is limited to the first semester only. Relevant documents certifying the above must be enclosed along with the application form from competent authorities.

(3) Scholarship for Sports Excellence A. Students who have participated and won medals in international

championships will be eligible for 50% concession on the first semester tuition fee and students who have participated in the International Championships are eligible for 15% concession on the first semester tuition fee. This scholarship is limited to the first semester only.

B. Students who have participated and won medals in National tournaments are eligible for 20% concession on the first semester tuition fee and students who have participated in National Tournaments are eligible for 5% concession on the first semester tuition fee. This scholarship is limited to the first semester only.

(4) Merit-cum-Means Scholarship There will be a few merit-cum-means scholarships available to students. Those students who wish to apply to this must strictly

94


adhere to the guidelines prescribed for the same which will be available from the Student Welfare Office. The amount and number of scholarships will be decided by a duly constituted committee. This scholarship is applicable to UAE students only.

(5) Scholarship for BITSAT Candidates The following admission and scholar ship policyt will be applicable for candidates seeking admissions at BITS, Pilani- Dubai for the academic year 2010-11, who have taken BITSAT and belong to the categories given below:

Offer Sl. No.

Category Programme Option

Scholarship*

1 Admission to BE (Hons.) programme of candidate's choice

100% Tuition fee With an overall aggregate of 90% and above in 12th examination and a BITSAT score of > or equal to 300

2 With an overall aggregate of 75%-89.9% in 12th examination and a BITSAT score of > or equal to 300

- do -

75% Tuition fee

3 With an overall aggregate of 90% and above in 12th examination and a BITSAT score of : 250 to 299 Admission to BE

(Hons.) programme of candidate's choice

50% Tuition fee a

b 200 to 249 - do - 40% Tuition Fee 4 With an overall aggregate of 75%-89.9% in 12th examination and a

BITSAT score of : 250 to 299 Admission to BE

(Hons.) programme of candidate's choice

30% Tuition Fee a

200 to 249 - do - 25% Tuition Fee b *The above policy of scholarship is applicable for first year (Academic year 2010-11) only. These are currently prevailing. They are subject to change from year to year as decided by a high power scholarship committee, from time to time. Subsequently, the students will be eligible for the merit scholarship of the institute as per the prevailing eligibility criteria cited as 1(c), stated above. • Candidates availing the above BITSAT scholarship will not be

eligible for any other scholarship of the institute in the first year. • All other fee related to Visa, Insurance etc must be paid in full

by these candidates. • The decision of the BPD Management will be final in all matters

concerning the award of the above scholarship. • For Instructions to apply for BITSAT candidates:

http://www.bitsdubai.com/instructions to BITSAT candidates.pdf

95

http://www.bitsdubai.com/instructions%20to%20BITSAT%20candidates.pdf


• Similar scholarships for students having high ranks in IIT-JEE 2010 will be awarded. The details of the same are being worked out by the BPD Admissions committee.

ii) Concessions

(1) Special Concessions for UAE Nationals:

All students who are UAE Nationals and who meet the eligibility criteria of the institution will be offered full scholarship throughout the programme which shall include full waiver on tuition fee, hostel fee, transport fee and cost of books.

(2) Fee Concession in Case of Sudden Bereavement of earning member of the family:

The Institute will help by waiving off 100% tuition fee for a semester for those students who face financial hardships due to sudden and untimely demise of the sole earning member of their family in that semester. A Scholarship of up to 75% can be offered in the subsequent semesters, on a case to case basis, depending on means and need and the overall performance / discipline of the student.

(3) Fee Concession for Physically Challenged Students: All physically challenged students who secure admission satisfying clause 5.13 on page 9 of the BPD Admission Bulletin 2010-11 will be eligible for 15% concession on the tuition fee throughout the programme subject to satisfactory academic performance in each semester. Relevant documents, from an authorized medical practitioner, must be produced explaining the nature of physical handicap and certifying no bar for the student in pursuing an engineering programme due to the physical disability. The Admission to the Institution and award of scholarship will be done at the sole discretion of the Institute authorities. Responsibility of providing any medical attention to the student in respect of his/her handicap during the course of his/her study entirely rests with the parent.

* * * * *

96


ANNEXURE - 1

STUDENT ACADEMIC ADVISING

97


STUDENT ACADEMIC ADVISING

Goals of Student Academic Advising

• To establish a one-to-one contact between faculty members and a small group of students

• To help, understand and recognize individual student’s learning needs and goals

• To promote and facilitate the learning process of a selected group of students • To provide an additional source of help, guidance and support in the

academic pursuits to students requiring such support in addition to the normal channels.

Process of Student Academic Advising

A. Assignment of Faculty as Academic Advisors

Faculty members shall be assigned the responsibility of academic advising, normally, based on the following criteria. • Faculty member assigned to the student will be from either the same or allied

broad area of study of the students. • Faculty member is a teacher for the same class/section to which the student

belongs, to ensure better monitoring. • Each faculty shall be assigned a group of students from within the

programme of studies. • Number of students assigned to each faculty shall be limited to a reasonable

number, such that the objectives of the academic advising are achieved. Such number will not exceed 15 to 20 students.

B. Role of Academic Advisors

• To interact with their assigned students on a regular basis, according to mutually agreed frequency and duration.

• To understand the strengths and weakness of their group through continuous and regular monitoring of their academic performance

• To help these students develop personal academic goals or learning plans and facilitates their progress toward their goals.

• To advise those students who express a desire or need for individual attention and shall help them in their learning process. This may be initiated either by the students or by the Academic Advisors.

• To act as learning consultants to their assigned group. In this role, they shall help the students develop strategy for learning, studying, improving academic standards and developing competence in their selected programmes of study.

98


• Wherever necessary, these Advisors shall network with other faculty members and help students use all available resources to meet their learning and developmental needs. This may include resources inside and outside the university as well as strategies for learning.

• To help students choose electives. • Maintaining record of his/her marks for each component.

More focus will be on students whose CGPA is low or has been consistently low (less than say 4.5 or 5.0 on a scale of 10)

C. Role of students

The students as adult learners have the primary responsibility for the following: • To understand clearly the need for academic advising. A short orientation and

training programme in Academic Advising shall be conducted for all to initiate effective advising for students of the concerned age group and area of specialization.

• To understand the skills and competence required to fulfil the academic requirements.

• To initiate the process of assessing and understanding their own state of preparedness for undertaking their chosen programme of study.

• To develop their own personal learning and achievement plans in their courses of studies, in consultation with their Academic Advisor.

• To develop mutually satisfactory and productive relationship with their Academic Advisors which should facilitate their learning and developmental plans.

• To keep a personal record of targets, plans and specified goals and the outcomes of their meetings with their Advisors.

D. Role of Dean (Admissions and Academic Registration)

• To initiate and finalize assignment of the students to an appropriate faculty member, the methodology adopted for such assignment shall be as per the procedures outlined earlier in ”A” above. The objectives are:

1. During each semester, from the Academic Advisors, progress report and action plans, regarding the process of Academic Advising, are invited once in every fifteen days.

2. The progress report and action plans regarding process of Academic Advising will be evaluated for its effectiveness and perceived deficiencies, if any.

3. Changes, improvements and modifications shall be intimated at the end of semester meetings.

99


4. The purpose of these changes should clearly be identified as improvement on the earlier processes.

5. These suggestions and decisions for improvement shall be recorded.

6. Feedback from students shall also be obtained regarding quality of academic advice and support received from each Advisor

• To organize and plan orientation sessions for students and Academic Advisors, at the beginning of each semester. The objectives are :

1. To help create an awareness about the need for Academic Advising.

2. To help clarify the mutual roles and responsibilities of students and faculty members.

• To provide all relevant records to the concerned Advisors and the Students Affairs office. Such records include,

1. Academic details 2. Grades secured in qualifying examinations 3. Scores in continuous assessment tests, assignments, quizzes and

seminars

Evaluation and Improvements of the Student Academic Advising

A. Purpose of Evaluation

The main purpose of the evaluation is 1. To ensure that the programme is meeting its objectives. 2. To suggest ways of improving the academic advising.

The effectiveness shall be ensured through 1. A statement of purpose of the academic advising. 2. An orientation programme for both Advisors and students

a. Academic advising – an overview b. Commitment (time, energy and flexibility) c. Benefits and rewards for participants d. A summary of written documents, reports, formats to be

used. A monitoring Process, which shall include

1. A tracking system for ongoing assessment 2. Written records

An evaluation process that measures 1. Quality of the process (relationship, rapport and feeling of

receiving help and advice)

100


2. Outcomes (Improvement in performance, grades, results)

The evaluation process shall measure the effectiveness in the two categories cited above through;

1. Feed back from students 2. Feed back from faculty 3. Statistical/ comparative data

Feedback from students is designed to point out specific areas which need to be improved. It will also point out specific deficiencies in the academic advising, so that they can be addressed in the review and monitoring process.

Similarly, the feed back from faculty is designed to present problems and issues from the faculty point of view, and how these can be addressed to achieve the objectives of the system. If necessary, the objectives themselves may have to be redefined and revised to achieve overall mission of the University.

Statistical and Comparative Data on Student Performance General performance levels, in tests and end semester examinations shall be measured and monitored. Statistical measures, like average, mean, mode and ranges shall be calculated for the target groups and individuals. Comparative analysis at the beginning and end of semester shall be used to measure the effectiveness of the Academic Advising.

B. Procedures of Evaluation

The evaluation procedure will have the following components, with associated responsibilities.

The semester end review process shall be conducted twice every year. The In-charge of the Academic Advising shall initiate this review.

1. Student feedback: The In-charge of the Academic Advising shall collect the feedback from the students. He will evaluate these. He shall then discuss the feedback with the concerned Advisors, and draw a Review Report

2. The In-charge of the Academic advising shall also evaluate feedback from Advisors. The advisor shall also provide to the In-charge a report stating the improvement brought in the Advisees if any. These reports shall be used to evaluate the effectiveness and contributions of the academic advising.

3. The In-charge shall then send a copy of his/her recommendations to the Academic Advisors. These recommendations shall suggest possible areas of improvement and issues requiring attention of the Advisors. The In-charge will send a copy of these recommendations and Review Reports to the Director of the Institute. This Report shall be a part of the agenda for the Academic Monitoring Board.

101


Annual review report shall be conducted once every year. 1. The Director of the Institute shall initiate this review. 2. This review will be based on the reports received from the semester end

reviews conducted. A copy of this report will be maintained in the office of the Director.

3. The Director shall conduct a final evaluation of the Academic Advising. He will prepare a comprehensive Academic Advising Review Report.

This report shall contain:

a) A summary of overall achievements, problems and future plans b) A summary of strengths and weakness of the Academic Advising. c) A summary of proposals and recommendations about the improvements

required.

Advising Review Report will be sent to the Director through the Deputy Director (Academic Administration).

*****

102


ANNEXURE-2

EQUIVALENCY TABLE

103


EQUIVALENCY TABLE The following is a list of few senior secondary education certificate examinations which are considered equivalent to qualify for admission to BITS, Pilani – Dubai (BPD).

S. No Country Name of the Examination Awarding Authority 1 Bahrain Secondary School General Certificate Ministry of Education –

State of Bahrain 2 Bangladesh Higher Secondary Certificate

Examination Board of Intermediate and Secondary Education, Bangladesh

3 Indonesia Higher Secondary Examination (offered at Gandhi Memorial School)

Board of Secondary Education, Indian School, Indonesia

4 Iran 4th year diploma of the secondary school (12 years course offered under the new pattern of school education)

Ministry of Education, Iran

Indian School Certificate Examination

Council for Indian School Certificate Examinations, New Delhi

5 India

Senior Secondary / Higher Secondary / Intermediate Certificates (for Examination of the Central Board of Andhra Pradesh Intermediate Certificate, only 2nd year marks will be considered for calculation of aggregate)

Recognized State Boards for Higher Secondary Education from Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Kerala, Maharashtra, Rajasthan, Gujarat, Bihar, Uttar Pradesh, Orissa, etc.

6 Kuwait (GCC Country)

General Secondary Education Certificate (12 years)

Ministry of Education, Kuwait

7 Oman (GCC Country)

General Secondary School Certificate (12 years)

Ministry of Education, Oman

Higher Secondary School Certificate Examination (Part II) (12 years)

Board of Intermediate and Secondary education, Hyderabad.

8 Pakistan

Higher Secondary Certificate Examination

Federal Board of Intermediate and Secondary education, Islamabad.

9 Qatar (GCC Country)

General Secondary Education Certificate Examination

Ministry of education and youth welfare, Govt. of the state of Qatar

104


10 Saudi Arabia (GCC Country)

General Secondary Education Certificate (12 years with English as one of the subjects)

Ministry of Education, Jeddah

11 Switzerland International Baccalaureate Diploma (IB) – 6 subjects with Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics at higher level)

International Baccalaureate Organization, Geneva.

12 United Kingdom

General Certificate of Education – Advanced Level (A-Level) in 3 subjects (Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics)

British Examining Bodies like Edexcel International or University of Cambridge International Exams.

PS: If the above table doesn’t mention your High School Certificate / Board, please seek clarification from BPD Admission Office by an email sent to [email protected]

******

105


ANNEXURE – 3

TRANSFER POLICIES AS PER BPD ACADEMIC

REGULATIONS

106


A. TRANSFER PROCESS AS PER BPD ACADEMIC

REGULATIONS

The Process of Transfer

Transfer implies the movement of a student from one goal to another before completion of the first.

Transfer can be from:

1. One first degree programme to another first degree)

2. One optional stream to another within first degree (i.e., say PS to TS and vice versa)

3. One scheme to another within first degree (i.e., dual degree scheme to single degree scheme)

Please note that in actual practice transfer is:

1. Always for motivated students in terms of limited numbers and will be on a competitive basis.

2. As per the semester wise pattern of the “new” programme (into which the student seeks admission by transfer) in the current catalog and for all purposes of the academic regulations his/her date of entry into the Institute would mark the initial semester of his / her new program.

3. Operated only at the beginning of a semester except where otherwise approval is provided.

4. Entire up-to-date scholastic record including CGPA is carried over at the point of transfer.

5. Not possible if a sanction in the old/past academic situation has not been properly disposed off.

6. So effected that what was operative before the particular point of transfer may become inoperative and vice versa, including in the cases of multiple transfers; and at each point of transfer the provisions stipulated for transfer must be implemented.

7. To a suitable programme as recommended by Academic Counselling Board (ACB) while salvaging a student who is admitted on a transfer but is unable to cope up with the program.

At the point of transfer, BPD scrutinizes the entire past academic record of the student. The scrutiny aims at determining all the additional courses the student need to clear at BPD in order that he/she becomes eligible to claim the BPD degree, after BPD accepts to grant the transfer.

Process of determining additional courses:

Step No.1:

107


Identify “Course-mix” and “Residual-mix” from the past academic record.

•• “Course-mix” is a set of courses the student has already cleared as of latest performance. “Residual-mix” is the set of remaining courses for which there is a performance from the past.

Step No.2:

Preparation of an “Eligibility Sheet” .

•• “Eligibility sheet” is a document that lists all the courses tagged category wise pertaining to the “new” programme under consideration into which student applicant seeks transfer into at BPD.

Category tags are “named” compulsory courses and courses for “elective” slots.

Step No.3

•• In the eligibility sheet, exhaust all the courses tagged as either “named” or “elective” courses, from among the equivalent courses** of course-mix, by allotting them to the new programme in appropriate categories.

•• A student has the option to name a course from the course-mix of the past against the elective slot in the new program.

Step No.4

In a similar manner, exhaust the courses of Residual-mix using following guidelines:

•• The courses of Residual-mix will be booked for the new programme only against the required named compulsory courses of the new program.

•• However, the Residual-mix may be booked for elective of the new programme at the point of transfer at the option of the student.

Step No.5

Form “Unaccounted Courses” – and arrive at “Completely Frozen” courses as per following academic stipulations.

•• Those courses left out, in both the Course-mix and Residual-mix, at the end of steps 1 to 4, are the unaccounted courses.

•• Completely Frozen courses are those courses with grades and NC reports from among the unaccounted courses. “Completely frozen” are these courses, in the sense that they can neither be booked nor repeated, for any future necessity in the new program.

•• If an unaccounted course has a latest performance, which is a report other than NC, it will not be frozen and it may be allowed to be booked against a future necessity for an elective slot, if any, in the new program.

108


•• Irrespective of whatever has been said above, if later events justifiable by BPD regulations so warrant, the student may be permitted to utilize for credit in future an unaccounted course cleared earlier.

Step 6:

The additional courses a student has to clear in the “new” programme at BPD are those un-exhausted courses on the “Eligibility Sheet” under prevailing academic stipulations.

** Note that course equivalences need be determined irrespective of the course titles. Two courses are said to be equivalent, if and only if “the content and the prescribed text” of a course is found equivalent in terms of its rigor (topics) and standard with that of the second course. On a case-to-case basis, BPD reserves its right to consult its own suitable ad-hoc working group for determining course equivalences. The student applicant seeking the transfer is solely responsible to provide all the necessary information (such as course syllabus etc) regarding the courses of his/her past performance to the ad-hoc working group. The ad-hoc working group’s decision is final in respect of equivalence between the two courses.

B. PROVISIONS OF BPD ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR “ADMISSION WITH ADVANCED STANDING”

Whenever a meritorious candidate seeking admission to any programme of the Institute (herein after called “new program”) comes with a preparation higher than the minimum entrance qualification prescribed for the program, he/she is considered for admission at some intermediate stage in this programme under the provisions called “Admission with Advanced Standing”.

The applicants aspiring admission with advanced standing may note the following:

A. Right at the entry point, the candidates are distinguished based on those who possess integrated first degree of BPD or its equivalent and those whose prior preparation is short of this. Accordingly following stipulations apply:

I. In view of the BPD’s Dual Degree scheme awarded under a competitive situation, applicant do not gain additional advantage by a route of completion of one BPD degree or its equivalent and admission with advanced standing for another first degree of BPD. In respect of such candidates there shall be neither provision of taking electives more than the minimum number required nor that of transfer (refer 7.27 of AR*)

II. At the entry point, if a candidate possesses no university degree or possesses a university degree lower than integrated first degree of BPD, he / she would have all the opportunities that are available for a normal student who enters at the starting point of the programme subject to stipulated restrictions, if any, at the time of admission.

109


B. Student admitted with advanced standing into a programme at BPD receives his/her CGPA/Division based only on the grades of courses taken by him/her in his/her prescribed programme at the institute.

C. To claim a BPD degree, a student must carry out at least 50% of the r equired courses from within the BPD course offerings of the new program.

Further, in the determination of course exemptions / backlogs, are subject to the following BPD provisions:

1. If admission is feasible, his/her previous academic record will be scrutinized vis-à-vis the requirements of the new program. If this scrutiny cannot give a firm conclusion about the courses of the new programme he/she can be exempted from, he/she will have to appear for tests designed specifically by the BPD for the purpose.

2. BPD entertains such exemptions only in respect of courses, which are a compulsory package of the new program.

3. The student has to do the whole package of electives of the new programme at BPD.

4. If BPD grants “Admission with Advanced Standing”, the Institute places the student in a nominal semester in the semester wise pattern as of the current Catalog after identifying all the backlog courses, if any, right at the point of admission.

* * * * *

110


ANNEXURE – 4

COURSE HANDOUT

FORMATS

111


COURSE HANDOUT FORMATS

About Course Handout:

Each course will have a Course Handout, which will describe all the operational details of the Course. This will be in two parts as described below:

Part I is a format indicating the general operational details applicable to all courses. The Part I of the handout must be distributed to the faculty and the students along with Time Table at the beginning of each semester. Part II is a format indicating the specific details for a particular course in terms of lecture-wise plan, reference material, evaluation schedule, etc. Part II of the handout must be distributed to the students during the first week of class work by the respective course instructors.

The formats for Part I and Part II of the course handout (including teaching plan) can be found in the following pages.

******

COURSE HANDOUT PART-1

1. Text book: In the timetable, refer to the section titled “Text Books for” containing a list of details of prescribed text book(s) approved for the course, and also in the course handout (Part II)

2. Attendance: Every student is expected to be regular in attendance in all classes, laboratories, tests, quizzes, seminars etc. and in fulfilling all tasks assigned to him. Attendance is recorded by the respective instructor in every class conducted by him/her

Every student must maintain a minimum of 80% attendance in each course to be eligible to appear for the final / comprehensive examination conducted at the end of every semester. Students may be permitted for condonation of attendance by established procedure, up to 30% of attendance subject to genuine reasons, which will be decided on a case-to-case basis. However, students with less than 50%of the attendance will not be allowed to appear for the final/comprehensive examination and will be awarded “RC” Registration Cancelled.

3. Home Assignment: Every student must submit all home work promptly and properly. (For details see part II).

112


4. Reading Assignment: Every student must complete his/her reading assignment and come prepared to the class. (For details see part II).

5. Evaluation: (a) Components of evaluation for each course will be selected from out of tests,

quizzes, home assignments, lab work, viva- voce, project reports, term papers, seminars, comprehensive examination etc. The specific components with the related weightage for a particular course will be spelt out in part II.

(b) There will normally be two tests, and other components such as., Quizzes/ Seminar/Assignments and Group discussions for a classroom oriented course besides the final / comprehensive examination. Every evaluation scheme will include open book component with at least 15-20 percent weightage.

(c) Normally, the duration of each test will be 50 minutes, quizzes 15-20 minutes. Comprehensive examination will carry a weightage of 25% to 40% and will be normally of 3 hours duration.

(d) For dates of tests/quizzes and comprehensive examination refer to the Timetable, and course handout (Part II).

6. Make up:

Make-up for any TEST Component will be given only for genuine cases of absence. The decision of the make-up committee is final on deciding about the genuineness. Prior permission of the Instructor-in-charge, before the examination, is necessary, if the absence is anticipated. Students will be eligible to avail only one makeup for any one of the TESTS from all the courses of a semester. Make-ups will not be given to any other evaluation component other than Test-I and Test-II. Normally make-ups will be arranged in about a week from the date of regular examination.

7. Return of Marked Answer Books:

The students are advised to go through the answering scheme and marking scheme put up by the course faculty, immediately after every evaluation component.

8. Discussion of Performance:

At the time of or before the distribution of marked answer books, performance vis-a-vis the expected correct answers will be discussed. The highest, lowest, and average marks will also be announced simultaneously.

9. Mid-semester Grading:

Mid-semester grading will be announced normally after two components of evaluation. It is done in the same manner as that of the final grading as explained vide sl. no. 11 below.

113


10. Pre-comprehensive Total:

Students should verify their pre-comprehensive total of marks from their respective instructors before the Comprehensive Examination.

11. Final Grading:

The total marks of all students in the course will be tabulated in a descending order (equivalently a histogram). The performance of the class will be analyzed in terms of average, highest and lowest marks and dividing lines between various clusters. Gaps between clusters and the nature of clusters will guide drawing the dividing lines between various grades. In a class of reasonably large size, the C-band will usually include the average mark. This is not a hard and fast rule, and exceptions may arise in cases of small classes or skewed histogram etc. Borderline cases will be decided on a case-by-case basis keeping in view the consistency of performance, progressive improvement, exceptionally good performance in final / Comprehensive Examination, regularity of attendance and class participation. If a student gives the instructor inadequate opportunity to evaluate him/her by absenting himself/herself from various components of evaluation, he will get NC report. The students who get E or NC report in a course will have to repeat the course. All students should clear all the courses of first four semesters without even a single NC report for being eligible to be permitted to do Practice School-I and later Compulsory Disciplinary Courses (CDCs) of III year.

12. Chamber Consultation Hours:

Each instructor will specify his chamber consultation hours for each course separately during which the registered student of the course can contact instructor in his/her chamber for consultation. (For details see part II).

13. Notices:

Notices, concerning a course will be displayed on the notice boards of corresponding years of BPD. (For details see part II).

* * * * *

114


COURSE HANDOUT PART-II

Date: ____________

In addition to Part I (General Handout for all courses appended to the Time Table),this portion gives further specific details regarding the course.

1. Course No. :

2. Course Title :

3. Team of Instructors :

4. Instructor In-Charge / Course Coordinator :

5. Scope and Objectives of the course :

6. Text Book(s) :

While listing the text book(s) the instructor-in-charge should ensure that these are from the approved list, sufficiently available in the institution library. (The approved textbook list is available with Instruction Division/ Chief Librarian. It is also given in the Time Table).

7. Reference Books : 8. Catalog Description :

To be indicated as given in the catalog with the associated “L / P / U”

9. Course (pre- or) Co-requisites:

The pre-requisites have to be those approved by the Instruction Division. The Co-requisites are any related courses, studied by the student in earlier semesters, whose concepts are either extensively used in the current course or that the current course is an extension of it.

115


Course Plan / Schedule :

Lecture No.

Topics to be covered

Learning Objectives

No. of lectures Reference to the prescribed text or reference book(s)

• For this purpose, the total course coverage must be divided into fair amount of detail. Care should be taken to ensure that sufficient number of lectures are allotted against each topic and all the topics are covered.

• State the expected number of lectures for each topic to be covered and the total number of lectures required for the course. For a three unit course in a semester the total is usually between 40 and 45.

Course Outcomes: To be indicated explicitly are those skills or concepts the student is expected to acquire or learn as one goes through the course.

Relationship of course to Programme Outcomes This is the most vital part of the Course Handout that motivates the student as how course outcomes stated (in 11) relates to the overall programme outcomes.

1. Evaluation Scheme:

EC No. Evaluation Component (EC)

Duration Weightage (%)

Date, Time and Venue

Nature of Component

• Whenever the course includes projects/seminars/laboratory, detailed break-up of marks for the assessment scheme of the associated items must be given explicitly.

• Dates of tests, quizzes and final / Comprehensive Examination are to be included in the handout as per schedule of tests Comprehensive Examination given in the Time Table. Instructor conducts surprise quizzes during in the Time Table. Instructor conducts surprise quizzes during the scheduled hours of the course on any working day of the institute.

• To examine the student comprehensively, sufficient time must be allowed for answering a variety of questions. Therefore, the standard practice is to hold a final / Comprehensive Examination of three hours duration. For any departure from this practice prior permission of Dean, Instruction Division must be obtained.

116


14. Makeup Policy:

Makeup policy for the course must be clearly mentioned in the handout so that there is no ambiguity to the student.

15. General Timings of Consultation (Chamber Consultation Hour):

Provide consultation hours for all the instructors with their chamber numbers.

16. Attendance:

(to indicate as in Part-I; as well to indicate any special attendance as may be needed during the coverage of course topics).

17. Home work and Library references for problem sets:

Here the instructor offers an explicit mention of home exercises / problem sets / library references that the students are encouraged towards either reinforcement / extension of the concepts taught as planned (vide sl. no.10) .

18. Recommended Group Effort :

It is expected that the instructor indicate to the students regarding a set of activities such as working towards a mini project or a further theoretical study by a group of students by which the concepts being taught in the current course are better appreciated and understood by the students.

19. Notices:

The notices of the course need to be put up consistently on only one notice board and the location or name of the notice board must be mentioned explicitly in the handout.

Contact details of the Instructor and the Instructor(s) In-charge: (The contact details include Name; Location of the chamber at BPD; Telephone Nos. with extensions; Institute emails Id.; and so on to enable the student reach the instructor and seek clarifications or at least fix up an appointment to seek clarifications)

Any other item of relevance and Course-specific for the guidance of the students (but not listed in the format here in).

* * * * *

117


ANNEXURE-5

THE GRADING PROCESS

118


Process of Grading of students’ performance In all courses other than courses namely Thesis, Seminar etc., qualitative letter grades A to E and Non-letter grade. “NC” are awarded at the end of the semester which have the qualitative meaning and grade point value as shown in table below.

Table 5: Qualitative Meaning of Grades Where Applicable Where

Applicable Qualitative Meaning

Grade Point Awarded

A Excellent 10

B Good 8

C Fair 6

D Poor 4

All Courses of First Degree other than those mentioned in the last two rows of this table

E* Exposed 2

Thesis in the First Degree

Excellent / Good / Fair / Poor

Seminar Good / Poor *Exposed indicates that a student has just been exposed to the course but not met the evaluation norms

to consider him/her having cleared the course. Hence, he/she has to re-register for the course, attend the classes, and obtain a valid grade of “D” and above. This process he/she has to complete within the eight semesters (four years) of the program.

After tabulation of the marks secured by the students in all the evaluation components of a course, the performance of each student is graded relatively to that of all others, who have registered for the same course in the given semester, by plotting a histogram of the marks secured versus the number of students. A representative histogram is shown in Figure 3 within this annexure. The specific grade cut-offs for each of the Grades A, B, C, D, E of a course is arrived at by the instructor(s) concerned after a detailed examination of the profile of the histogram (or descending-order list), in particular the gaps and dips between clusters of points (students). The process is as detailed below.

First the clusters corresponding to A to E which separate out the excellent students and those who are judged as merely exposed to the course are identified. The remaining grades are then identified in the context of overall class average and histogram profile. In a large normal class, the average will lie somewhere in the C band. However, there is no hard and fast rule that it must be so. For a class of good quality students, the average could as well lie in the band of B Grade.

A Histogram such as the one as shown in the Figure.2 (on page 124) is employed as already explained to arrive at specific grade cut-offs.

Once the dividing lines between various grades have been drawn, on the histogram, these are converted as in table 6 giving the range of marks corresponding to each grade, such as the one shown below for the representative histogram shown in Figure.3.

119


120

Table 6: Example Grade Range Grade Weightage Range of marks (Grade Cut-offs)*

*Specific only to the example under consideration

A 10 Greater than or equal to 72 B 8 Less than 72 and greater than or equal to 58 C 6 Less than 58 and greater than or equal to 34 D 4 Less than 34 and greater than or equal to 18 E 2 Less than 18

Thus BPD follows a relative grading system. The specific Grade cut-offs** in terms of the marks obtained by a student would be declared only after a thorough scrutiny by the Examination Committee.

This process is further explained in the pages following the histogram

Scrutiny of Grades by Examination Committee

The suggestion of the instructor(s) such as above for the grade cut-offs is scrutinized by the Examination committee in light of the course file submitted by the instructors.

The course file contains all details as how the instructor handled the course namely:

• course handout • attendance record • question paper with answer keys of all the components; • make up question papers, if any (with make up requests by the students) • all the notices (communicated to the students) • answer papers (lowest marks / highest marks / average) of all the components • marks list and related documents of all the components • Any other document related to the course.

The Examination committee is empowered to seek any clarifications from the instructor(s) concerned before their recommendations are forwarded to the Director for final approval. Only after the approval of the grades by the Institute, the same will be communicated to the students.

The method adopted herein eliminates any preconceived notion about the border lines between grades at the beginning of the course. Thus the grading is a relative process maintaining certain absolute standards (depending upon the standard of question papers, performance of students, previous grading etc.)

The student is thereby given a large number of opportunities to exhibit himself and be evaluated. The system encourages and rewards continuous and systematic study. It provides a constant feedback to the student as to where he/she stands, thus enabling him to cultivate regular habits of studying / learning and preparing himself for the future.

BITS, Pilani – Dubai Catalog 2010-11

121

Cou Title

10

12

14

23

24 282930 38 4243

4445

46

47 52 62 65 6768 7576 7879

0

1

2

3

4

5

rse Number & Course

Marks Secured

No. o

f Stu

dent

s

Figure 2: A Sample Histogram

ABCDE

Course Avg. = 45.8

BITS, Pilani – Dubai Catalog

Unusual methods of evaluation have been evolved in the Practice School courses to take account of certain traits, which do not surface in a classroom education, like professional judgment, decision-making ability, interdisciplinary approach, initiative, leadership, and sense of responsibility.

Computation of the Cumulative Grade Point Average A student is deemed to have cleared a course, if he/she obtains any grade (other than NC) in the course.

The overall performance of a student is indicated by an index known as the “Cumulative Grade Point Average” (CGPA). The Cumulative Grade Point Average will be used to describe the overall performance of a student in all courses in which he / she is awarded letter grades, since his / her entry into the Institute through the latest semester as per the grading procedure. It is the weighted average of the grade points of all letter grades received by the student from his / her entry into the Institute and is computed as follows:

n321

nn332211

u.............uuugu.............gugugu

CGPA ++++++++

=

Where u1 ,u2 , u3 , ………. , un denotes units associated with the courses taken by the student and g1, g2, g3,….,gn denote points of the letter grades awarded in the respective courses. It is expressed on a 10-point scale.

Students who fail to meet the minimum academic requirements (CGPA = 4.5 or 5.0, as applicable) stipulated above are put under a Academic Counselling Board (ACB), which monitors their programme and gives guidance, so that they are properly rehabilitated at the earliest. This Committee is given authority to take appropriate action including discontinuance of the programme by the student or transfer to other program.

Table 7: An Example to Arrive at CGPA

Course No. of Units

Grade Grade Points

Example:

CHEM C 142 Chemistry II 3 A 30 ES C 112 Thermodynamics 3 A 30 MATH C 192 Mathematics II 3 B 24 PHY C 132 Physics II 3 C 18 TA C 112 Workshop Practice 4 B 32 TAC C 162 Computer Programming I 3 D 12

Total 19 146

68.719

146 343333

3x44x8 3x63x83x103x10 CGPA ==+++++

+++++=

* * *

122


ANNEXURE – 6

DUAL DEGREE SCHEME

123


DUAL DEGREE SCHEME As per BPD academic regulations, various educational programmes of the Institute are distinguished by structural and operational flexibilities. One of the important flexibility is Dual Degree which meets, as far as possible, many worthy goals in a practical way.

It is an opportunity for students who are capable of accepting the challenge to work simultaneously for two degrees out of the integrated First-Degree programmes being offered by the Institute. BPD normally widely publicizes through its notice boards during the ending of II semester inviting applications from interested meritorious BPD students who wish to opt for Dual Degree.

In the Dual Degree Scheme a student needs to continue and pursue studies for one more academic year in excess of normal four years duration for First-Degree program.

In the BPD structure of First Degree Programmes in Engineering, as given in Section 3 vide a graphic representation titled “Structure of BPD First Degree Programmes (Practice School Option)”, kindly note that

• Courses in the first two years are common to all students irrespective of the discipline in which he/she is pursuing the program.

• Depending on the student’s option for Practice School (PS) or Thesis-seminar (TS):

• A student undergoes PS-I, which is for 8 weeks duration (during summer after 2nd academic year of study) and PS II, which is 5 ½ month duration (after III academic year of study)

• On the other hand, as student who has opted TS option will pursue TS after 3rd Year of study.

• During 3rd year, for two semesters duration, student undergoes Eight Compulsory Discipline Courses (CDCs) in addition to four Analysis and Application Oriented Courses (AAOC) Courses and

• For the remaining one semester duration in Fourth year, students undergo the academic-regulations-prescribed-number of electives (i.e, five electives) towards satisfying the requirements of first-degree.

The Structural harmony of BPD programmes are such that it permits a student opting for BPD Dual Degree Scheme, to arrive at the structure of the composite degree such that:

• Four of the AAOC courses are the same for both degrees and • The student need to just complete additional 8 CDC courses and 5 electives

required for the second degree

Therefore, the student opting dual degree scheme, can fulfil the additional requirement of 13 courses for composite programme completion within the additional academic year of his/her study at the Institute.

124


An example dual degree structure is provided herewith for ready reference (kindly refer next page for an example course structure of a student who opted for dual degree scheme). The principle by which the composite programme is worked out is as described below:

• All courses and categories of the two programmes that remain after excluding the elective categories, the Practice School (PS) / Thesis-Seminar (TS) component constitute the basic requirement of the composite programmes.

• On this basic requirement, is superimposed the smaller of the two elective packages associated with the two concerned programmes, as also PS and TS.

• All these courses are properly interspersed and re-sequenced to form the dual degree program.

It may kindly be noted that, in the dual degree scheme, until a student fulfils the requirements of graduation for the both the degrees, he/she is construed to have completed entire composite program. Thus, student is not permitted to fulfil requirements for each programme separately as the scheme he /she opted is a composite program.

125


BITS, Pilani – Dubai International Academic City, Dubai Course Structure for <student name>, BPD ID # <YYYY xxx> Dual Degree B.E. (Hons.) CS as First Degree and B.D. (Hons.) EEE as Second Degree Yr. First Semester Units Second Semester Units

2004-

2005

AAOC C111 Probability and Stats.



ENGL C121 English Lang. Skills


PHY C131 Physics I


3

3

3

3

3

3

4




PHY C132 Physics II



3

3

3

3

4

3

22 19

2005 -

2006




MGTS C211 Principles of Mgmt.

TA C211 Measurement Tech. I

TA C252 Computer Prgmg. II

3

3

3

3

2

3

ES C242 Structure and Prop. of Materials



MGTS C233 Principles of Mktg. for Engrs

ES C263 Microprocessors Progmg. and

Interfacing

MATH C222 Discrete Structure for

Computer Science

3

3

4

3

4

3

17 20Summer BITS UC221 Practice School I 5 units

2006-

2007



4 First Degree Compulsory

Discipline Courses

3

3

Min 12



4 First Degree Compulsory Discipline

Courses

EEE C272 Circuits and Signals

3

3

Min

12

3

Min 18 Min 21

2007-

2008

4 Second Degree Compulsory

Discipline Courses

2 Elective Courses

Min 12

6

3 Second Degree Compulsory

Discipline Courses

3 Elective Courses

Min

9

9

Min 18 Min 18

2008 –

2009

BITS C412 Practice School II 20 BITS C422T Thesis

BITS C442T Seminar

15

1

20 16

Note: This is the currently operative pattern as approved by the Institute.

* * * * *

126


ANNEXURE-7

PRACTICE SCHOOL

127


Practice School (PS) Since its inception, BITS, Pilani-Dubai (BPD), has been offering Practice School as an optional course for the students of first degree in engineering. It provides a good opportunity for the student to learn the skills of being a professional through a closely monitored industry oriented internship. The Practice School course also strengthens Institute - Industry linkage.

The students of First Degree programme in engineering need to exercise their option to opt for either Practice School (PS) or Thesis-Seminar (TS).

Practice School (PS):

The Practice School (PS) is a controlled simulation of real life where the student relates and applies his classroom knowledge and skills to real life situations faced by industry. Practice School is a part of the first-degree programme in engineering and takes the classroom, for a period of seven and half months, to a professional location where the students and the monitoring faculty get into real life situations of an industry or research organization. PS institutionalizes efforts to build the long needed bridge between the professional world and the educational world. The course requires the student to undergo the rigor of professional world in form as well as in substance, providing an opportunity to apply classroom knowledge to real life situations.

PS as a course in First Degree Programmes

The PS Course for the first degree has two components, namely

PS – I or a 5 unit program, which is exposure - oriented of two months duration implemented during either of the summer following the second year and

PS – II or a 20 unit program, which is project - based and of five and a half months duration implemented during either of the semester of the final year.

Thus, together PS-I and PS-II constitute 25 units in every four year first degree programme in Engineering.

At the beginning of both the PS-I and PS-II Courses, students register for the same appropriately. Similar to any other course offered at BPD, they are provided with course handouts containing details about the PS Faculty, PS Mentor, Dean (Practice School, Career Counselling and Placement), a brief about the PS Station, Objectives of the course and its linkage to programme being offered (as part of which student registered for the PS), Schedule of evaluation components (weightages and date of conduction of each component) namely observation, technical dairy, Quizzes, Group Discussions, Seminars, Project Reports, Viva Voce and so on.

Assessments are carried out regularly as per the schedule provided and the students’ performance is conveyed back either to encourage or suggest improvements (for them to perform better) as may be required. In addition to a final grade in PS the student secures at the end of the semester, a mid semester grade is also indicated to the

128


student half way through the duration of PS. More details regarding evaluation components are attached in the enclosure-1.

About PS-1

PS – I is a five unit course. PS-I commence with an initial exposure of students to industry environment through gap lectures (by the resource of the PS Station) and field visits (organized in consultation with Dean (Practice School, Career Counselling and Placement) at the Industry). Further they are oriented to professional activity by organizing Quizzes, Assignments, Group Discussions and so on. Students who opt for PS carry out PS-I during summer at the end of II year.

PS - I offer opportunities for detailed understanding of vast engineering operations as well as introduction to the theme of industrial infrastructure and development defined in terms of problems such as inventory, productivity, management, industrial relations, information system, wage administration etc.

About PS –II

The student education in PS – II is in terms of his involvement in the problem - solving efforts of direct interest to the host organizations. PS II is a 20 unit course. Every student who has opted for PS carries out PS-II either during the “a part of summer plus first semester” or in the second semester of the Final Year. For this purpose the students of a IV Year of a discipline are divided into batches (each normally having 50% of the total student strength) – so as to facilitate batch I students to carry out PS-II during first half of IV academic year of study while the second batch of students carry out during the second half of the academic year

In PS-II also with the help of the Dean (Practice School, Career Counselling and Placement) and the resource persons of the PS Station gap lectures, field visits are arranged to expose the student to have an in-depth understanding of typical technical project of the industry and enable him to identify a good technical problem on which he/she can work upon during PS II. The technical problems / issues for carrying out PS II projects are identified in consultation with Coordinator of the Practice School (PS) Station, PS Faculty, PS Mentor (faculty from the Institute) and the resource persons of the industry.

Students are required to defend the technical credibility of the work carried out as part of PS II Project from time to time through written as well as oral presentations namely: Quizzes, Group Discussions, Seminars, Project Reports, Viva-voce and so on. All along the course a strong attempt is made to emphasize the importance of teamwork, the need for leadership qualities, and the need to fulfil the objectives of the PS II project within a time schedule.

Role of Institute faculty as ”PS Faculty” and “PS Mentor”

To ensure that the students acquire a good quality and standard of learning as is required and expected of at the first degree level, the Practice School Course is closely

129


supervised and monitored by two faculty of BPD per student. They are designated as a “PS Faculty” and a “PS Mentor”.

Through a day to day supervision, the PS Faculty ensures a thorough supervision of the student so that: the student adheres to the concerned PS Station’s (industry’s) working regulations in attending to conduct the activities at the industry like any other employee over there. In addition PS faculty ensures to coordinate with industry personnel to arrange required site visits or gap lectures to enable student’s learning process and working at the PS Station. PS faculty stays in constant touch with industry personnel and PS Mentor (the Institute faculty who has been assigned so) ensures their involvement in timely conduction of evaluation components. The PS Faculty maintains a separate register that contains a complete record of day to day operations and proforma in which periodic reports about the student’s progress are provided to the Institute. The details maintained in the PS Register include: a ready reckoned, fortnightly reports, details of gap lectures arranged, details of assignments/projects given to PS student at the PS Station and the progress of the same, details of filed trips, make-ups for evaluation components offered and so on.

The Institute faculty assigned as PS Mentor is a subject expert in the specific discipline in which student is pursuing his first degree. Thus the faculty assigned as “PS Mentor” has the obligation to live up to the expectation of student in offering required subject guidance to carry out professional studies / projects as assigned to the student with the concurrence of the Coordinator of the PS Station (industry). PS Mentor is held responsible for the quality of learning professional skills a PS student is expected to acquire during his / her industry internship.

Feedback on Practice School

In view of the important and significant role the Practice School plays in shaping young graduates as “Engineering Professionals”, each and every operation of the PS Course is closely monitored by the Institute by obtaining a very detailed feedback from all concerned namely: every PS student, PS Faculty, PS Mentor as well as from PS Station and its CEO.

The Feedback is obtained on various aspects common to PS-I and PS-II such as:

PS Allotment; Registration; Transportation; Expenditure; PS Course Schedule; PS assignment; Facilities at PS Station; Inter-personal relations; Involvement of PS Faculty and professional expert at the industry; Student’s involvement; conduction of evaluation and feedback provided for the student to improve; certain other operational issues; and overall impressions on various aspects;

In addition to the above, the Feedback on PSII is focused further on following aspects: PS Project Assignment; facilities at PS Station; PS training received; PS experience and visualization of professional life

130


Growth in PS Stations

PS Courses is in operation in BPD right from its inception. The faith of the firms was adequately re-paid by the performance of the students and as a result the number of Companies offering PS I and II stations to BPD has grown over the past years, as shown in the graph attached in enclosure-2 vis-à-vis the number of students opted for PS.

Currently we have nearly 371 companies in the U.A.E, who have so far offered Practice School to our students and the number of companies requesting for PS students is on a high rise.

Stipends paid during PS

Nearly all the PS - II students of BITS, Pilani - Dubai are being paid monthly stipend by the industries during their five and a half month internship. Also PS-I students (during their 2 month internship) are paid monthly stipend by majority of industries.

Placement Offers

Several students receive placement offers from the PS Station in which he/she carried out the PS. Of late, some students are not able to accept them as either they were interested to go for higher studies or that they receive better offers from other employers.

* * * * *

131


Enclosure -1

About the components of evaluation of student’s performance at the practice school station

Performance Evaluation of students at the Practice School Stations both in PS-1 and PS-II is done using the following evaluation components. The weightage for each component is indicated.

Table 8: Evaluation Components of PS-I and PS-II

Components Weightage

PS - I

Weightage

PS - II

daily Observation: This component is evaluated by observing the student for the following points

15 % 15%

a. Regularity and ability to meet deadlines 3% 3%

b. Sense of responsibility 3% 3%

c. Initiative and leadership 2% 2%

d. Students industry / efforts 3% 3%

e. Social sense and adaptability to practical situation

3% 3%

f. Self reliance and cooperation 1% 3%

Quiz: A quiz is designed to test the students in terms of these points

10% 15%

a. Knowledge of basic concepts and physical principles

2% 3%

b. Additional knowledge required 3% 4%

c. Ability to apply the knowledge of basic concepts and physical principles

3% 4%

d. Ability to analyze a given problem or situation 1% 2%

e. Logical path followed in problem solving effort 1% 2%

132


Components Weightage PS- I

Weightage PS- II

Group Discussion: In group discussion faculty evaluates the student on these points

15 % 15%

a. Knowledge and comprehension of the problem topics introduces for group discussion

3% 3%

b. Level of participation 3% 3%

c. Ability to lead discussion in the right direction and to cooperate with the fellow members

2% 2%

d. Ability to suggest new ideas for extending and improving Group Discussion

2% 2%

e. Ability to initiate the topic when the discussion is subsides

1% 1%

f. Ability to moderate the discussion 1% 1%

g. Ability to create a good impression act accordingly

2% 2%

h. Self reliance and cooperation 1% 1%

Seminar / Viva: The seminar/viva test the students in terms of these points.

25% 25%

a. Knowledge of basic concepts and physical principles

2% 2%

b. Additional knowledge acquired 3% 3%

c. Ability to apply the knowledge of basic concepts and physical principles

5% 5%

d. Ability to analyze and a given problem or situation

5% 5%

e. Logical path followed in the problem, solving effort

3% 3%

f. Effective oral communication 5% 5%

133


Components Weightage PS- I

Weightage PS- II

g. Self reliance and cooperation 1% 1%

h. Moderation 1% 1%

Dairy: Technical dairy written by the students is judged for these points.

5 % 5%

a. Data handling, calculation and presentation 2% 2%

b Thought process 2% 2%

c. Regularity 1% 1%

Project Report: Project is a written component is judged on these points

30% 25%

a. Knowledge an comprehension of the problem 6% 5%

b Ability to introduce the problem and setting the objective of the project

3% 2%

c. Ability to analyze the problem 6% 5%

d. Logical path followed 2% 2%

e. Concluding remarks in terms of the objectives set earlier and the future scope of the problem

6% 5%

f. Presentation of the abstract with precision 3% 2%

* * * * *

134


ANNEXURE-8

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (For Courses Other than Specialized Discipline

Courses)

135


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (For Courses Other than Specialized Discipline Courses) Language and Literature ENGL C121 English Language Skills I 3 ENGL C122 English Language Skills II 3

The course is designed to raise progressively the level of proficiency of the normal input to a stage where they can embark on English language and literature.

The above two unstructured courses are designed to raise progressively the level of proficiency of the normal input to a stage where they can embark on English language and literature. They are intended to develop the language skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing. No student will be permitted to register in more than one course at a time. The presentation of the skills courses in the present break-up is not intended to indicate any sequence. It simply indicates the total number of units and the related number of hours spent in the course through formal contact or self-study only. Thus a student can begin at any one of such courses with the requirement that for the normal input only one (or two) of these courses would be needed. From the description presented above it would be clear that students may register in any one (or both) of these courses with the proviso that registration can be done in only one course per semester. ENGL C123 English Language Skills 3 0 3

The course is designed to raise progressively the level of proficiency of the normal input to a stage where they can embark on English language and literature. It is intended to develop the skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing.

Sounds of English; word structure; word order and effective sentences; listening comprehension; vocabulary extension; phrasal verbs; paragraph writing; reading comprehension Precise writing, letter writing; dicto composition; writing research papers; writing book reviews.

* * * * *

136


Core Science

BIO C111 General Biology 3 0 3

This course serves as a prelude to the biological system that enables the students to apply the concepts and principles of biology in the various fields of engineering.

Living systems and their properties; major biological compounds; basic physiological processes; introduction to genetics; environment and evolution.

BIO C211 Biological Chemistry 3 0 3 The course is designed to provide the students with sufficient background of biochemistry with an understanding of fundamentals to explain how the inanimate molecules of living organisms are assembled & perpetuate the living state. Chemistry and functions of constituents of cells and tissues; introductions to enzymes; metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids; nucleic acids and protein synthesis; vitamins and hormones

BIO C241 Microbiology 2 3 3 This course deals with the structure, physiology and growth of microorganisms, with emphasis to develop skills for identification of microorganisms in disease and application in industry. Introduction and classification of microbes; structure and physiology of microbial cell; infection & immunity; host parasite relationship; microbiology of milk, air, water and food; physical chemical methods of controlling microbes; experiments for isolation, cultivation, physiological and biochemical characterization of microbes. CHEM C141 Chemistry I 3 0 3

This is the first of a sequence of two courses aimed at providing an integrated overview of chemistry.

Topics to be discussed will include: nuclear chemistry: electronic structure of atoms; molecular structure and chemical bonding; chemical thermodynamics; phase and chemical equilibrium; electrochemistry; chemical kinetics.

CHEM C142 Chemistry II 3 0 3

Pre-requisite: CHEM C141

Representative topics from inorganic and organic chemistry will be discussed to expose the student to the logic and systematic of these areas, keeping in view the general principles introduced in the first course.

137


Topics will include: stereoisomerism; important classes of organic reactions such as nucleophilic aliphatic substitution, elimination, electrophilic addition, free radical addition; organic synthesis; chemistry of selected main group elements; coordination chemistry.

CHEM C221 General Chemistry 3 0 3

Atomic structure; chemical bonding; gaseous, liquid and solid states; thermodynamics: phase and chemical equilibrium; electrochemistry; chemical kinetics; organic compounds; functional groups, structure and isomerism; stereochemistry; organic reactions; substitution, addition and elimination; chemistry of some representative elements; nucleus and radioactivity

PHY C131 Physics I (Mechanics, Waves and Optics) 3 0 3

This is the first half part of a two semester comprehensive core physics most appropriate to engineering students and deals basic principles of physics in the broad areas, namely: mechanics waves and optics

Conservation Principles, Rotational Dynamics, Oscillations, Wave Motion, Reflection and Refraction, Interference, Diffraction Polarization.

PHY C132 Physics II (Electricity, Magnetism and Modern Physics) 3 0 3

This is the second half part of a two semester comprehensive core physics most appropriate to engineering students and deals basic principles of physics in the broad areas, namely: Electricity, Magnetism and Modern Physics Electric Field, Magnetic Field, Electric Current, Electromagnetic Induction, Maxwell’s Equations, Electromagnetic Waves, Bohr Atom, Atomic spectra, Wave Particle Duality, Uncertainty Principle.

PHY C122 General Physics 3 0 3

Philosophy of Science; Newton’s laws of motion; Work Energy, Impulse and Momentum; Equilibrium; Moment of a force; Rotation; Periodic motion; First law of thermodynamics; Second law of thermodynamics; Electromagnetic waves; Interference and diffraction; Polarization; Relativistic mechanics; Photons, Electrons and Atoms; Quantum Mechanics; Atoms, Molecules and Solids; Nuclear Physics

* * * * *

138


Core Mathematics (MATH) MATH C191 Mathematics I (Advanced Calculus) 3 0 3

The course is intended as a basic course in calculus of several variables and vector analysis.

Functions and graphs; limit and continuity; applications of derivative and integral. Conics; polar coordinates; convergence of sequences and series. Maclaurin and Taylor series. Partial derivatives. Vector calculus in Rn; vector analysis; theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes

MATH C192 Mathematics II (Complex Variables and Linear Algebra) 3 0 3

This course provides an introduction to linear algebra, and an introduction to theory of Complex Variable, functions and its application. Complex numbers, analytic functions, Cauchy's theorems; elementary functions; series expansions; calculus of residues and applications.

Vector space; basis and dimension; linear transformation; range and kernel of a linear transformation; row reduction method and its application to linear system of equations

MATH C222 Discrete Structures for Computer Science 3 0 3

The course provides mathematical foundations for courses in computer science that relies upon the comprehension of formal abstract concepts.

Introduction to discrete mathematical structures; Formal logic and predicate calculus; Sets, relations and functions; Proof techniques; Graphs and trees; Primes, factorization, greatest common divisor, residues and application to cryptology; Boolean algebra; Permutations, combinations and partitions; Recurrence relations and generating functions; Introduction to error-correcting codes; Formal languages and grammars, finite state machines.

MATH C241 Mathematics III (Differential Equations) 3 0 3

This Course reviews and continues the study of differential equations with the objective of introducing classical methods for solving boundary value problems.

Eigen-values and Eigen-vectors. Inner product space and orthonormal bases. Elementary differential equations, Hyper geometric equations, Lengendre polynomials, Bessel functions; Fourier series; Sturm-Liouville problem, series solution for differential equation, systems of first order equations; Laplace transformation and application to

139


differential equations; one dimensional wave equation, one dimensional heat equation and Laplace equation in rectangular form.

MATH D021 Remedial Mathematics 5 0 5

This course provides the mathematical foundation to the student who has not done mathematical courses at 10 +2 level.

Number System, Progression, Permutations and Combinations, Binomial Theorem, Vectors, Matrices and Determinants, Coordinate Geometry, Systems of Coordinates, Equation of Line , Circle, Conic sections and Quadratic Equations, Trigonometry Functions, Heights and Distances, Trigonometric Identities ,Sum and Product Formula, Properties of Triangles , Sets , Relations, Functions and Graphs, Limits ,Continuity, Derivatives of Simple functions and Their Applications, Integral as a Anti-derivative, Methods of Integrations, Definite Integral .

* * * * *

140


Technical Arts (TA) TA C111 Engineering Graphics 2 4 4

This course deals with “Engineering Drawing”-An Engineer’s Language of communicating design procedures and manufacturing methodologies and all activities among technocrats.

Forms; proportion and presentation; orthographic views; auxiliary views; lines and planes; intersection and development; free hand sketching; working drawing of simple machine part

TA C112 Workshop Practice 2 4 4

This course deals with the basics of various metal joining and machining operations.

Casting; metal forming; forging, welding and brazing; metal cutting machines e.g., lathe 'shaper and planer; drilling, milling and grinding; laboratory exercises involving machining, fitting and joining.

TA C162 Computer Programming I 3 0 3

This course provides an understanding of computers, its internal resources and associated external but most common peripherals with emphasis on principles of computer programming to use computers, its internal resources and external peripherals most effectively in engineering applications.

Introduction to computers: building blocks of computers, I/O devices, concept of auxiliary and main memory and memory devices; introduction to number systems and information representation inside computer; introduction to UNIX; problem analysis, solution design and programme coding using structured programming language.

TA C211 Measurement Techniques I 0 4 2

A laboratory course that covers the laboratory. Components associated with six core science courses in the integrated first degree structure. While the exact component and assignments may vary from time to time the assignments would invariably be illustrative of the theory covered in this portion as well as aim to emphasize the aspects of measurement as a theme in experimental science. This course is a compulsory requirement for all students who have to compulsorily do the six core science courses. Other students may be permitted to register in this course with prior approval.

141


TA C222 Measurement Techniques II 1 6 4

This laboratory based course emphasizes topics that are required for every engineering student learn basic principles and techniques of measuring both electrical and non-electrical quantities.

Measurement of basic electrical and non-electrical quantities; system performance measurements; analysis of experimental data.

The course shall aim to train the student in the skill of operation of instruments in the electrical and electronics, chemical, civil and mechanical engineering applications. Precise laboratory. Exercises will be prescribed from time to time.

TA C252 Computer Programming II 3*

Prerequisite: TA UC162

This second level course on computers and programming aims providing an in-depth knowledge and technical skills required to effectively use various advanced but main elements of computer programming

Shell programming in Unix; use of advanced filters and other tools like sed and awk; system calls; advanced programming concepts: macro definition and usage, recursion and problem solving; concept of pointers, dynamic data structures using pointers, advanced usage of pointers; bit operations; handling command line arguments, dynamic memory allocation and management; file management; problem solving using simple data structures like stacks, queues, linked lists and binary trees. This course will focus on non-trivial problem solving using the various programming tools available in Unix and the C programming language.

TA C312 Technical Report Writing 3

This course aims at providing the student with intensive practice in writing technical reports and other forms of professional communication. Elements of effective writing; art of condensation; business letter writing; memos; formal reports; technical proposals; conducting and participating, meetings; notices, agenda and minutes; strategies for writing technical descriptions, definitions and classifications; oral presentation; use of graphic and audio- visual aids; editing.

* * * * *

142


Engineering Science (ES) CHE C213 Fluid Flow Operations 3 0 3

This first course in fluid engineering aims at imparting knowledge of fluid’s behaviour when static and when in motion, and the impact of fluid motion on various aspects of design. It comprises study of all types of fluids (viscous and in viscid, compressible and compressible) and fluid flows (laminar and turbulent, internal and external) and fluid machinery.

Course contents include:

Fundamental concepts: fluid statics; integral and differential analyses for fluid motion; dimensional analysis; internal and external fluid flow; fluid machinery; flow through packed bed; agitation; introduction to compressible flow.

CHE C221 Chemical Process Calculations 3 0 3

This course introduces the chemical engineering profession to the second year engineering students and trains them in certain skills that are repeatedly employed in subsequent courses as well as in professional life. It introduces principles and techniques used in the field of chemical, petroleum, and environmental engineering.

Properties of gases, liquids and solids; material and energy balances; elementary process analysis involving phase equilibria and chemical reactions; recycling and unsteady state process; combustion calculations and typical industrial applications.

ECE/EEE/INSTR C272 Circuits and Signals 3 0 3

Two port parameters; passive network synthesis; modern filter theory; active RC filters, Representation of deterministic signals, Fourier integrals, Modulation; sampling, convolution, correlation DFT & FFT, Z- transform, network realization, direct form I & II cascaded form; parallel form; digital filter design; IIR; FIR & Window functions, bilinear transformation; signal coding algorithms, digital signal processors.

ES C112 Thermodynamics 3 0 3

This course deals with fundamentals of thermodynamics and the three laws of thermodynamics namely first law, second law and third law and their applications.

Concepts and laws of thermodynamics; macroscopic thermodynamic properties; application to closed and open system; microscopic approach to entropy; equations of state; thermodynamics of non-reacting mixtures.

143


ES C221 Mechanics of Solids 3 0 3

This course deals with the basics of mechanics, simple stresses and strains and its various types.

Fundamental principles of mechanics; introduction of mechanics of deformable bodies; forces and moments transmitted by slender members; stress and strain; stress-strain-temperature relations; torsion; stresses and defections due to bending; stability of equilibrium.

ES C232 / ME C212 Transport Phenomena I 3 0 3

This course deals with the basics of fluid mechanics and heat transfer.

Fundamentals of the momentum, heat and mass transfer; the control volume approach and integral equations; differential analysis for momentum, heat and mass transfer, and solutions for I-dimensional steady situations; convective heat and mass transfer; dimensional analysis.

ES C233 Logic in Computer Science 3 0 3

Role of logic in computer science. Propositional logic – syntax and well-formedness, semantics, satisfiability and validity, decision procedures. Predicate logic or first order logic – syntax, and semantics, satisfiability and validity, completeness and compactness, un-decidability and incompleteness – Godel’s incompleteness theorem. Verification – model checking, linear-time temporal logic and computational tree logic. Programme verification – Hoare logic, proofs of correctness. Modal logic, logic programming

ES C241 Electrical Sciences I 3 0 3

This course offers the most fundamental and elementary concepts of Electrical circuit theory and introductory concepts of digital electronics

Introduction; basic circuit elements; sources (dependent and independent); Kirchoff’s current and voltage law, source representation and conversion; Network theorems; response of RL, RC and RLC circuits; diodes and its applications; transistors - BJT and FETs; amplifiers: biasing and small signal analysis; OPAMPS; Digital Logic gates; Basics of Combinational and Sequential circuits.

144


ES C242 Structure and Properties of Materials 3 0 3

This course deals with the study of the basic structure of different materials and their various properties in detail.

Study of the basic properties of materials in relation to their molecular structure; emphasis on the structure of metallic, polymeric and ceramic materials in relation to their mechanical, electrical, electronic and chemical properties, methods of imparting desirable properties to materials by inducing changes in molecular structure; property requirements and material selection, criteria for widely ranging service conditions.

ES C263 Microprocessor Programming and Interfacing 3 2 4

This laboratory based course introduces the concepts of Assembly language programming of microprocessors, microcontrollers and their interfacing

Elements of digital electronics; PC organization; 80X86 as CPU : Instruction set register set, timing diagrams, modular assembly programming using procedures and macros, assembler, linker and loader concepts; concept of interrupts: hardware interrupts, software interrupts, BIOS and DOS interrupts; disk organization: boot sector, boot partition, root directory and FAT; memory interfacing and timing diagrams; I/O interfacing; programmable I/O devices such as 8255, 8253, 8259, etc.

ES C272 Electrical Sciences II 3 0 3

This course introduces elementary principles of electrical circuit analysis, electrical machines and electro-mechanical energy conversion.

Introduction; sinusoidal steady state analysis of circuits; three phase circuits; magnetic circuits; transformers; basics of rotating machines; DC machines; synchronous machine; induction machine.

ES C211 Applied Thermodynamics 3 0 3

This course deals mainly with the application of thermodynamic principles of power absorbing and power producing machines.

Thermodynamics of Power developing and power absorbing reciprocating machines; vapour, gas and refrigeration cycles; re-generation, re-heat, compound cycle modifications, combined gas turbine – vapour cycle, binary systems; thermodynamic relations; reactive systems; combustion; adiabatic flame temperature; dissociation, equilibrium.

145


ES C261 Digital Electronics and Microprocessors 3 0 3

(Only for M.Sc.(Tech.) Engineering Tech and M.Sc(Tech.) Information Systems programmes, and not available for B.E.(Hons.) )

Binary logic gates, logic circuits, Boolean algebra and K-map simplification, number systems and codes, arithmetic logic units, flip-flops, registers and counters; introduction to microprocessors, architecture, instruction set and programming, memory and I/O interface devices, examples of digital system design engineering.

* * * * *

146


Engineering ENGG C111 Electrical and Electronics Technology 3 0 3

Electric circuit, electromagnetism, magnetic circuit, electrostatics, AC voltage and current, single phase circuits, semiconductor devices, amplifiers, digital systems, microprocessors, synchronous machines, induction motors, power electronics, measurements, illumination

ENGG C212 Introduction to Systems 3 0 3

Systems approach; systems concepts; general systems theory; fuzzy sets; systems planning and control; block diagrams; signal flow graphs; graph theory; systems methodology-measurement and evaluation, model building, sub-optimisation, implementation; Forrester’s systems dynamics; decision making conflict resolution; management information theory; Development of the above concepts will be taken through various cases reflecting social problems, e.g., education, ecology, energy facility, location, integrated area development, etc.

ENGG C232 Engineering Materials 3 0 3

Mechanical , electrical , electronic and chemical properties and applications of common engineering materials; ferrous and non- ferrous metals and alloys; thermosetting and thermoplastic plastics; natural and synthetic resins; rubber; glass; abrasives and ceramics; common building materials, namely, timber, stone lime and cement; corrosion of metals and methods of preventing corrosion; protective and decorative coatings; insulating materials, testing of materials.

ENGG C241 Mechanical Technology 3 0 3

Fundamental concepts of heat, work and energy; second law of thermodynamics; properties of gases and vapours; basic cycles; flow of liquids; steam boilers; steam engines and pumps; steam turbines and condensers; hydraulic pumps and turbines; internal combustion engine.

ENGG C242 Maintenance and Safety 3 0 3

Objectives, functions, and types of maintenance; defects due to wear; lubrication and surfacing techniques to reduce wear; maintenance of different equipments and their elements; spares planning; overhauling; TPM; safety and safety management; environmental safety; chemical safety; occupational health management; control of

147


major industrial hazards; managing emergencies; employee participation in safety; HRD for maintenance and safety.

ENGG C264 Fluid and Solid Mechanics 3 0 3

Fluid; fluid properties, fundamental laws; flow of fluid through orifices, notches, and weirs; flow through pipes and channels; mechanical properties of materials; stress; strain; elasticity; bending moment and shear force; bending stresses; shearing stresses; deflection of beams; columns and struts; torsion.

ENGG C272 Process Technology 3 0 3

Manufacturing process of acids, chlor-alkali, fertilizers, coal, chemicals, pulp and paper, polymers, petroleum and extractive metallurgy; waste management.

ENGG C282 Industrial Engineering Techniques 3 0 3

Industrial systems and organization; engineering economy; work measurement techniques; motivation and time studies; factory planning and materials handling; industrial standardization; critical path methods; quality assurance and statistical quality control; reliability; maintenance and management planning; scheduling; job analysis (evaluation); value engineering.

ENGG C291 Electronics and Instrumentation Technology 3 0 3

Binary logic gates, logic circuits, Boolean algebra and K-map simplification, number systems and codes, arithmetic logic units, flip-flops, registers and counters; introduction to microprocessors, architecture, instruction set and programming, memory and I/O interface devices, examples of digital system design.

* * * * *

148


Analysis and Application Oriented Courses (AAOC) AAOC C111 Probability and Statistics 3 0 3

This Course introduces the concept of probabilistic models and enables the student to become familiar with probabilistic concepts.

Probability spaces; conditional probability and independence; random variables and probability distributions; marginal and conditional distributions; independent random variables; mathematical expectation; mean and variance; binomial, Poisson and normal distributions; sum of independent random variables; law of large numbers; central limit theorem (without proof); sampling distribution and test for mean using normal and student's t-distribution; test of hypothesis; correlation and linear regression.

AAOC C222 Optimization 3 0 3

Prerequisite: MATH C191 and MATH C192

Optimization Problems are encountered in physical sciences, engineering, economics, industry, planning, and many other areas of human activity. Objective of the Course is to familiarize the student with standard methods of solving optimization problems.

Optimization of functions of one and many variables with and without constraints; Kuhn-Tucker conditions; gradient methods; linear programming; simplex based and integer programming methods; duality theory; transportation and assignment problems; dynamic programming; branch and bound methods; models of linear production systems, sequencing and scheduling, PERT, CPM.

AAOC C312 Operations Research 3 0 3 Prerequisite : AAOC C111

The course covers conventional topics of Operations Research the course deals with some of the statistical techniques of decision-making. Sampling, simulation, design of experiments and analysis of variance, nonparametric tests; correlation and regression analysis; quality control, reliability; decision theory; queuing theory; deterministic and probabilistic inventory systems.

AAOC C321 Control Systems 3 0 3

Prerequisites: ES C241 and MATH C191

This comprehensive course covers fundamental principles of modelling of engineering systems, systems analysis applied to control systems

Mathematical models of physical systems, feedback characteristics of control systems, control system components, time response analysis, stability, frequency response, state-space analysis, compensation.

149


AAOC C341 Numerical Analysis 3 0 3

Prerequisite : MATH C191 and MATH C192

This course enables students to acquire skills to implement methods for solving problems using computer; devise algorithms for numerical solutions of mathematical problems with a brief discussion on error analysis of different algorithms. Solution of non-linear algebraic equation; interpolation and approximation; numerical differentiation and quadrate; solution of ordinary differential equations; systems of linear equations; matrix inversion; Eigen-value and eigenvector problems; round off and conditioning.

BIO C391 Instrumental Methods of Analysis - - 4

This course helps in providing a sufficient background of various instruments, their handling and application in the field of biotechnology and modern instrumental methods of analysis. Principles configuration, applications of instruments like mass spectrophotometer, NMR, UV, IR, X-ray apparatus, atomic spectrophotometer, gas chromatography, liquid scintillation Spectrophotometer, gas device, high voltage electrophoresis, ultracentrifuge, DTA, TGA, etc.

This course is specially designed for students in the first degree majoring in experimental sciences and would require groups of students to work with the above instruments in order to appreciate the potentially of such modern instrumental methods of analysis

* * * * *

150


Technique Oriented Courses TOC C112 Book-Keeping 3 0 3

Concept of double entry; posting and maintenance of basic business accounts; cash book, ledger, journal. Preparation of income and expenditure statement; trial balance and balance sheet.

TOC C211 Book-Keeping and Accountancy 3 0 3

Theory of accounting; single and double entry; ledgers; trial balance; manufacturing, trading, profit and loss and appropriation accounts; distinction between capital and revenue; depreciation reserves and provisions; sinking funds; balance sheet.

Negotiable instruments; goods on sale or return; consignments; partnership accounts; goodwill and problems connected therewith; investment accounts; receipts and payments accounts; income and expenditure acco7unts; royalty, hire purchase and instalment purchase. Company accounts; issue, forfeiture and redemption of shares and debentures; profit prior to incorporation; divisible profits and dividends; statements, returns and other accountancy provisions under companies act.

TOC C212 Library Science 3 0 3

Foundation of Library Science-survey of basic principles and concepts; problem of large scale book selection, acquisition and technical processes; quick and long range reference service; bibliography, abstracting and annotations; information retrieval and literature search; reprography techniques; reprographic reproduction-microfilms, slides, microfiche, photocopying and other non-book material; the role of higher education in the larger society and the innovative role he library can play will be stressed.

TOC C213 Civil Engineering Practice 3*

Basic civil engineering practices such as surveying, soil mechanics, structures, concrete technology, public health, estimating and costing.

Actual structuring will be announced from time to time. Home assignments, fieldwork, etc. will also constitute part of these hours.

TOC C223 Comfort Conditioning and Refrigeration 3*

Refrigeration theory; refrigeration cycles; refrigeration systems; refrigeration components and their use; psychometrics; refrigerants; metering devices; refrigeration and air-conditioning applications; methods of installation; maintenance; diagnosis; repair of refrigeration and air conditioning equipments; heating and cooling loads; distribution components and systems.

151


Actual structuring will be announced from time to time. Home assignments, fieldwork, etc. will also constitute part of these hours.

TOC C224 Corporate Taxation 3 0 3

Corporation tax; assessing income from business; receipts less deductions: actual business expenses, scientific research. Insurance premium, bonus, etc., interest, bad debts and other expenses for business; amortization of certain expenses, capital expenditure, allowances, carry forward losses and allowances; income from other heads, interest, dividends house property, deductions from gross total income, total income, taxable income, capital gains, ode of computation and deduction, personal income tax laws and provisions.

TOC C235 Electrical and Electronics Engineering Practice 0 6 3

Electrical drawings, tests on energy conversion devices, motor and transformers winding, electrical estimation and costing, hands on experience on electronic bench equipments, device testing, soldering practice, PCB layout and fabrication, simple trouble shooting or electronic circuits, earthing, shielding, experiments on microprocessor kits.

TOC C236 Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering Practice 0 6 3

Operation and maintenance of instruments, electronic equipments and services.

TOC C244 Production and Processing 0 6 3

Machine and hardware specifications, stores and stores keeping , purchase procedures, job estimation and costing; methods analysis, work measurements; investment analysis.

TOC C253 Computer Oriented Problem Solving I 3*

Principles of numeric processing; errors; propagation, simple numerical methods, solving of linear simultaneous equations; numerical differentiation and integration; basic applications of computer oriented numeric methods.

TOC C254 Computer Oriented Problem Solving II 3*

Non numeric processing; string manipulation; applications of non-numeric processing; introduction to computer graphics; application from business and CAI

* * * * *

152


Humanities and Social Sciences MGTS C211 Principles of Management 3 0 3

This course aims at acquainting students with various aspects of modern management principles.

Fundamental concepts of management - planning; organizing; staffing; directing and controlling; production, financial, personnel, legal and marketing functions; accounting and budgeting, balance sheets.

* * * * *

153


Other Courses (BITS) BITS C221 Practice School I 5 BITS C231 Practice School I 5 BITS C241 Practice School I 5

All the above courses are run during the summer term only. The operation of all these three courses will be identical in nature. However, BITS C221 will be a required course for all integrated First Degree students with Practice School option. This course is also a prerequisite for BITS C412 Practice School II.

BITS C231 may be available only to those students who have successfully cleared BITS C221 and BITS C241 is available only to those students who have successfully completed BITS C231. Thus BITS C231 and BITS C241 can be taken only as electives and are available only to highly motivated students if facilities are available after satisfying the needs of students who have to compulsorily register in BITS C221.

BITS C313 Lab Oriented Projects 3

BITS C314 Lab Oriented Projects 3

These courses include projects involving laboratory investigation or laboratory development in the students' discipline or interdisciplinary areas. These courses are normally available to students in third or higher levels. These courses must co-terminate with project reports

MBA C321 Legal and Economic Environment of Business 4*

Indian contract act, sale of goods act, negotiable instruments act, companies act, corporate tax laws, consumer protection and unfair trade practices etc, FEMS, industrial policy, macroeconomics environment, fiscal and monetary policy, overview of Indian economy, economic indicators.

BITS C323 Study Oriented Project 3 BITS C324 Study Oriented Project 3

These courses include projects which are oriented towards readings from published literature or books about new frontiers of development or analysis of available data base. These courses are normally available to students in third or higher levels. These courses must co-terminate with project reports.

154


BITS C331 Computer Projects 3 BITS C335 Computer Projects 3

Prerequisite: Prior preparation for one's own CDC.

These courses are intended to impart practical training to the students in the areas of computer software and hardware through specifically assigned one-semester projects. The projects would be person-oriented, individually supervised by a project guide and demand attainments of different dimensions and complexity depending on the student's earlier background and the objectives of the projects.

BITS C333 Projects on Organizational Aspects 3 BITS C334 Projects on Organizational Aspects 3

These courses involve projects related to thrust areas where students are expected to get involved with planning, organization and execution of new ideas and concepts. These courses are normally available to students in third or higher levels. These courses must co-terminate with project reports.

BITS C341 Selected Computer Languages 3*

Prerequisite: TA C252

This course aims at inculcating programming and problem-solving skills using one or more of the higher level languages like C++, LISP and 4 GLs; The choice of languages and the treatment may vary from semester to semester depending on various factors like emerging technologies and feedback from the industry.

BITS C342 Object Oriented Programming 3 0 3

This course brings in the requisite advanced skills and principles to a professional while programming computers in employing a variety of problem solving techniques

Object orientation concepts and principles: abstraction, encapsulation, modularity, inheritance, and polymorphism; classes and objects; static and dynamic binding; class utilities; metaclasses; object oriented software engineering; programming and problem-solving using one or more of the popular object-oriented programming languages like C++ or Java.

BITS C372 Data Communications and Networks 3 0 3

This course covers the concepts of data communications and modern networking aspects

Communication Concepts; Data and Voice Communications; Hardware Systems and Configurations; Network Topologies and Design Aspects; Protocols; Networking

155


Software; Local Area Networks; Network Security and Management; Emerging Trends in Communications.

BITS C412 Practice School II 20 BITS C413 Practice School II 20

The above two courses will be operated identically with stipulated prior preparation conditions as per the academic regulations. BITS C412 is a required course for all students with Practice School option either for a single degree or for one of the degrees under dual degree scheme. BITS C413 has been created as a required course if a dual degree student is allowed a Practice School option for a second degree after he has completed a Practice School option for one degree.

BITS C421T Thesis 15 BITS C441T Seminar 1 BITS C422T Thesis 15 BITS C442T Seminar 1

The above two pairs of courses BITS C 422Tand BITS C442T and BITS C 421T and BITS C441T will be operated identically with stipulated prior preparation conditions as per the academic regulations. BITS C 422T and BITS C442T are required courses for all students with Thesis and Seminar (TS) option either for a single degree of one of the degrees under dual degree scheme. BITS C 421T and BITS C441T have been created as required courses if a dual degree student is permitted TS option for a second degree after he has completed TS option for one degree.

BITS C461 Software Engineering 3*


This elective courses enables students to analyze and design computer based information systems and facilitates them to develop basic skills in software engineering; adherence to software development standards and practices and improved understanding of different software process models for practical engineering applications.

Software engineering concepts and methodology; formal requirements specification; estimation; software project planning; detailed design; techniques of design; productivity; documentation; programming languages styles, code review; tool, integration and validation; software quality assurance; software maintenance; metrics, automated tools in software engineering.

BITS C462 Renewable Energy 3 0 3 This course deals with the basics of various forms of renewable energy, their applications and their relative advantages and disadvantages.

156


Introduction of renewable energy, advantages, potential, status of development, broad details of different renewable energy systems such as solar, wind, biomass, microhydel, geothermal etc; Renewable energy development policy, Renewable energy industries, international co-operation, HRD and career growth opportunities, consultancy areas and future thrust areas in renewable energy development.

BITS C468 New Venture Creation 3 0 3

Entrepreneurship as career option, idea to opportunity – market analysis and segmentation, presenting a pitch deck, building the start-up team, competition analysis, lean start-ups, product development, intellectual property, sales and marketing, business models, financing, launching a business, growth and exit strategy, social entrepreneurship, business plan presentation skills.

BITS C469 Financing Infrastructure Projects 3 0 3

Investment decisions in infrastructural projects: benefit cost analysis, measurement problems, indirect estimation methods of benefits; Cost of capital: private and public money, different schools of thought on social capital- cases; Multiple projects and constraints: linear and integer programming models, goal programming formulation; Financing infrastructure projects: venture capital, sources of capital–private and public participation, modes of cooperation such as BOOT and BOT national and international sources, international agencies, borrowing terms and conditionalities; Public policy issues, leasing and mortgaging, evaluation issues, infrastructural mutual funds, valuation aspects; Real options, value of option for delay, abandonment and vacant land – judgmental assessment of options; post review and administrative issues in project management, international (cross country) projects, implementation issues.

BITS C471 Management Information Systems 3 0 3

This course provides knowledge of the basic principles involved in the design, development and implementation of Management Information Systems.

Introduction to Information Systems; Concepts of management, concepts of information, systems concepts; Information Systems and Organizations; decision making process; database systems; data communications; planning, designing, developing and implementing information systems; quality assurance and evaluation of information systems; future developments and their organizational and social implications; decision support system and expert systems

157


BITS C481 Computer Networks 3 0 3

This course provides fundamental principles of operation of computer networks with an aim to enable prospective engineers make use of them effectively in practice.

Introduction, history and development of computer networks; Reference models; Physical Layer: theoretical basis, transmission media, types of transmission; MAC sub-layer: local area networks, FDDI; Data Link Layer: Sliding Window protocols, design aspects; Network Layer: routing algorithms, congestion control algorithms, internetworking: Transport Layer: Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN). Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) - reference models, service classes, switch design, LAN emulation; Application Layer protocols.

BITS C494 Environmental Impact Assessment 3 1 4

Environment and global problems; Framing Environmental issues; effects of infrastructure development on environment; prediction and assessment of environmental impacts of infrastructure projects: technical and procedural aspects, guidelines and legal aspects of environmental protection, impacts on air, water, soil and noise environment, valuation, strategic assessment, mathematical modelling for environmental processes; social impact assessment (SIA), dislocation/disruption impact of Infrastructure projects; Life Cycle Assessments (LCA) and risk analysis methodologies; mitigation of environmental impacts; case studies; environmental management plan (EMP), national and international certification and guidelines including ISO.

158


Courses on Development Process CDP C211 Agriculture Growth of India 3 0 3 Planning and policy problems-agricultural policy in India since independence, planning for agriculture, growth and inequality in agriculture; production modes and Institutions-technical relations in agriculture, farm mechanization; agricultural labour market, land reforms and the changing, agrarian structure; resources for production-fertilizer in Indian’s agricultural development, motive power and energy use in agriculture, education and agriculture growth, technological change, extension, and innovation – new technology, problems & potentialities, dry farming, technology, integrated rural development; role of agriculture looking ahead – India’s crop output trends, past and present; forecasting agricultural production.

CDP C212 Industrial Growth of India 3 0 3 Concept and problems of industrialization; industrialization in developing countries; industrial growth and planning in India since 1947, emerging industrial structure in India; problems and prospects of some industries namely: steel, foundry, iron ore, aluminium, machine tool industry, cement, chemicals petrochemicals, fertilizer, oil industry, coal industry, power generation textile, handloom, jute sugar, vanaspati, plantations, paper, rubber, drug and pharmaceuticals; issues bearing on industrial growth in the 1980s.

CDP C221 Growth of Social Health in India 3 0 3 Planning and development of public health in India; public health administration at centre and in the states; environmental sanitation; prerequisites of health life water, air and ventilation, food and housing; family planning and population control; school health, rural sanitation; sanitation of camps fairs and festivals; social security and health services; comprehensive health care; social medicine, health education , health statistics and statistical methods.

CDP C231 Transport and Communication 3 0 3 Review of transport development in India, transport under the five year plans, growth of transport, trends in traffic, imbalances in the transport system, a new evidence on traffic flow; machinery for coordination of transport policy at the centre and state levels; transport planning and data base; transport research training; railways; road development; road transport; urban transport; air transport; coastal shipping; inland water transport; ports and harbours; ropeways and pipelines.

159


CDP C313 Security Analysis & Portfolio Management 3 0 3 Introduction to investment and securities; profile of financial assets; new issue market or primary market, initial public offerings (IPO); secondary market; framework of risk & return; fundamental analysis economy, industry; company analysis; stock evaluation models; multiple holding period and multiple growth rate; bond analysis and bond management strategies; technical analysis; efficient market theory; portfolio management; Markowitz model; Sharpe’s Single Index model; capital asset pricing model; financial derivatives-options &futures.

CDP C323 Functions and working of Stock Exchanges 3 0 3 Stock exchanges in India: regulations governing formation and working; trading and settlement procedures; review of the working of stock exchanges in India; National stock market system; OTCEO; listing requirements. Requirements for membership of stock exchange; responsibilities of stock brokers in regard to contracts and accounts, duties and responsibilities to stock exchange, public and members interest; securities contracts act, by-laws and regulations; SEBI guidelines; trading in stock exchanges; insider trading SEBI guidelines; dealings in debentures; rating of debentures; trading in government securities; potential for trading in derivatives.

CDP C332 Contemporary India 3 0 3 Topics will include some or all of the following: economic process; contemporary Indian planning and industry; political processes; Contemporary Indian political scene and Indian administration : India and the contemporary world; social processes: contemporary Indian educational scene; religion and caste system; Indian science; Indian women; cultural processes; contemporary Indian art, music, dance, theatre, cinema and literature.

CDP C364 Industrial Relations 3 0 3 Introduction to human resources management; planning and organizing human resources; leadership and motivation ; job satisfaction and morale; employee communication; audit and control; procurement of personnel; performance appraisal; human resource development; wage and salary administration; job change; discipline; labour welfare; trade unions and collective bargaining; industrial disputes; worker participation in management.

CDP C371 Development Economics 3 0 3 Concept of development; statistical foundation of decisions; nutrition, disease and climate as influences on growth; critical importance of population; importance of agriculture, international trade and industry; cost benefit analysis and planning process.

160


ANNEXURE – 9

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (SPECIALIZED DISCIPLINE

COURSES)

161


1. Computer Science (CS)

CS C313 Object Oriented Programming and Design 3 2 4

Object oriented concepts and design, abstraction, architecture and design patterns, GUI programming and frameworks, design of object oriented solutions using UML, design for concurrency, implementation of solutions using object oriented languages like C++ or Java; Language level mapping and realization of object oriented constructs, realization and performance issues versus abstraction and usability.

CS C321 Computers and Programming 3 2 4

This course is primarily intended to introduce the students of computer science to topics like Shell programming, and advanced programming concepts.

Computer structures; instruction execution, addressing techniques; computer system organization, micro-programming and interpreters; symbolic coding; programme segmentation and linkage; laboratory work as several computer projects to illustrate basic machine structure and programming techniques.

CS C342 Advanced Computer Organization 3 0 3

Prerequisite : CS C391 or EEE C391 or INSTR C391 or ECE C391.

This course provides the students of computer science to topics memory modules, CPU design, I/O devices and interrupt processing and in microprogramming

Memories and memory module design; sample CPU design - instruction set, addressing modes, instruction formats, instruction fetching and execution; instruction and execution cycles, timing, realization and documentation; floating point arithmetic operations, FPAU design; I/O devices and interrupt processing; special topics such as microprogramming and bus structures, simple design examples.

CS C351 Theory of Computation 3 0 3

This course helps the students of computer science to explore on topics like formal methods, automata theory, turning machines, complexity and computability and on reducibility and NP completeness

Finite automata and regular languages – equivalences, closure properties. context free languages and push-down automata – equivalences, closure properties, concepts in parsing; turing machines; computability and decidability – universal turing machine, recursive functions, church-turing hypothesis; complexity classes – P, NP, reducibility and NP-completeness.

162


CS C352 Data Base Systems 3 0 3

This courses introduces the students of computer science to Database management system, distributed database concepts, Query language and processing

Introduction to data bases and management; data files and structures; hierarchical, relational, network models; distributed data bases; query processing and query optimization, query languages; concepts of security and protection; case study of a data base system.

CS C362 Programming Languages and Compiler Construction 3 0 3

This course introduces the students of computer science to Memories and memory module design; sample CPU design – instruction set, addressing modes, instruction formats, instruction fetching and execution; cycles, timing, realization and documentation; floating point arithmetic operations, FPAU design; I/O devices and interrupt processing; special topics such as microprogramming and bus structures, simple design examples.

CS C363 Data Structures and Algorithms 3 2 4

This course provides the students of computer science to topics like software design principles, modularity, analysis and design of algorithms, and graph theory.

Introduction to software design principles, modularity, abstract data types, data structures and algorithms; Analysis of algorithms; Linear data structures – stacks, arrays, lists, queues and linked representations; Pre-fix, in-fix and post-fix expressions; Recursion; Set operations; Hashing and hash functions; Binary and other trees, traversal algorithms, Huffman codes; Search trees, priority queues, heaps and balanced trees; Sorting techniques; Graphs and digraphs; Algorithmic design techniques; Data structures for external storage, multi-way search and B-trees; Implementation techniques for different data structures including trees, graphs and search structures; Performance evaluation of data structures and algorithms; Implementation issues in large data structures.

CS C372 Operating Systems 3 0 3

This course introduces the students of computer science to topics introduction to operating systems, design of operating systems, Modules of Operating systems, security and protection of Operating systems Introduction to operating systems; Various approaches to design of operating systems; Overview of hardware support for operating systems; Process management: process synchronization and mutual exclusion, inter-process communication, process scheduling; CPU scheduling approaches; Memory management: paging, segmentation, virtual memory, page

163


replacement algorithms; File systems: design and implementation of file systems; Input/Output systems; device controllers and device drivers; Security and protection; Case studies on design and implementation of operating system modules.

CS C391 Digital Electronics and Computer Organization 3 3 4

This laboratory based course imparts knowledge on fundamentals of digital electronics with an in-depth treatment on the associated tools for the design of digital system. Also the course provides basic concepts of computer organization. Number systems and machine representation, Boolean algebra, combinational and synchronous sequential circuits, logic minimization, programmable logic devices, state table and state diagrams, digital integrated circuits, asynchronous circuits, arithmetic operations and algorithms, introduction to computer organization and architecture, speed considerations, memory organization, I/O design, implementation issues. The course will also consist of laboratory practice.

CS C414 Telecommunication Switching Systems and Networks 3 0 3

This course introduces the students of computer science to topics electromechanical switching, pulse dialling, speech digitization, time switching, telephone networks, ATM, TCP/IP, and ISDN Networks

Introduction, electromechanical switching, pulse dialling and DTMF dialling, stored programme control, space division switching, speech digitization and transmission, time division switching, fundamentals of traffic engineering, telephone networks, signalling, data networks, layered architecture and protocols, LANs, packet switching networks, TCP/IP, ISDN, ATM networks.

CS C415 Data Mining 3 0 3

This course introduces the students of computer science to topics like fundamental concepts of data mining, usage of data warehousing in data mining, knowledge discovery in data bases (KDD) ,role of data mining in KDD and various algorithms used for data mining.

Data Mining – Introduction, Fundamental concepts; Motivation and application; Role of data wear housing in data mining; Challenges and issues in data mining; Knowledge discovery in databases (KDD); Role of data mining in KDD; Algorithm of data mining; Task like decision–tree construction, Finding association roles, sequencing, classification, and clustering; Application of neural networks and machine learning of classification and clustering.

164


CS C422 Parallel Computing 3 0 3

This course introduces the students of computer science to topics introduction to parallel computing, parallel algorithms, issues in implementing algorithms in parallel computers, design techniques for parallel algorithms.

Introduction to parallel computing; Models of parallel computers; Interconnection networks, basic communication operations; Introduction to parallel algorithms; Parallel programming paradigms; issues in implementing algorithms in parallel computers; design techniques for parallel algorithms.

Introduction to parallel computing; Models of parallel computers; Interconnection networks, basic communication operations; Introduction to parallel algorithms; Parallel programming paradigms; issues in implementing algorithms on parallel computers; Parallel programming with message passing interface; Performance analysis; Scalability analysis; Basic design techniques for parallel algorithms; Parallel algorithms for selected topics like sorting, searching and merging, matrix algebra, graphs, discrete optimization problems and computational geometry.

CS C424 Software for Embedded System 3 0 3

This course introduces the students of computer science the process involved in software development in embedded systems like use cases analysis, use case diagrams, architectural design , detailed design , choosing appropriate programming languages & compiler for final implementation ,testing the software and choosing an operating system for embedded system.

Real-time and embedded systems; software issues in embedded system; software development process requirements analysis: use Cases, identification and analysis of use cased, use case diagrams; design: architectural design, design patterns and detailed design; implementation: languages, compilers runtime environments and operating systems for embedded software; testing: methodologies, tests cases.

CS C441 Selected Topics from Computer Science 3

This course is primarily intended to introduce the students of computer science to topics, either in recent advances or of special interest. Topics may be taken from one or more of the areas like artificial intelligence, theory of computing, networking and distributed processing, digital control, information theory, super computers, special purpose architectures and language processors.

The course will be unstructured and operationally polarized depending upon the interests and pursuits of the professional in the discipline. Actual structuring will be announced from time to time. (Topics of a structure on: Web Services and Internet-based Distributed Computing is: Introduction to service oriented architecture;

165


Significance of XML based data representation; XML parsers; XML style sheet overview; Web services basics; Web services architecture; UDDI and its role in publishing information about web services; JAVA based API calls to access the UDDI registry; Simple object access protocol for internet based distributed computing; Discovering information about web services from UDDI; web services security; Role of web services in electronic application integration; ebXML and B-to-B integration; .NET and J2EE tools support for web services development and development; web services and mobile platforms 3).

CS C444 Real–Time Systems 3 0 3

The course focuses on basics of hardware design, advanced concepts of software design and modern techniques of validation of real time system designs.

Introduction to real-time systems, clock synchronization, task assignment and scheduling, programming language with real-time support, ADA, real-time communication protocols, real-time databases, fault tolerant techniques, reliability evaluation methods; case studies in real-time operating systems, simulation of real-time systems, embedded system programming.

CS C446 Data Storage Technologies and Networks 3 0 3

This course introduces the students of computer and science about various data storage medias for read /write operations, Hardware and software design issues for usage and access positioning in memory hierarchy, large storage devices like Hard disks and networked storage devices, their performance issues, hardware and software components for design of high performance storage architectures and QOS in storage devices.

Storage Media and Technologies – Magnetic, Optical and Semiconductor media, and techniques for read/write operations, issues and limitations. Usage and Access- positioning in the memory hierarchy, Hardware and Software Design for access, Performance issues, Large Storages – Hard Disks, Networked Attached Storage, Scalability issues, Networking issues. Storage Architectures - Storage partitions, Storage System Design, Caching, Legacy Systems. Storage Area Networks - Hardware and Software components, Storage Clusters/Grids. Storage QoS - Performance, Reliability, and Security issues.

CS C451 Combinatorial Mathematics 3 0 3

This course introduces the students of computer science to topics like advanced theory of permutations and combinations, and graphical enumeration problems.

166


Advanced theory of permutations and combinations; elementary counting functions; theory of partitions; theorems on choice including Ramsey's theorem; the mobius function; permutation groups; Polya's theorem and Debrauijn’s generalization; graphical enumeration problems.

CS C453 Discrete Mathematical Structures 3 0 3

This course introduces the students of computer science to topics like graphs, coding design, analysis of algorithms, interaction between mathematics and modern areas of computer science.

One or more of the interrelated topics will be covered from the following: graphs, designs, codes, shift register sequences, groups, fields, Boolean algebras, analysis of algorithms, Fast Fourier Transform etc. providing a fertile ground for interaction between mathematics and modern areas of computer science. The selection of the topics will depend upon the circumstance and current interest of faculty.

CS C461 Computer Networks 3 0 3

This course is introduces the students of computer science to topics like ISO Network Model, algorithms related to Networking, and in design accepts.

Evolution of communication and computer networks, protocol layering, network reference models, multiple access protocols, local area networks, packet and circuit switching, switching fabrics, network performance analysis and simulation techniques; addressing, routing, flow and congestion control,

IP protocol; Broadband Integrated Services Digital Network (B-ISDN); Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) reference models; network interoperability, traffic management and quality of service in integrated network protocol design and implementation strategies.

CS C471 Computer Graphics 2 2 3

This lab based course introduces an understanding and opportunity to design and develop graphic systems such as animation of realistic objects, creation of geometric models for 2-D and 3-D objects.

Generation of dots, lines, arcs and polygons; colour graphics, shades and levels; image transformation, windowing and clipping; 2-D and 3-D graphics; data structures, algorithms and optimization methods; case studies using GKS, CORE, etc; graphic languages and compilers.

167


CS C481 Graphical User Interfaces 3 0 3

This course is introduces the students of computer science to topics like GUI concepts, Event-Driven programming, Components for GUI, programming in GUI environments Concept of an User Interface; User Interface Management Systems; Interaction Styles; Event-driven programming; graphical user interface components and examples; emphasis will be on programming in GUI environments like MS Windows.

CS C491 Special Projects 3

This course uses a project based approach to build confidence and competence in the area of control Science engineering concepts

This is an unstructured open-ended course where under the overall supervision of an instructor-in-charge, batches of students will be attached to different instructors. Each batch will work on a specific time-bound project which is of basic or peripheral concern of his discipline. Each student must submit a project report as a culmination of his endeavour and investigation. The instructor- in-charge will determine the choice of the project and also whether or not the project report is to be submitted jointly by a group or individually by a student. The course will aim to evaluate student's actual ability to use the fundamentals of knowledge and to meet new unknown situations as demonstrated by the students' interaction with the instructors and instructor-in- charge and aggregated in the project report. The instructor-in- charge may assign specific hours for formal brain-storming sessions.

* * * * *

168


2. Electrical and Electronics Engineering (EEE) EEE C272 Circuits and Signals 3 0 3

Two port parameters; passive network synthesis; modern filter theory; active RC filters. Representation of deterministic signals, Fourier integral, Modulation; Sampling. Convolution, correlation DFT & FFT. Z- transform. Network realization, direct FIR & Window functions, bilinear transformation; signal coding algorithms, digital signal processors.

EEE C364 Analog Electronics 3 3 4

This course deals with the introduction and applications of various analog and mixed signal ICs. It includes:

Discrete and IC amplifier basics; low and high frequency amplifiers; linear and non linear Op-amp circuits; non linear ICs; precision circuits; comparators; Schmitt triggers; non-sinusoidal and sinusoidal waveform generators; phase-locked-loops; analog switches; IC power amplifiers; RF/IF amplifiers; switched capacitor circuits; data converters; IC sensors and systems. Laboratory and computer simulation experiments in analysis, design and characterization of electronic circuits also form part of the course

EEE C371 Electromechanical Energy Conversion 3 3 4

This is a lab based course provides an in-depth coverage of the theory, modelling, performance testing and applications of electrical machines

Theory; performance; testing; applications and control of d.c. machines; induction machines; synchronous machines and transformers; experiments on testing and control of machines and transformers; fractional hp motors; miniature motors

EEE C374 Power Systems 3 0 3

This course introduces electric power generation, transmission and distribution principles

Transmission line parameters and calculations, circle diagram; Incidence and network matrices, algorithm for network matrices, load flow studies; optimum generating strategies; load frequency control; insulators, cables; corona. Power system protection-generators, transformers and lines

169


EEE C381 Electronic Devices and Integrated Circuits 3 0 3

This course provides a basic understanding of a variety of discrete electronic device principles, their theory of operation and a brief introduction to Integrated circuits.

Single pn junction devices - rectifier diodes, switching diodes, Zener diodes, Varactor diodes, UJTs, LEDs, etc; bipolar junction transistors - current gain mechanism, high frequency and switching behaviour; pnpn devices; JFET; MOSFET; other MOS and CMOS devices; optoelectronic devices; device fabrication techniques; introduction to ICs; microwave semiconductor devices.

EEE C383 Communication Systems 3 3 4

This laboratory based course provides a foundation in along and digital communication system analysis and design

Principles of modern analog and digital communication with more emphasis on digital communication. Amplitude and angle modulation, sampling, PCM, DM, ADPCM, pulse shaping, digital modulation: FSK, PSK, DPSK, QPSK etc.; information theory, source coding and channel coding, Shannon capacity theorems; emerging trends in communication systems. Experiments in analog and digital communication.

EEE C391 Digital Electronics and Computer Organization 3 3 4

(Course description is same as given under CS C391)

This laboratory based course imparts knowledge on the fundamentals of digital electronics with an in-depth treatment on the associated tools for the design of digital system. Also the course provides basic concepts of computer organization. Number systems and machine representation, Boolean algebra, combinational and synchronous sequential circuits, logic minimization, programmable logic devices, state table and state diagrams, digital integrated circuits, asynchronous circuits, arithmetic operations and algorithms, introduction to computer organization and architecture, speed considerations, memory organization, I/O design, implementation issues. The course will also consist of laboratory practice.

EEE C414 Telecommunication Switching Systems and Networks 3 0 3

This course introduces the students of computer science to topics electromechanical switching, pulse dialling, speech digitization, tile switching, telephone networks. ATM TCP/IP, and ISDN Networks

Introduction, electromechanical switching pulse dialling and DTMF dialling, stored programme control, space division switching, speech digitization and transmission, time division switching, fundamentals of traffic engineering, telephone networks, signalling,

170


data networks, layered architecture and protocols, LANs, packet switching networks, TCP/IP, ISDN, ATM networks.

EEE C415 Digital Signal Processing 3 0 3

This elective course provide an insight into the theoretical and practical aspects of digital signal processing

Introduction; design of analog filters; design of digital filters ( IIR and FIR); structures for the realization of digital filters; random signals and random processes; linear estimation and prediction; Wiener filters; DSP processor architecture; DSP algorithms for different applications.

EEE C416 Digital Communication 3 0 3

This elective course offer concepts of digitization, information transmission and characterization of modern digital communication techniques

Introduction, the modelling and characterization of information sources, algorithms for source coding and encoding of analog output sources; information transmission through AWGN channels using digital modulation methods and BER estimation; Digital Communication through band limited Gaussian noise channels; channel coding and decoding; Wireless communication channels; its characterization and modulation schemes for such channels; emerging trends in the above field.

EEE C417 Computer Based Control Systems 3 0 3

(Pre-requisite: AAOC C321 and EEE C391 or INSTR C391)

This elective course provide principles of modern process control systems with emphasis on industrial applications

Introduction to Process Control and Computer Based Control; Elements of computer based control loop; digital sensors and their applications; Field buses and specifications; Types of analog, digital and intelligent controllers; Elements of Analog and Digital Control loops; Types of Industrial Control Valves and their selections; PID vs. Fuzzy and neural Techniques of control; Programmable logic controllers and SCADA; Distributed Control Systems; Industrial Network hierarchy; Industrial standards for networking; Application of PLC in Power Systems and Process Industries.

171


EEE C418 Digital Systems 3 0 3

(Pre-requisite: EEE C391 or INSTR C391)

This course provides an in-depth knowledge of principles of digital system design with emphasis on microprocessor based instrumentation with emphasis on measurement and control applications

Analysis and design of combinational and sequential digital circuits; data converters - A/D, D/A, V/F and F/V converters; special semiconductor devices, displays, ROM, RAM and their applications in instrumentation, digital instruments; programmable digital testing systems; electronic programmers; introduction to microprocessors, microprocessor based instruments and systems for measurement and control.

EEE C422 Modern Control Systems 3 0 3

This elective course provide characterization of continuous and discrete time control systems

State variable characterization of linear continuous - time and discrete - time systems, controllability, observability, stability; sampled data systems; Z transforms; non-linear systems; phase plane and describing function methods; calculus of variations; optimal control.

EEE C423 Combinatorial Mathematics 3 0 3


This course introduces the students of computer science to topics like advanced theory of permutations and combinations, and graphical enumeration problems.

Advanced theory of permutations and combinations; elementary counting functions; theory of partitions; theorems on choice including Ramsey's theorem; the mobius function; permutation groups; Polya's theorem and Debrauijn’s generalization; graphical enumeration problems.

EEE C424 Microelectronic Circuits 3 0 3

This course offers an in-depth coverage of the analysis and design principles of discrete electronic systems, associated computer simulation using advanced tools such as PSPICE with emphasis on integrated circuit applications Basic single and two transistor amplifier configurations; current mirrors and current sources; active loads; biasing in discrete and integrated circuit amplifiers; voltage sources and voltage references; differential and multistage amplifiers; frequency response of amplifiers; frequency compensation; output stages and power amplifiers; filters and tuned amplifiers; signal sources and communication circuits etc, illustrative example of analog integrated

172


circuits. The course will emphasize MOS/CMOS and bipolar transistor circuits. Computer simulation exercises using SPICE and other software packages will be prescribed.

EEE C432 Medical Instrumentation 3 0 3

This elective course provides a basic understanding of principles of medical instrumentation.

Basic components of bio-medical instruments, bio-electric signals and recording electrodes, transducers, recording and display devices. Patient care and monitoring systems, cardiovascular measurements-blood pressure, blood flow, cardiac output, heart sounds etc.; instrumentation for respiratory and nervous systems, analysis of EEG, ECG, EMG, EOG and action potentials, non- invasive diagnostic measurements - temperature, ultrasonic diagnosis, CAT scan techniques, sensory measurements-motor response, analysis of behaviour etc. biotelemetry, biofeedback, clinical laboratory instruments, X-ray diagnosis. Recent advances in biomedical instrumentation- microprocessor based systems.

EEE C433 Electromagnetic Fields and Waves 3 0 3

This elective course provides a basic understanding of electromagnetic fields and waves. Also develops skills in the analysis and design of different antennas.

Maxwell’s equations; application of circuit theory and field theory; Maxwell’s equations in free space and time varying fields; plane waves in dielectric and conducting media; solution of wave equations; the poynting vector; the poynting theorem; poynting vector in conducting media and circuit application; wave polarization; linear, elliptical and circular polarization; wave reflection, refraction and diffraction; transmission lines and resonators; Smith chart, and its applications in stub matching and impedance matching; discontinuities; antennas and radiation; half wave dipole antenna; loop antenna; helical antenna; directive arrays; frequency independent antennas; reflector and lens antennas; horn antennas; antenna arrays; Friis formula; antenna practices and antenna measurements.

EEE C441 Television Engineering 3 0 3

This elective course introduces principles of television signal transmission and reception.

Monochrome TV-nature of the composite video signal; camera tubes, generation of special waveforms, transmitters, antenna, receivers, picture tubes, receiving antenna elements of colour TV and industrial TV.

173


EEE C443 Analog and Digital VLSI Design 3 0 3

Prerequisite: EEE C381

This course introduces physics, models, modern design and simulation tools of Analog and Digital VLSI Design employed in modern Integrated Circuit Chip Technology.

Physics and models of MOS transistors; basic IC building blocks; MOS operational amplifiers; Analog system design applications; Digital circuits - MOS and CMOS inverters, logic gates, PLA and storage circuits, etc.. Introduction to analog and digital VLSI design; CAD for IC design and CAD applications in circuit simulation and layout generation.

EEE C444 Real–Time Systems 3 0 3


The course focuses on basics of hardware design, advanced concepts of software design and modern techniques of validation of real time system designs. Introduction to real-time systems, clock synchronization, task assignment and scheduling, programming language with real-time support, ADA, real-time communication protocols, real-time databases, fault tolerant techniques, reliability evaluation methods; case studies in real-time operating systems, simulation of real-time systems, embedded system programming.

EEE C452 Electromagnetic Fields and Microwave Engineering 3 0 3

This course introduces the principles of electromagnetic fields, waves and its applications in microwave engineering employed in modern space communication.

Electromagnetic waves; Maxwell's equations; Poynting theorem and wave equations; propagation of EM waves; transmission lines; microstrip lines; wave guides; cavities and antennas; microwave generators, microwave amplifiers; measurement at microwave frequencies.

EEE C453 Discrete Mathematical Structures 3 0 3


This elective course provides focused insight in to discrete mathematical fundamentals employed modern areas of computer science.

One or more of the interrelated topics will be covered from the following: graphs, designs, codes, shift register sequences, groups, fields, Boolean algebras, analysis of algorithms, Fast Fourier Transform etc. providing a fertile ground for interaction

174


between mathematics and modern areas of computer science. The selection of the topics will depend upon the circumstance and current interest of faculty.

EEE C461 Power Electronics 3 0 3

This course develops an engineering approach towards the designing of the control circuits required for machines or the instruments through providing an understanding of power electronic device principles and their applications mainly in as switching power converters

PNPN devices, power transistor characteristics, rating and specifications; triggering mechanism and commutation circuits; controlled power rectifiers, Inverters (DC to AC converters), choppers (DC to DC Converters); speed control of DC motors, speed control of AC motors; other industrial applications of thyristors and power transistors; voltage regulation and starting of electrical drives; logic modules for static converters; introduction to application of microprocessors for electrical drives.

EEE C462 Advanced Power Systems 3 0 3

(Prerequisite: EEE C371 or INSTR C371)

This course covers economics and methods of power generation (both conventional and non-conventional) transmission and distribution including their electrical and mechanical designs. Also the course offer the knowledge of stability and switch gear and protection.

Symmetrical components, sequence impedances; fault calculations; short circuit studies; circuit breakers and their selections; power system stability, power system protection--generators, transformers and lines; waves on transmission lines, protective devices -- grounded and ungrounded systems.

EEE C471 Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation 3 0 3

This course provides an understanding of various elements of electronic instruments and measurement techniques as applied to industrial electronic practices.

Elements of electronic measurement and instrumentation; signal sources; voltage and current measuring instruments; waveform analysis instruments; display and recording instruments; device testers, DC power supplies and IC regulators; bridge instruments; basic digital instruments, industrial electronic practices.

175


EEE C472 Satellite Communication 3 0 3

This course provides a review of Line of Sight Communication principles n and associated communication engineering techniques of satellites and their future trends.

Review of microwave communications and LOS systems; the various satellite orbits like GEO, MEO, LEO; the satellite link analysis and design; the communication transponder system like INSAT, INELSAT etc; the earth segment and earth station engineering; the transmission of analog and digital signals through satellite and various modulation techniques employed; the multiple access techniques like FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, DAMA, etc; the INSAT program; salient features of INSAT – systems and services offered; satellite services offered by INTELSAT, INMARSAT and future satellites like IRIDIUM etc; future trends in satellite communications.

EEE C491 Special Projects 3

This course uses a project based approach to build confidence and competence in the area of electrical and electronics engineering concepts.

This is an unstructured open-ended course where under the overall supervision of an instructor-in-charge, batches of students will be attached to different instructors. Each batch will work on a specific time-bound project which is of basic or peripheral concern of his discipline. Each student must submit a project report as a culmination of his endeavour and investigation.

The instructor- in-charge will determine the choice of the project and also whether or not the project report is to be submitted jointly by a group or individually by a student. The course will aim to evaluate student's actual ability to use the fundamentals of knowledge and to meet new unknown situations as demonstrated by the students' interaction with the instructors and instructor-in- charge and aggregated in the project report. The instructor-in- charge may assign specific hours for formal brain-storming sessions.

* * * * *

176


3. Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (INSTR)

INSTR C 272 Circuits and signals 3 0 3

Two port parameters; passive network synthesis; modern filter theory; active RC filters, Representation of deterministic signals, Fourier integral, Modulation; sampling, convolution, correlation DFT & FFT, Z – transform, network realization, direct form I & II cascaded form; parallel form; digital filter design; IIR; FIR & Window functions, bilinear transformation; signal coding algorithms, digital signal processors.

INSTR C312 Industrial Instrumentation and Control 3 0 3

Prerequisite: AAOC UC321

This course offers study of various aspects of automatic control for industrial processes, including some recent developments in the field of process control.

Introduction to process control; elements of the process loop; mathematical modelling, dynamic closed loop characteristics, controller principles and tuning, direct digital loop, hydraulic controllers, pneumatic controllers, electronic controllers; complex and multivariable control schemes, Final control elements, P & I diagrams PLCs systems, Distributed Control system (DCS) Al techniques: expert system, neural networks fuzzy logic genetic algorithms and applications.

INSTR C313 Microelectronic Circuits 3 0 3

(Course description is same as given under EEE C424)

This course offers an in-depth coverage of the analysis and design principles of discrete electronic systems, associated computer simulation using advanced tools such as PSPICE with emphasis on integrated circuit applications.

Basic single and two transistor amplifier configurations; current mirrors and current sources; active loads; biasing in discrete and integrated circuit amplifiers; voltage sources and voltage references; differential and multistage amplifiers; frequency response of amplifiers; frequency compensation; output stages and power amplifiers; filters and tuned amplifiers; signal sources and communication circuits etc, illustrative example of analog integrated circuits. The course will emphasize MOS/CMOS and bipolar transistor circuits. Computer simulation exercises using SPICE and other software packages will be prescribed.

INSTR C355 Electronic Instruments and Instrumentation Technology 3 3 4

This laboratory based course deals with design and development principles of electronic instruments and associated instrument manufacturing technology and conformity of the same with Quality Standards

177


Electronic indicating, display, recording and analysis instruments, elements of design, grounding and shielding, electronic circuits manufacturing technology, metrology, standards in quality management, instrumentation in hazardous area, industrial communication techniques, typical unit operations, standard instrumentation symbols, P and I diagrams, instrumentation for typical industries.

INSTR C364 Analog Electronics 3 3 4


This course deals with the introduction and applications of various analog and mixed signal ICs. It includes Discrete and IC amplifier basics; low and high frequency amplifiers; linear and non linear Op-amp circuits; non linear ICs; precision circuits; comparators; Schmitt triggers; non-sinusoidal and sinusoidal waveform generators; phase-locked-loops; analog switches; IC power amplifiers; RF/IF amplifiers; switched IC sensors and systems. Laboratory and computer simulation experiments in analysis, design and characterization of electronic circuits also form part of the course.

INSTR C371 Electromechanical Energy Conversion 3 3 4


This lab based course provides an in-depth coverage of the theory, modelling, performance testing and applications of electrical machines

Theory; performance; testing; applications and control of d.c. machines; induction machines; synchronous machines and transformers; experiments on testing and control of machines and transformers; experiments on testing and control of machines and transformers; fractional hp motors; miniature motors.

INSTR C381 Transducers and Measurement Systems 3 0 3

This course provides an in-depth understanding of measurement system components and their application in monitoring, control and experimental engineering analysis.

Importance and types of measurement, generalized measurement system; functional elements; static and dynamic characteristics systems; primary sensing elements; passive transducers and active transducers and inverse transducers, fibre optic transducers, MEMS based transducers, Measurement techniques for motion, seismic, pressure flow temperature, level, humidity, pH, viscosity; signal conducting techniques using bridge, op-amp, instrumentation amplifier, carrier, chopper, charge, isolation amplifier, data converters, filters, modulators; data acquisition.

178


INSTR C391 Digital Electronics and Computer Organization 3 3 4


This laboratory based course imparts knowledge on fundamentals of digital electronics with an in-depth treatment on the associated tools for the design of digital system. Also the course provides basic concepts of computer organization. Number systems and machine representation, Boolean algebra, combinational and synchronous sequential circuits, logic minimization, programmable logic devices, state table and state diagrams, digital integrated circuits, asynchronous circuits, arithmetic operations and algorithms, introduction to computer organization and architecture, speed considerations, memory organization, I/O design, implementation issues. The course will also consist of laboratory practice.

INSTR C392 Analysis Instrumentation 3 0 3

The course offers basic principles and applications of analysis instruments

Generalized configuration of an analysis instrument. Off-line analysis instruments: emission spectrometers, UV/VIS/IR absorption spectrophotometers, flame emission and atomic absorption spectrophotometers, X-ray fluorescence spectrometer and diffractometer, NMR and mass spectrometers, pH-meters, gas chromatographs, electrochemical instruments, analytical electron microscopes. On line analyzers: Sampling systems for gases and liquids, fluid density monitors, consistency and viscosity analyzers, thermal conductivity gas analyzers, paramagnetic oxygen analyzers, chemical composition analyzers, on-line instruments for measuring standard parameters, e.g. vapour pressure, distillation characteristics, cloud point, pour point, flash point etc. Recent developments.

INSTR C411 Opto-Electronic Instruments 3 0 3

This elective course provides an in-depth understanding of principles, applications and some designs of opto-electronic instruments.

Optical radiation-its emission, control and detection; optical signal processing; amplifiers and associated electronic equipments. Opto-electronic system design-calorimeters, spectrophotometers, flame photometers, fluorimeter and turbidimeters; project equipments; introduction to laser-based instruments.

INSTR C414 Telecommunication Switching Systems and Networks 3 0 3


This course covers a range of techniques employed in conventional to modern telephone networks and the extension of the same to network of telecommunication systems.

179


Introduction, electromechanical switching, pulse dialling and DTMF dialling, stored programme control, space division switching, speech digitization and transmission, time division switching, fundamentals of traffic engineering, telephone networks, signalling, data networks, layered architecture and protocols, LANs, packet switching networks, TCP/IP, ISDN, ATM networks.

INSTR C421 Digital Systems 3 0 3

Prerequisite : EEE C391 or INSTR C391

This course provides an in-depth knowledge of principles of digital system design with emphasis on microprocessor based instrumentation with emphasis on measurement and control applications.

Analysis and design of combinational and sequential digital circuits; data converters - A/D, D/A, V/F and F/V converters; special semiconductor devices, displays, ROM, RAM and their applications in instrumentation, digital instruments; programmable digital testing systems; electronic programmers; introduction to microprocessors, microprocessor based instruments and systems for measurement and control.

INSTR C444 Real-Time Systems 3 0 3

Course description is same as given under CS C444.



INSTR C451 Process Control 3 0 3

(Course description is same as given under CHE C441)

Prerequisite : AAOC C321 Control Systems

This is an application and analysis oriented course offering students an in-depth insights into modelling and simulation techniques of typical industrial process control with special emphasis and applications involving instrumentation employed in chemical industries.

Dynamic modelling and simulation of momentum, energy and mass transfer and reacting systems; analysis of the dynamic behaviour of lumped and distributed parameter systems; analysis and design of simple feed back and advanced control

180


systems; design of control systems with multiple input and multiple output; introduction to computer control.

INSTR C461 Power Electronics 3 0 3


This course develops an engineering approach towards the designing of the control circuits required for machines or the instruments through providing an understanding of power electronic device principles and their applications mainly in as switching power converters PNPN devices, power transistor characteristics, rating and specifications; triggering mechanism and commutation circuits; controlled power rectifiers, Inverters (DC to AC converters), choppers (DC to DC Converters); speed control of DC motors, speed control of AC motors; other industrial applications of thyristors and power transistors; voltage regulation and starting of electrical drives; logic modules for static converters; introduction to application of microprocessors for electrical drives.

INSTR C471 Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation 3 0 3


This course provides an understanding of various elements of electronic instruments and measurement techniques as applied to industrial electronic practices.

Elements of electronic measurement and instrumentation; signal sources; voltage and current measuring instruments; waveform analysis instruments; display and recording instruments; device testers, DC power supplies and IC regulators; bridge instruments; basic digital instruments, industrial electronic practices.

INSTR C481 Medical Instrumentation 3 0 3



Basic components of bio-medical instruments, bio-electric signals and recording electrodes, transducers, recording and display devices. Patient care and monitoring systems, cardiovascular measurements-blood pressure, blood flow, cardiac output, heart sounds etc.; instrumentation for respiratory and nervous systems, analysis of EEG, ECG, EMG, EOG and action potentials, non- invasive diagnostic measurements - temperature, ultrasonic diagnosis, CAT scan techniques, sensory measurements-motor response, analysis of behaviour etc. biotelemetry, biofeedback, clinical laboratory instruments, X-ray diagnosis. Recent advances in biomedical instrumentation- microprocessor based systems, lasers and optical fiber based systems.

181


INSTR C491 Special Projects 3

(Course description is same as given under BIO C491)

This course uses a project based approach to build confidence and competence in the area of instrumentation engineering concepts

This is an unstructured open-ended course where under the overall supervision of an instructor-in-charge, batches of students will be attached to different instructors. Each batch will work on a specific time-bound project which is of basic or peripheral concern of his/her discipline. Each student must submit a project report as a culmination of his/her endeavour and investigation. The Instructor- in-charge will determine the choice of the project and also whether or not the project report is to be submitted jointly by a group or individually by a student. The course will aim to evaluate student's actual ability to use the fundamentals of knowledge and to meet new unknown situations as demonstrated by the students' interaction with the instructors and Instructor-in- charge and aggregated in the project report. The Instructor-in- charge may assign specific hours for formal brain-storming sessions.

* * * * *

182


4. Mechanical Engineering (ME) ME C312 Design of Machine Elements 3 0 3

The course content includes materials and design of machine elements consisting of the application of scientific principles, technical knowledge, and imaginative skills to be developed in a student.

Fundamentals and principles of design; design and selection of machine elements such as shafts, bearings and gears etc; design of mechanisms.

ME C314 Power Plant Engineering 3 0 3

This course deals with the various types of power plants, construction and working of the allied components and their performances.

Classification of power plants. Components and layout of; thermal, nuclear, hydro electric power plants. Site selection for various power plants. Combined cycle power plants. Magneto Hydro Dynamics (MHD) systems. Economics of power generation, economic loading of power stations. Load curve analysis; load factor, diversity factor. Power plant instrumentation and controls.

ME C331 Transport Phenomena II 3 2 4

(For Mechanical Engineering)

This course deals with the various types of heat transfer mechanisms and their applications.

Fundamental concepts of heat transfer; steady-state and unsteady- state heat conduction; analytical and empirical relations for forced and free convection heat transfer; heat exchanger analysis and design, heat transfer by radiation; elements of mass transfer; one dimensional compressible flow; flow in open channels, associated laboratory.

ME C332 Prime Movers and Fluid Machines 3 2 4

This course deals with the various types of turbines, pumps, compressors their construction, working and performance.

Theoretical analysis of energy and momentum transfer between fluid and rotor; principles of axial, mixed and radial flow compressors, turbines and pumps; design considerations; cascade aerodynamics and performance limitations; applications to power plant systems, laboratory exercises in testing reciprocating machines; rotary machines and refrigeration plants.

183


ME C342 Production Techniques 3 2 4

This course deals with the metal cutting processes, metal joining processes and production techniques.

Analysis, economics and quality control of metal cutting, plastic working of metals, joining and casting processes, laboratory exercises in metal cutting, plastic working of metals, testing and inspection of weldments and castings.

ME C382 Computer Aided Design 3*

(Course description is same as given under EA C342)

This course deals with imparting the practical skills of various design packages.

Computer Aided Drafting and tools for graphics; mathematical tools; convergence criteria; design tools like modelling, simulation, spread sheets and use of specialized packages etc.; students will be required to do projects, specialized works for which a pool of guides will be drawn from several disciplines

ME C392# Advanced Mechanics of Solids and Kinematics 3 0 3

Energy methods; asymmetrical bending; curved beams; thick cylinders; contact stresses; introduction to mechanisms; velocity and acceleration analysis using vector polygon method; kinematics of cams and synthesis of cam profile; gear trains.

ME C412 Production Planning and Control 3 0 3

This course deals with the various types of production systems, their planning, layouts and control.

Generalized model of production systems; types of production flows; life cycle concepts; facilities location and layout planning; aggregate and batch production planning; inventory systems; materials requirements planning; elements of monitoring and production control.

ME C422 Dynamics of Machines and Vibration 3 0 3

This course deals with the analysis of mechanisms, balancing and vibrations.

Dynamic force analysis in mechanisms; determination of flywheel size; balancing of rotating and reciprocating masses; whirling of shafts; forced vibration and vibration isolation; multi-degree freedom systems; systems with distributed mass and elasticity.

184


ME C432 Computer Aided Manufacturing 3 0 3

This course deals with the various types of NC machines their working and controls.

Introduction, features of NC machine tools, NC part programming, CAM system devices, interpolators for manufacturing systems, control loops of NC systems, computerized numerical control, adaptive control systems, CAD to CAM, CAPP, industrial robots, computer aided production planning and control, computer aided inspection and quality control, CIM systems.

ME C441 Automotive Vehicles 3 0 3

This course deals with the various subsystems of an automobile, their construction, working, analysis and performance.

Internal combustion engines; vehicle performance; analysis and design of vehicle components. Experimental or theoretical investigation of problems selected from the field of automotive vehicles.

ME C442 Advances in Materials Science 3 0 3

The course provides knowledge about the synthesis and processing of materials, their inner structure, their properties, and their performance in machines and devices serving society.

Deformation of materials, deformation at high temperatures and creep, recovery, recrystalization and grain growth, fracture of materials and fatigue failure, deterioration of materials, corrosion and oxidation, surface properties, surface energy and tribology, polymers and fibre reinforced polymeric composites, mechanical testings, non-destructive testing techniques.

ME C443 Quality Control, Assurance and Reliability 3 0 3

This course deals with the various quality accessing techniques and their analysis.

Basic concepts of probability and probability distributions, standard probability distribution, sampling and sampling distributions, confidence intervals, testing significance, statistical tolerance, various types of control charts, statistical process control techniques, value analysis, defect diagnosis and prevention, basic concepts of reliability, reliability design evaluation and control, methods of applying total quality management, production process.

ME C451 Mechanical Equipment Design 3 0 3

This course deals with the various designing aspects of machine elements and analysis of their functional requirements.

185


Design analysis for additional machine elements; retainment of bearings and design of machine housing; introduction to techniques of optimization reliability and value analysis; exercises in detail design; design solutions to meet specified functional requirements.

ME C452 Composite Materials and Design 3 0 3

This course deals with the various types of composite materials their manufacturing methods and their applications.

Introduction to composites, concepts of reinforcement, strengthening mechanisms, fibrous reinforcements, matrix materials, micro-mechanical aspects of composites, manufacturing methods, composite production design methods-design of tensile members, pressure vessels, storage tanks, and other chemical process equipment made of FRP, design of joints, damage of composites by impact, FRP grids, recent development in manufacturing of composites and technologies.

ME C461 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 3 0 3

This course deals with the various refrigeration and air conditioning devices and their thermodynamic analysis and their applications.

Principles, thermodynamic analysis, load estimates and design of various refrigeration and air conditioning systems for comfort and industrial applications. Theoretical or experimental investigation of refrigeration and air-conditioning problems.

ME C472 Precision Engineering 3 0 3

This course deals with the acceptable limits of tolerances in machine tool applications and methods of achieving it.

Concept of accuracy, accuracy of numerical control systems, tolerances and fits, acceptance tests for machine tools, static stiffness and its influence on machining accuracy, inaccuracies due to thermal effects, influence of forced vibrations on accuracy, dimensional wear of cutting tools and its influences on accuracy, clamping and setting errors, location principles and errors due to location, surface roughness and micro finishing processes, dimensioning and dimensional chains, methods of improving accuracy and surface finish, thread and gear measuring instruments, coordinate measuring machines, introduction to computer aided tolerancing.

186


ME C481 Project Appraisal 3 0 3

Prerequisite: ECON C212 Principles of Economics

This course deals with the judging the nature and value of the projects and their selection and planning and execution.

Nature and scope of economic science, its relationship with other social sciences; quantification of economic variables, theories of consumer behaviour and of the firm: linear economic models; market structures; social accounting and basic elements of economic planning.

Criteria for selection of a project; factor intensity; commercial profitability; national economic-profitability; limitations of market prices; estimation of shadow prices; linkup project appraisal to national objectives; McGaughey and Thorbeck approach; Little-Mirrlees method; UNIDO guidelines approach; limitations of the conventional project appraisal; towards a new framework for project appraisal.

ME C491 Special Projects 3

This course deals with imparting practical skills to the students by making them to develop a model or theoretical analysis incorporating the principles mechanical engineering.


* * * * *

187


5. Chemical Engineering (CHE)

CHE C311 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 3 0 3

This course emphasizes application of thermodynamics to chemical engineering systems. The course contents include:

Development and applications of the combined first and second laws; relations between state properties; chemical equilibria in reacting and non-reacting systems; statistical concepts, and brief exposure to irreversible thermodynamics; extensive problem assignments throughout.

CHE C312 Kinetics and Reactor Design 3 0 3

This course covers application of reaction kinetics and catalysis to design the reactor at industrial scale. Course contents include:

Kinetics of homogeneous, heterogeneous reactions; ideal reactors, non-ideal flow; selectivity; analysis and design of chemical reactors.

CHE C322 Chemical Process Technology 3 0 3

The emphasis is on manufacturing technologies of industrially important chemicals, major engineering problems and environmental issues.

Process synthesis concepts for flow sheet generation; selected technologies for chemicals from inorganic chemical industries, natural product industries, synthetic organic chemical industries, polymerization industries, etc.

CHE C351 Heat Transfer Operations 3 3 4

Energy is a major input in chemical industry and energy savings through proper energy integration of chemical plants is essential for improving profitability. This course covers overview of heat transfer mechanisms and their application to the optimal design of heat exchange equipment.

Steady and unsteady state heat conduction; forced and natural convection; radiation; condensation and boiling heat transfer; evaporation; heat exchanger; associated laboratory.

188


CHE C332 Process Design Decisions 3 0 3

This course covers application of chemical engineering theory and economics to overall analysis and optimization of chemical processes.

Strategic design decisions in process synthesis and analysis; cost models; profitability measures and analysis; depreciation; engineering economics; hierarchy of levels of design decision making; batch vs. continuous; input-output structure of flow sheet; recycle structure of flow sheet; general structure of separation systems; energy integration analysis; pinch technology; cost diagrams and screening of process alternatives; preliminary process optimization; process retrofitting; case studies.

CHE C361 Mass Transfer Operations 3 0 3

Important diffusion based separation processes are covered that form the core of petroleum refining and other process industries.

Introduction to molecular diffusion and mass transfer coefficients; inter-phase mass transfer; design of absorption, distillation, extraction and leaching processes.

CHE C411 Environmental Pollution Control 3 0 3

Chemical processing contributes to degradation of environment and contamination of natural resources. Identification, analysis, and control of pollution are thus paramount to all chemical industries. This course discusses:

Air and water pollutants; sampling and analysis; control methods for air and water pollutants; modelling of different control techniques; advanced wastewater treatment processes; solid waste management, noise pollution; case studies; associated laboratory.

CHE C412 Process Equipment Design 3 0 3

This course covers the design of various unit operation, equipment in chemical industries. Course content includes.

A application of principles of chemical engineering to the selection and design of equipment for Chemical industries; design, cost estimation and selection of process equipment’ piping, pressure vessels, heat exchangers, distillation columns etc. Use of computer software packages in the design; plant safety practices; use of codes.

189


CHE C413 Process Plant Safety 3 0 3

This emphasis is on safety in chemical industries and methods of riskmanagement, which includes,

Role of safety in society. Engineering aspects of process plant safety. Chemical hazards and worker safety. Hazardous properties of chemicals. Safety aspects in site selection and plant layout. Design and inspection of pressure vessels. Storage, handling and transportation of hazardous chemicals. Risk assessment methods. Toxic release, fire and explosions. Boiling liquid expanding vapour explosions. Safety audit. Emergency planning and disaster management. Case studies.

CHE C414 Transport Phenomena 3 0 3

Prerequisite : CHE C213, CHE C351, CHE C361

This course emphasizes an integrated approach to transfer processes related to the transport of mass, energy and momentum in various operations. It encompasses:

Analogy for momentum, heat and mass transport; shell balance approach for analysis of individual and simultaneous momentum, heat and mass transport; hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layers; velocity, temperature and concentration distributions in turbulent flow; inter-phase transport for isothermal and non-isothermal systems.

CHE C421 Biochemical Engineering 3 0 3

This course provides the basic concepts of biological systems which are relevant to study by chemical engineers. Topics covered are:

Principles of Chemical Engineering applied to Bioprocesses; Kinetic Models for growth, substrate utilization and product formation; Biological reaction kinetics and applied enzyme catalysis; immobilized biocatalysts; Bioreactor Design and Operation; Fermentation, Upstream and Downstream processing; Novel Bioreactor Configurations; Transport phenomena in Bioprocesses; Instrumentation and control; Bioprocess Optimization and Scale up; Industrial Protein Purification Techniques; Commercial Enzymes and Biopharmaceuticals; Bioprocess Patenting, Economics and Feasibility Studies.

CHE C422 Combustion Engineering 3 0 3

This course discusses various industrial combustion and design of furnaces which includes:

Fundamentals; theory of combustion and its application to problems of design and operation of equipment for efficient use of fuel; burning of coal in boilers and furnaces; radiation from fires, fly ash and fusion; ignition and flame propagation in fires; industrial explosion and fire hazards; study of design and construction of furnaces.

190


CHE C431 Selected Chemical Engineering Operations 3 3 4

This course is intended to provide an overview of various chemical engineering operations. It covers

Chemical engineering operations such as size reduction, mechanical separation, filtration, crystallization, drying, adsorption, membrane separation process etc; associated laboratory.

CHE C432 Computer Aided Process Plant Design 3 0 3

A review of the basic concepts of chemical engineering and applied with computer aided design for an equipment or a process plant. Course includes

Introduction to chemical engineering design, process plant and methodology for computer aided process design, and analysis. It further undertakes computer aided design of process equipment viz. distillation column, absorption column, heat exchanger, evaporator, condenser, pressure vessel, piping, etc; and plant safety practices. The course contains a project work on computer aided design of the specific plant or equipment.

CHE C433 Corrosion Engineering 3 0 3

Prerequisite: ES C242

This course deals with properties of various materials with corrosion principles in details.

Corrosion principles: electrochemical aspects, environmental effects, metallurgical and other aspects; various forms of corrosion. Materials: metals and alloys, non-metallic (polymers and ceramics). Corrosion prevention: materials selection, alternation of environment, design, cathodic and anodic protection, coatings.

CHE C441 Process Control 3 0 3

Prerequisite: AAOC C321

This course involved in modern application of various types of process control. Topics include:

Dynamic modelling and simulation of momentum, energy and mass transfer and reacting systems; analysis of the dynamic behaviour of lumped and distributed parameter systems; analysis and design of simple feed back and advanced control systems; design of control systems with multiple input and multiple output; introduction to computer control.

191


CHE C471 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 3 0 3

This course provides an introduction to the various refrigeration and air conditioning systems and its problems. It covers:

Principles, thermodynamic analysis, load estimates and design of various refrigeration and air conditioning systems for comfort and industrial applications. Theoretical or experimental investigation of refrigeration and air-conditioning problems.

CHE C473 Advanced Process Control 3 1 4

Prerequisite: CHE C441 and INSTR C 451

This course is built on the basis of process control and aims to build a strong foundation in control systems.

Process identification and adaptive control; Model predictive control structures; Model-based control structures; State estimation; Synthesis of control system-some case studies; Intelligent control.

CHE C491 Special Projects 3

This course uses a project based approach to build confidence and competence in the area of chemical engineering concepts.


* * * * *

192


6.Biotechnology (BIOT) BIO C216 Introductory Molecular Biology The course introduces the students to the basics of molecular biology with an emphasis on Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic genomes. The course aims to provide the basic aspects of molecular biology, DNA replication, transcription, translation and control mechanisms of protein synthesis. DNA-protein interactions, post transcriptional modifications, regulations of genexpression, DNA repair. Current advances in this emerging areas will be covered. BIOT C332 Genetics 3 0 3 This course is designed to present modern concepts of continuity and variation living organisms. It introduces the genetic material, its replication and molecular basis of functions as well as the relevance of genetic investigations to man. Facts and theories of heredity, their relation to the present state of biological theory in general; elements of population genetics; genetics and species concept BIOT C336 Cell Physiology 3 0 3 The course intent to provide the students a strong foundation in the working of cell at the organelle and molecular level. Fundamentals of structure and functioning of cells and organelles, Cytoskeleton, Cellular membrane, Ultra structural studies of bacterial, plant and animal cells and viruses. Cellular homeostasis, respiration, bioenergetics, carbon and nitrogen fixation. Synthesis of bio moelecules and homeostasis. BIOT C337 Industrial Microbiology and Bioprocess Engineering 2 3 4 The course introduces and delineates the various aspects of pure and applied microbiology with the focus on implication of r-DNa technology in the field of industrial bioprocesses for commercial manufacturing of value added biotechnological products. Principals and application of fermentation technology with respect to production of value added biotechnological products and strategies of improving production. Development of biological processes associated with raw materials preparation t product recovery, relevant to industries as diverse as medical, food and environmental protection. BIOT C338 Introduction to Environmental Biotechnology 3 0 3 The course is provides students with a sound understanding of biotechnology and diverse ways it can be applied to address important environmental issues from monitoring of the environment and treatment of waste water to the removal pollutants and extraction of oil and minerals. The course focuses on industrial processes, incorporating design and monitoring of water treatment technologies. Microbial removal and degradation of organics pollutants, phytoremediation of soil and water contaminated with toxic metals and radionuclides, wetlands as treatment processes,

193


biofilms, biofilters for vapour phase wastes, and compositing. Case studies are presented in the ares of biosensers in environmental engineering and genetic engineering of organisms for bioremediation. BIOT C339 Biophysical Chemistry 3 0 3 The course aims to quantiate the physical and chemical principle governing biological systems. Biophysical chemistry analyzes and applies the general principles determining the properties and behaviour of physical, chemical and biological systems. The principles governing the molecular shapes, structures, structural transitions and equilibrium in proteins and nucleic acids; protein folding; lipids-minelayers, bilayers and mini cells; lipid-protein interactions in membranes. BIOT C343 Geonomics 3 0 3 This course provides and introduction tot the field of genomics. It covers the structure of the human genome, and the strategies that were used to map and sequence the genome, and the details how the genomic sequence information is utilized for pharmacogenomis, drug discovery and diagnostics. The course also introduces post- genomics technologies such as bioinformatics, functional genomics and comparative genomics. BIOT C344 Proteomics 3 0 3 This course will deal with the introduction to proteome significance and analysis of post-translational modification of proteins, protein-protein interaction. Functions of all protein worked out will be discussed in light of the standard prokaryotic and eukaryotic models. Emphasis will be given on methods of proteomic research, proteome analysis, resolution and identification of proteins. BIOT C345 Immunotechnology 3 0 3 This course deals with the advances in the emerging area of vaccine development for disease control, antibody production, purification and their pharmaceutical applications. Immunotechnology is specialized course, which deals biotechnological aspects of immunological mechanisms Hybridoma technology and production of monoclonal antibodies, designing and building of mAb genes, primary and secondary libraries for antibody genes. Emphasis will be given on the production of humanized and human antibodies. Uses of monoclonal antibodies ain diagnosis, therapy of allergic diseases, vaccine production, abzyme, purification, quantification and cytogentic analysis. Case studies on disease diagnostics, disease protection in both plants and animals will be discussed. BIOT C346 Experiments in Biotechnology 0 9 3 This course is a lab intensive course designed to familiarize the students with recent techniques in molecular biology and biotechnolgy. The course is intended to prepare the students for future careers in the chosen field of study this course aims to give hands on experience on advanced molecular biology techniques such as genomic DNA isolation

194


plasmid DNA, single, double and partial digestion., construction of genomic DNA library, PCR, polymorphism in studies, southern blotting, RNA isolation, Real time PCR, protein expression and analysis and immuno-histochemical techniques BIO C412 Introduction to Bioinformatics 3 0 3 Introduction to genomics and proteomics, Human genome and other sequencing projects; Biological database and data mining; Similarity search and sequence alignment. Protein structure prediction and structure analysis; Use of software package in bioinformatics BIOT C413 Molecular Biology of Cell 3 0 3 The course aims to impart the basic aspects of cell biology, cell cycle regulations and factors influencing cell division and apoptosis. Introduction of eukaryotic cell cycle, genetic regulation of cell cyene expression during development process. In addition the postulated functions of hitherto accepted non-essential DNA and the functioning of higher eukaryotic genes with unexpected structures in eukaryotic genomes would also be covered. BIOT C414 Genetic Engineering 1 6 3 The course provides the students conceptual understanding of basic molecular biology techniques which outline the general principals of DNA technology. The primary objective of this course is to familiarize the students with a comprehensive set of basic techniques, which comprises of isolation of plasmid from bacterial cell, preparation of competent cell, transformation and various methods of gene transfer. Restriction digestion, restriction mapping, ligation, PCR, Southern and Northern hybridization. Student will be introduced to the dissection of mice and splenocyte culture. An exposure will also be given on various plant tissue culture techniques; micro-propagation, callus and suspension culture, isolation of DNA from plant cell and its manipulation. BIOT C416 Immunology 3 0 3 An elective course designed to provide information about all areas of immunology. The course provides an in depth understanding on immune systems, natural and acquired immunity, mechanisms involved in antigen-antibody recognition, auito immune diseases, cancer and tissue/organ transplantation. Introduction to immune system, cell mediated and humoral immunity, allergy mechanisms, to hypersensitivity reactions, immunity to infectious diseases, immune mechanisms involved in cancer and transplantation immunology. BIOT C417 Biomolecular Modelling 3 0 3 The course designed to provide the students the first hand experience e of potential utility of biomolecular modelling especially in concurrent pharmaceutical research and in

195


cell and structural biology. It describes the functionality, advantages and limitations of standard computing strategies for simulation of bio molecules. Biomoleculars conformation, Structural genomics and proteomics, protein folding, Forecefield, simulation, Conformational analysis, ab initio structure prediction comparative modelling, lattice models, usages of modelling packages. BIOT C418 Genetic Engineering Techniques 1 9 4 Experiments on the common molecular techniques used in gene manipulation in bacteria and plants; gene cloning procedure in bacteria – from isolation of plasmids to screening of recombinant clones; polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and its application; gene and protein expression analysis; DNA sequencing; Agrobacterium - mediated gene transfer in plants and introduction to plant cell culture techniques; Use of software for molecular biology. BIO C461 Recombinant DNA Technology 3 0 3

The course deals with theoretical aspects of recombinant DNA manipulation. Emphasis will be placed on procedures to create chimeric molecules using examples from actual experimented work. Vector designing, polymers chain reaction, invitro mutagenesis cloning in prokaryote and Eukaryotic vectors will be covered.

BIO C491 Special Projects 3

This course deals with imparting practical skills to the students by making them to develop a model or theoretical analysis incorporating the principles mechanical engineering.


* * *

196


7. Electronics and Communication Engineering (ECE) ECE C272 Circuits and signals 3 0 3

This an elementary course that introduces and deals I depth with the basic concepts involved in modelling and synthesizing of various electrical systems involving circuits and signals.

Two port parameters; passive network synthesis; modern filter theory; active RC filters, Representation of deterministic signals, fourier integral, Modulation; sampling convolution, correlation DFT FFT, Z- transform, network realization, direct from I & II cascaded form; parallel form; digital filter design; IIR; FIR & Window functions, bilinear transformation; signal coding algorithms, digital signal processors.

ECE C313 Microelectronic Circuits 3 0 3

This course offers an in- depth coverage of the analysis and design principles of discrete electronic systems, associated computer simulation using advanced tools such as PSPICE with emphasis on integrated circuit applications Basic single and two transistor amplifier configurations; current mirrors and current sources; active loads; biasing in discrete and integrated circuit amplifiers; voltage sources and voltage references; differential and multistage amplifiers; frequency response of amplifiers; frequency compensation; output stages and power amplifiers; filters and tuned amplifiers; signal sources and communication circuits etc, illustrative example of analog integrated circuits etc, illustrative example of analog integrated circuits, The course will emphasize MOS/CMOS and bipolar transistor circuits Computer simulation packages will be prescribed.

ECE C364 Analog Electronics 3 3 4

This course deals with the introduction and application of various analog and mixed signals ICS. It includes:

Discrete and IC amplifier basics; low and high frequency amplifiers linear and non linear OP-amp circuits; non linear ICs; precision circuits; comparators; Schmitt triggers; non- sinusoidal and sinusoidal waveform generators; phase-locked-loops; analog switches; IC power amplifiers; RF/IF amplifiers; switched capacitor circuits; data converters; IC sensors and systems. Laboratory and computer simulation experiments in analysis, design and characterization of electronic circuits also form part of the course.

ECE C383 Communication Systems 3 3 4

This laboratory based course provides a foundation in along and digital communication system analysis and design

197


Principles of modern analog and digital communication with more emphasis on digital communication Amplitude and angle modulation, sampling, PCM, DM, ADPCM, pulse shaping, digital modulation: FSK, PSK, DPSK, QPSK etc.; information theory, source coding and channel coding, Shannon capacity theorems; emerging trends in communication systems. Experiments in analog and digital communication.

ECE C391 Digital Electronics and Computer Organization 3 3 4


This laboratory based course imparts knowledge on the fundamentals of digital electronics with an in- depth treatment on the associated tools for the design of digital system. Also the course provides basic concepts of computer organizations.

Number systems and machine representation, Boolean algebra, combinational and synchronous sequential circuits, logic minimization, programmable logic devices, state table and state diagrams, digital integrated circuits, asynchronous circuits, arithmetic operations and algorithms, introduction to computer organization and architecture, speed considerations, memory organization, I/O design, implementation issues. The course will also consist of laboratory practice. ECE C392 Modern Communication Technologies 3 0 3

This course provides an overview of modern communication systems and the associated concepts namely: Digital Modulation Techniques, Coding Theory, Wireless Links, Optical and Mobile Communication systems and so on.

Modern communication system overview, Digital modulation techniques, channel capacity and coding, Digital link improve techniques, Digital Receiver design and performance analysis, Wireless communication systems: Wireless channel models and link improvement techniques, multiple access schemes. Basic concept of mobile network, Optical communication system: Transmitters receivers and other optical communication subsystem, Optical wireless systems.

ECE C393 Information Theory & Coding 3 0 3

This course provides an in depth treatment of principles associated with information theory, various techniques of coding and concept of cryptograph.

Random variables and random processes; Information sources and source coding theorem, Kraft inequality, Shannon-Fano codes, Huffan codes, Arithmetic codes, Lempel-Ziv-Welch algorithm, universal source codes; Channel coding theorem for discrete memory less channels; channel capacity with feedback; continuous and Gaussian channels; error control coding: Linear block codes and their properties, hard-decision decoding, convolution codes and the Viterbi decoding algorithm, iterative decoding; turbo codes and low-density-parity-check codes; rate distortion theory; rate

198


distortion function, random source codes; joint source –channel coding and the separation theorem; cryptography: basic concepts on cryptography and cryptanalysis, security issues; private-key encryption algorithms stream ciphers, block, ciphers, Shannon’s theory; introduction to number theory – modular arithmetic, exponentiation and discrete logarithms in Galois field; public-key encryption algorithms- Diffie-Hellman public-key distribution scheme, RSA public-key cryptosystem; Message authentication, hashing functions, digital signature.

ECE C394 Communication Networks 3 0 3

This course introduces various communication and switching protocols employed in present day communications or such other modern communication systems. In addition to various issues in design, simulation, analysis and implementation of the same.

Packet switching and circuit switching; Layered network architecture (OSI mode), Point-to-point protocols and links: Physical layers, error detection and correction, ARQ retransmission strategy, framing X.25 standard queuing theory and delay analysis: Little’s theorem, analytical treatment of M/M/1 and M/M/m queuing systems, simulation of queuing systems, delay analysis for ARQ system, muti-access protocols and techniques: Aloha systems, CSMA, IEEE-802 standard routing and flow control. TCP/IP protocols, ISDN, ATM, network security Design of a LAN system with commercially available function units. Wireless LAN: adhoc network, security issues.

ECE C452 Electromagnetic Fields and Microwave Engineering 3 0 3

This course introduces the principles of electromagnetic fields, waves and its applications in microwave engineering employed in modern space communication.

Electromagnetic waves; Maxwell’s equations; Poynting theorem and wave equations; propagation of EM waves; transmission lines; micro-strip lines; wave guides; cavities and antennas; microwave generators, microwave amplifiers; measurement at microwave frequencies.

ECE C 491 Special Projects 3

This course uses a project based approach to build confidence and competence in the area of Electronics and Communication engineering concepts

This is an unstructured open-ended course where under the overall supervision of an instructor-in-charge, batches of students will be attached to different instructors. Each batch will work on a specific time-bound project which is of basic or peripheral concern of his discipline. Each student must submit a project report as a culmination of his endeavour and investigation. The instructor-in-charge will determine the choice of the project and also whether or not the project report is to be submitted jointly by a group or individually by a student. The course will aim to evaluate student’s interaction with the instructors and instructor-in-charge may assign specific hours for formal brain-storming sessions.

* * * * *

199


8. Engineering Technology (ET) ET 341 Instrumentation & Control 3 0 3 Measurement systems, transducers, feedback control, components; electrical, hydraulic, pneumatic; signal conditioning and processing controllers, display, recording, direct digital control, programmable logic controllers, PC based instrumentation. ET C342 Materials Management 3 0 3 Integrating materials management; policy aspects; purchasing management; warehousing and storage of inventory control systems; appraisal and control; just in time (JIT); automation in materials management. ET C351 Chemical Process Technology 3 0 3 Process synthesis concepts for flow sheet generation; selected technologies for chemicals from inorganic chemicals industries, natural product industries, synthetic organic chemical industries, polymerization industries, etc. ET C352 Energy Management 3 0 3 Energy Management principles; energy conservation energy auditing; analysis; formulation of energy management options; economic evaluation, implementation & control; energy conservation techniques – conservation in energy intensive industries; steam generation, distribution systems, and electrical systems; integrated resource planning; demand- side management; cogeneration; total energy schemes; thermal insulation; energy storage; economic evaluation of conservation technologies; analysis of typical applications. ET C362 Environmental Pollution Control 3 0 3 Air & water pollutions; sampling and analysis; control methods for air & water pollutants; modelling of different control techniques; advanced wastewater treatment processes; solid waste management, noise pollution; case studies; associated laboratory. ET C411 Concepts of engineering Design 3 <To be developed.> ET C412 Production Planning & Control 3 0 3 Generalized model of production system; types of production flows; life cycle concepts; facilities location and layout planning; aggregate and batch production. planning; inventory systems; materials requirements planning; elements of monitoring & production control. ET C413 Advances in Materials Science 3 0 3 Deformation of materials, deformation of high temperature and creep, recovery, re-crystallization and grain growth, fracture of materials and fatigue failure, deterioration of materials, corrosion and oxidation, surface properties, surface energy and tribology,

200


polymers and fiber reinforced polymeric composites, mechanical testings, nondestructive testing techniques. ET C414 Project Appraisal 3 0 3 Prerequisite: ECON C212 Principles of Economics Criteria for selection of a project; factor intensity; commercial profitability; national economic profitability; limitations of market prices; estimation of shadow prices; linkup project appraisal to national objectives; McGaughey and Thorbeck approach; Little Mirrlees method; UNIDO guidelines approach limitations of the conventional project appraisal; towards a new framework for new projects. ET C421 Computer Aided Project Planning and Monitoring 3 <To be developed.> ET C422 Computer Aided Manufacturing 3 0 3 troduction, features of NC machine tools, NC part programming, CAM system devices, interpolators for manufacturing systems, control loops of NC systems, computerized numerical control, adaptive control systems, CAD to CAM, CAPP, industrial robots, computer aided production planning & control, computer aided inspection and quality control, CIM systems. ET C431 Technology Forecasting 3 0 3 Importance of technology forecasting (TF) as a useful tool in planning and decision making in management, economic planning and planning of R&D; TF techniques like Delphi, extrapolation, normative techniques, morphological analysis, correlation methods and modelling techniques; applications in decision making; development planning and business. ET C432 Quality Control, Assurance & Reliability 3 0 3 Basic concepts of probability and probability distributions, standard probability distribution, sampling and sampling distributions, confidence intervals, testing significance, statistical process control techniques, value analysis, defect diagnosis and prevention, basic concepts of reliability, reliability design evaluation and control, methods of applying total quality management, production process. ET C441 Technology Management 3 0 3 Concept of technology, nature of technological change, economics of technology, corporate technology strategy, analysis for technology strategy, adoption and management of new technology, accounting for technology, appropriate technologies, transfer of technology, influence of government polices on technology, technology, management for sustainable development.

201


ET C491 Special Projects 3 This is an unstructured open-ended course where under the overall supervision of an instructor-in- charge, batches of students will be attached to different instructors. Each batch will work on a specific time-bound project which is of basic or peripheral concern of his discipline. Each student must submit a project report as a culmination of his endeavour and investigation. The instructor in-charge will determine the choice of the project and also whether or not the project report is to be submitted jointly by a group or individually by a student. The course will aim to evaluate student’s actual ability to use the fundamentals of knowledge and to meet new unknown situations as demonstrated by the student’s interaction with the instructors and instructor-in-charge and aggregated in the project report. The instructor in-charge may assign specific hours for formal brain-storming sessions.

* * * * *

202


9. Information Systems (IS) IS C311 Computer Concepts and Software Systems 3 0 3 Computer Structures; Machine and Assembly languages; Computer Architecture and Operating Systems, Operating Environment for Application Programmes. IS C312 Information Analysis 3 0 3 Software Requirements; Problem Identification and Feasibility Assessment; Notations for Problem Analysis like Data Flow Diagrams, Data Dictionaries and Entity-Relation Diagrams; Requirements Analysis Techniques like SADT and Object-Oriented Analysis; Software Requirements Specification; Behavioural and Non-Behavioural Requirements Specification; Requirements Prototyping; CASE Tools and Applications. IS C313 Object Oriented Programming and Design 3 2 4 Object oriented concepts and design, abstraction, architecture and design patterns, GUI programming and frameworks, design of object oriented solutions using UML, design for concurrency, implementation of solutions using object oriented languages like C++ or Java; Language level mapping and realization of object oriented constructs, realization and performance issues versus abstraction and usability. IS C321 Programme Data and File Structures 3 0 3 Problem- solving using a high level programming language; Data abstraction and structuring; Data Structures such as Stacks, Queues, Lists, Trees and Graphs and their implementation; Algorithms; recursion; sorting and Searching Techniques; Files and file structures. IS C331 Personal Computers and Computing 1 4 3 Personal Computers, State of Art of Personal Computing; Operations and Programming; Study and Practice of General Purpose Software Packages on PCs. IS C332 Database Systems and Applications 3 0 3 Introduction to Database Management System; File Organization; Data Independence in databases; Data Models; Query processing systems; Database Design techniques; Concepts of security and integrity in databases. Distributed Databases; Applications using DBMS. IS C341 Software Engineering 3* Prerequisite: TA C252 Computer Programming II Software Engineering concepts and methodology; formal requirements specification; estimation; software project planning; detailed design; techniques of design; productivity; documentation; programming languages styles, code review; tool, integration and validation; software quality assurance; software maintenance; metrics, automated tools in software engineering.

203


IS C342 Structures of Programming Languages 3 0 3 Programming paradigms and programming languages; programming language processors; syntax and semantics, binding; data types, structures; abstract data types; sub-programme structure; sequence control; recursion data control; storage management; syntax; translation; operating and programming environments; some theoretical models; case studies from some popular and widely used programming languages. IS C351 Computer Organization and Architecture 3 2 4 Overview of logic design; Instruction set architecture; Assembly language programming; Pipelining Computer Arithmetic; Control unit; Memory hierarchy; Virtual Memory; Input and output systems; Interrupts and exception handling; Implementation issues; Case studies; This course covers the fundamentals of computer organization and architecture from a programmer’s perspective. IS C352 Management Information Systems 3 0 3 Introduction to Information Systems; Concepts of management, concepts of information, systems concepts; Information Systems and Organizations; decision making process; database systems, Data Communications; Planning, designing, developing and implementing information systems; Quality assurance and evaluation of information systems, future developments and their organizational and social implications; decision support system and expert systems. IS C362 Operating Systems 3 0 3 Introduction to operating systems; various approaches to design of operating systems; Overview of hardware support for operating systems; Process management; process synchronization and mutual exclusion, inter process communication, process scheduling; CPU scheduling approaches; Memory management: algorithms; File systems; design and implementation of the systems; Input/Output systems; device controllers and device drivers; Security and protection; Case studies on design and implementation of operating system models. IS C363 Data Structures and Algorithms 3 2 4 This course provides the students of computer science to topics like software design principles, modularity, analysis and design of algorithms, and graph theory. Introduction to software design principles, modularity, abstract data types, data structures and algorithms; Analysis of algorithms; Linear data structures – stacks, arrays, lists, queues and linked representations; Pre-fix, in-fix and post-fix expressions; Recursion; Set operations; Hashing and hash functions; Binary and other trees, traversal algorithms, Huffman codes; Search trees, priority queues, heaps and balanced trees; Sorting techniques; Graphs and digraphs; Algorithmic design techniques; Data structures for external storage, multi-way search and B-trees; Implementation techniques for different data structures including trees, graphs and search structures; Performance evaluation of data structures and algorithms; Implementation issues in large data structures.

204


IS C411 Information Systems Project 3* Practical work to be conducted through a project on analysis, planning and design of an information system. IS C415 Data Mining 3 0 3 Data Mining – Introduction, fundamental concepts; motivation and applications; role of data warehousing in data mining; challenges and issues in data mining; Knowledge Discovery in Databases (KDD); role of data mining in KDD; algorithms for data mining; tasks like decision-tree construction, finding association rules, sequencing, classification, and clustering; applications of neural networks and machine learning for tasks of classification and clustering. IS C421 Modelling and Decision System 3 0 3 Principles of decision making; modelling, tools of decision making; Decision Support Systems; Study work on available decision systems and packages. IS C422 Parallel Computing 3 0 3 Introduction to parallel computing; Models of parallel computers; Interconnection networks, basic communication operations; Introduction to parallel algorithms, Parallel programming paradigms; issues in implementing algorithms on parallel computers; Parallel programming with message passing interface; Performance analysis; Scalability analysis; Basic design techniques for parallel algorithms; Parallel algorithms for selected topics like sorting, searching and merging, matrix algebra, graphs, discrete optimization problems and computational geometry. IS C424 Software for Embedded System 3 0 3 Real –time and embedded system; software issues in embedded system; software development process; requirements analysis; use Cases, identification and analysis of use cases, use case diagrams; design; architectural design, design patterns, and detailed design; implementation: languages, compilers, runtime environments and operating systems for embedded software; testing; methodologies, tests cases. IS C431 Educational Software 1 4 3 Principles of text editing; elementary graphics; concepts of motion and animation; visual effects in illustrations; design of simple education software for elementary level subjects. IS C442 Advanced Algorithms and Complexity 3 0 3 Randomized algorithms (Las Vegas & Monte Carlo); basic tools from probability theory and probabilistic analysis required in algorithmic applications: game theoretic techniques; occupancy problems & tail inequalities; data structures for randomized algorithms: skip list & hash tables; randomized geometric & linear programming algorithms: convex hull, duality & diameter of a set; randomized graph algorithms: all-pairs shortest paths & minimum spanning trees; optimization problems: simplex

205


algorithm & duality; primal-dual algorithm for shortest paths; NP-Completeness; the Classes P & NP, NP – hard problems, approximation Algorithms. IS C444 Real Time Systems 3 0 3 Introduction to real- time systems, clock synchronization, task assignment and scheduling, programming language with real – time support, ADA, real time communication protocols, real- time databases, fault tolerant techniques, reliability evaluation methods; case and integrity problems; algorithms and implementation; and selected current topics. IS C446 Data Storage Technologies and Networks 3 0 3 Storage Media and Technologies – Magnetic, Optical and Semiconductor media, techniques for read/write operations, issues and limitations. Usage and Access – Positioning in the memory hierarchy, Hardware and Software Design for access, Performance issues. Large Storages – Hard Disks, Networked Attached Storage, Scalability issues, Networking issues. Storage Architecture – Storage Partitioning, Storage Area Networks – Hardware and Software Components, Storage Clusters/Grids. Storage QoS – Performance, Reliability, and Security issues. IS C461 Computer Networks 3 0 3 Evolution of communication and computer networks, protocol layering, network reference models, multiple access protocols, local area networks, packet and circuit switching fabrics, network performance analysis and simulation techniques; addressing, routing, flow and congestion control, IP protocol; Broad Band Integrated Services Digital Network (B – ISDN); Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) reference models; network interoperability, traffic management and quality of service in integrated network protocol design and implementation strategies. IS C462 Network Programming 3 0 3 Overview of computer networks; inter-process communication; network programming; socket interface; client-server computing model; design issues, concurrency in server and clients; external data representation; remote procedure calls; network file systems; distributed system design. IS C471 Computer Graphics 2 2 3 Generation of dots, lines arcs and polygons; colour graphics, shades and levels; image transformation, windowing and clipping; 2-D and 3-D graphics; data structures, algorithms and optimization methods; case studies using GKS, CORE, etc; graphic languages and compilers. IS C472 Geographical Information Systems 3 0 3 Introduction to geographical information systems, theory and applications of GIS, data sensing and collection, fundamental database concepts, fundamental spatial concepts, models of spatial information, representation & algorithms, structures & access methods, architectures and interfaces, data output and display techniques, next generation systems.

206


IS C481 Graphical User Interface 3 0 3 Concepts of a user interface; User Interface Management Systems; Interaction styles; Event – Driven programming, Graphical User Interface components and example; emphasis will be on programming on GUI environments like MS Windows.

* * * *

207


10. Named Courses for Higher Degree Programmes

10 a. Design Engineering (DE) DE G531 Product Design 5 Introduction to creative design; user research and requirements analysis, product specifications, Computer Aided Design; standardization, variety reduction, preferred numbers and other techniques; modular design; design economics, cost analysis, cost reduction and value analysis techniques, design for production; human factors in design; anthropometric, ergonomic, psychological, physiological considerations in design decision making; legal factors, engineering ethics and society. DE G611 Dynamics & Vibrations 5 Steady and transient Vibration of single and multi degree freedom systems. Systems with distributed mass and elasticity. Non-linear and self-excited vibrations, structural damping, Random vibrations, vibration analysis, vibration control – reduction, isolation and vibration absorbers. DE G631 Materials Technology & Testing 5 Study of Characteristics and technology of metals, plastics, rubbers, ceramics, polymers, composites, optical fibers and other modern engineering materials and their application with particular reference to Railways. Destructive and non-destructive testing techniques and their applications in Railways. ME G511 Mechanisms & Robotics 2 3 5 Classification of robots & manipulators; fields of application; synthesis of planar & spatial mechanisms; methods of function and path generation; coupler curve synthesis; linkages with open loop; actuators & drive elements; microprocessor application and control of robots. ME G512 Finite Element Methods 5 Fundamental concepts, matrix algebra and Gaussian limitation. One-dimensional problems, trusses, two dimensional problems using constant strain triangles, ax symmetric solids subjected to ax symmetric loading, two-dimensional isoparametric elements and numerical integration, beams and frames, three dimensional problems in stress analysis, scalar field problems, dynamic considerations, pre-processing and post processing. ME G521 Mechanical system Design 2 3 5 Concept of system design; modelling of structural and kinematic systems, and determination of system characteristics; reliability of systems; design of machine elements for specified reliability; concepts of optimization; Techniques of design optimization for linear and non-linear problems.

208


ME G611 Computer Aided Analysis and Design 2 3 5 The course aims at developing complete self reliance in solving analysis & design problems of engineering with the aid of computers. It stresses upon the use of more powerful tools including system planning, simulation and modelling. The student will take up a design project by the instructor or resource person as and when required. The effort must culminate with a CAAD programme and a project report.

209


10 b. Microelectronics (MEL) MEL G611 IC Fabrication Technology 3 2 5 Material properties; crystal growth and doping; diffusion; oxidation; epitaxy; ion implantation; deposition of films using CVD, LPCVD and sputtering techniques; wet and dry etching and cleaning; lithographic process; device and circuit fabrication; process modelling and simulation. MEL G621 VLSI Design 3 2 5 Introduction to NMOS and CMOS circuits; NMOS and CMOS processing technology; CMOS circuits and logic design; circuit characterization and performance estimation; structured design and testing; symbolic layout systems; CMOS subsystem design; system case studies. MEL G631 Physics and Modelling of Microelectronic Devices 3 2 5 Physics and properties of semiconductor – a review; pn junction diode; bipolar transistor; metal-semiconductor contacts; JFET and MESFET; MOSFET and scaling; CCD and photonic devices. MEL G632 Analog IC Design 3 2 5 Basic concepts; BICMOS process and technology; current and voltage sources; differential and operational amplifiers; multipliers and modulators; phase-lock techniques; D-to-A and A-to-D converters; micro-power circuits; high voltage circuits; radiation resistant circuits; filter design considerations. MEL G641 CAD for IC Design 3 2 5 Introduction to VLSI design methodologies and supporting CAD tool environment; overview of ‘C’; data structure, graphics and CIF; concepts, structures and algorithms of some of the following CAD tools; schematic editors; layout editors; module generators; silicon compilers; placement and routing tools; behavioural, functional, logic and circuit simulators; aids for test generation and testing. MEL G642 VLSI Architectures 2 4 Overview of CLSC processor architectures; Instruction set architecture of CISC processor; hardware flowcharting methods; implementing microprocessor logic from hardware flowcharts; RISC instruction set architecture; Pipelined execution of RISC instructions; pipeline execution unit design; control hazards; design of memory hierarchy.

210


10 c. Software Systems (SS) BITS C481 Computer Networks 3 0 3 Introduction, history and development of computer networks; Reference models; Physical Layer; theoretical basis, transmission media, types of transmission; MAC sub-layer; local area networks, FDDI; Data Link Layer; Sliding Window protocols, design aspects; Network Layer; routing algorithms, congestion control algorithms, internetworking; Transport Layer; Integrated Services Digital Network(ISDN). Asynchronous Transfer mode (ATM) – reference models, service classes, switch design, LAN emulation; Application Layer protocols. SS G514 Object Oriented Analysis and Design 2 2 4 Object oriented concepts, theories and principles; fundamental concepts of the object model : classes, objects, methods and messages, encapsulation and inheritance, interface and implementation, reuse and extension of classes, inheritance and polymorphism; process of object oriented requirements specification, analysis and design; notations for object oriented analysis and design; case studies and applications using some object oriented programming languages. SS G515 Data Warehousing 3 2 5 Introduction, evolution of data warehousing; decision support system; goals, benefit, and challenges of data warehousing; architecture, data warehouse information flows; software and hardware requirements; approaches to data warehouse design; creating and maintaining a data warehouse; Online Analytical Processing (OLAP) and multidimensional data, multidimensional modelling; view materialization and data marts; data warehouse metadata; data mining. SS G516 Computer Organization and Software Systems 5 Programmer model of CPU; basic concepts of buses and interrupts; memories subsystem organization; I/O organization, concepts of assembler, linker and loader; types of operating systems; concepts of process; OS functions: process scheduling, memory management, I/O management and related issues. SS G531 Pervasive Computing *4 Select Application architectures; hardware aspects; human-machine interfacing; device technology; hardware; operating system issues; software aspects;, java; device connectivity issues and protocols; security issues; device , device management issues and mechanisms; role of web; wap devices and architectures; voice – enabling techniques; PDAs and their operating systems; web application architectures; smart card – based authentication mechanisms; applications; issues and mechanisms in WAP-enabling; access architectures; wearable computing architectures. SS G562 Software Engineering and Management 5 Current concepts, methods, techniques, and tools of the software engineering process; software process models; process definition and assessment; software measurement and metrics; project planning, estimation and control; requirements analysis and

211


specification, design methods; quality assurance and testing; configuration management; process improvement; case studies and project work. SS G653 Software Architectures 3 2 5 Systems engineering and architectures; Hatley - Pirbhai architectural template; architectural flow diagrams; requirements engineering and software architecture; architectural design processes; design post – processing; real time architectures; architectural design patterns; software architecture and maintenance management; object oriented architectures; client server architectures; forwarding engineering for object oriented and client – server architectures; emerging software architectures.

212


10 d. Biotechnology (BIOT or BIO courses) BIO G512 Molecular Mechanism of Gene Expression 3 2 5 Prokaryotic and eukaryotic genomes and their topology; DNA – protein interactions; RNA transcription and transcriptional control; DNA replication; transcription in yeast; RNA processing translation; mechanism of gene expression in pro and eukaryotes. BIO G513 Microbial & Fermentation Technology 3 0 3 Metabolic Stoichiometry – energetics, fundamentals of microbes and their morphology, stoichicometry of cell growth and product formation, fermentation kinetics, phases of growth in batch culture, continuous culture and fed - batch culture, kinetics of cell growth, product formation and substrate utilization –substrate and product inhibition kinetics, enzyme technology, Industrial Biotechnology – strain selection and improvement, media formulation and sterilization strategies, Industrial applications, fermentation and product recovery preparation of alcohols, antibiotics organic acids, enzymes, bakery and dairy products, biopharmaceuticals vaccine production. BIO G542 Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology 5 Eukaryotic cell cycle: restriction point, GI phase Progression, role of cyclins, cancer cell cycles; growth factors and their interaction with receptors: PDGF, EGF, VEGF, FGF, TGF; stress responses : mechanisms molecular biology with special reference to hypoxia; extracelular matrix and adhesion molecules; cytokines: sources, molecular structure, targets and mechanisms of action; apoptosis, caspases and necrosis. BIO G611 Environmental Biotechnology 5 Applications of biotechnology to the management of environmental problems, role of biotechnology in increasing plant and animal production through biological insecticides, herbicide resistance, mineral cycling ,conversation of genetic resources and biological nitrogen fixation . use of biotechnological processes in pollution control, bioremediation of toxicants, treatment of domestic and industrial waste will be emphasized. Ethical issues related with the release of genetically modified organisms would also be covered. BIO G641 Cell and Tissue Culture Technology 2 2 4 Plant and animal cell culture from various organisms; types of cell lines; development and maintenance of cell lines; tissue culture for viral growth, hybridization ad gene manipulation; hybridoma technology and protoplast fusion. BIO G642 Experimental Techniques 5 Specially designed laboratory courses which aims to impart training in selected range of techniques such as , salt fractionation, dialysis, PAGE with discontinuous buffer solution, Western blotting, Ion- exchange chromatography and Gel filtration, Genomic DNA extraction from Human Blood, bacteria, purification of DNA and analysis, polymerase chain reaction, single, double and partial restriction digestion, construction

213


of the genomic DNA library, Southern Blotting, Karyotyping , short term lymphocyte culture, RNA extraction and quantification. BIO G643 Plant Biotechnology 3 2 5 Commercially important plant parts and compounds; invitro living industries, plant cell, protoplast and germ plasm culture, maintenance and application; in vitro industrial production of secondary metabolites, pharmaceutical products, enzymes and food proteins; strategies of industrial production of antibodies through crop farming.

214


10 e. Master of Business Administration (MBA) MBA C311 Business Structure and Processes 0 0 4 Fundamental concepts, development of management theory, business forms, (proprietorship etc,); review of managerial functions (planning, organizing, staffing, leading and controlling); business process, structure and systems, socio-economic interface; overview of functional areas; operations/production, finance, accounting, personnel, marketing, materials, international business; developing an industrial culture. MBA C312 Business Structure and Processes 0 0 3 Fundamental concepts, supply, demand, market mechanism; theory of demand (consumer behaviour); production, costs (theory of the firm); market structures (perfect competition, monopoly, monopolistic completion, oligopoly); circular flow of income, national income accounting national income determination; money and banking, employment, interest, inflation. MBA C317 Managerial Skills 1 0 1 The role of manager, team building and goal setting, basics of supervision, leadership, decision making, negotiation skills and techniques, how managers communicate, how to interview, process of induction, training and development, delegation, how to appraise employees, how to manage time, use of committees, how to handle meetings, how to handle complaints MBA C319 Managerial Skills 2 0 2 Overview, Negotiation styles, Negotiation process, Tactics in Negotiation, Handling conflicts in negotiation. Best alternative to a Negotiated Agreement, Communication – Key to Effective Negotiating, Non-verbal communication in Negotiations, Emotions: dealing with others and ourselves, International negotiations, Cross Culture Issues in Negotiations, Power in negotiation, Workplace Negotiations, Turning Negotiation into a Corporate Capability, Do’s and Don’ts of Negotiations. Negotiation over the telephone/ Electronic media, Ethics in negotiation, Negotiation - Exercise. MBA C321 Legal and Economic Environment of Business 0 0 4* Indian contract act, sale of goods act, negotiable instruments act, companies act, corporate tax laws, consumer protection and unfair trade practices etc, FEMS, industrial policy, macroeconomics environment, fiscal and monetary policy, overview of Indian economy, economic indicators. MBA C411 Organizational Behaviour 0 0 4 Evolution and relevance; perception emotions and learning in an organizational set up; attitudes and values, groups and group processes, leadership, power and politics, organizational change, resistance and development, managing conflict.

215


MBA C412 Human Resource Management 0 0 4 Strategic human resource management, manpower planning, job analysis, recruitment and selection, placement, induction, training and development, appraising and managing performance, compensation, employee discipline, workplace safety and health, collective bargaining, industrial relations, human resource accounting and audit. MBA C413 Quantitative Methods 0 0 4 Grouping data, measures of central tendency and dispersion, probability distribution, sampling and estimation, testing hypotheses, chi-square and analysis of variance, regression and correlation, non-parametric methods, time series and forecasting, index numbers, decision theory, linear programming, transportation and assignment problems, queuing theory, network problems, simulation; application of statistical software (SYSTAT, SPSS, SIMULAS, etc.) and spreadsheets. MBA C414 Technology Management 3 0 3 Concept of technology, nature of technological change, economics of technology, corporate technology strategy, analysis for technology strategy, adoption and management of new technology, accounting for technology, appropriate technologies, transfer of technology, influence of government policies on technology, technology, management for sustainable development. MBA C415 Financial and Management Accounting 4 Basic concepts, double entry accounting, journal, ledger, trial balance, profit & loss account, balance sheet, cash flow statement, financial statement analysis, ratio analysis, cost-volume-profit analysis, inventory valuation, inflation accounting, cost accounting and budgetary control systems, financial analysis and forecasting. MBA C416 Corporate Finance and Taxation 4 Role and environment of managerial finance, time value of money (NPV, IRR), Project feasibility, budgeting, long term investment decisions, long term financing decisions (LT & ST), capital structures, dividend decisions, short term financing decisions, working capital management, principles of corporate taxation, income tax, capital gains tax, tax laws and provisions, financial engineering. MBA C417 Managerial Communication 4 Written communication: memos, letters, notices, agenda, minutes, resolutions, (project) proposals, reports; electronic communication: mail, privacy and `workplace monitoring, teleconferencing, oral communication: group communication, presentation, public speaking, media; non-verbal communication, effective listening and feedback; reading skills. MBA C418 Marketing 4 Definition, marketing research and forecasting demand, creating customer value, satisfaction and loyalty, analysing consumer and business markets, market segmentation, brand equity, brand positioning, product and pricing strategies, managing

216


services, managing value networks and channels, integrated marketing communication, international marketing. MBA C419 Production and Operations Management 4 Product & service design, plant location, aggregate planning, capacity, process, layout, sequencing & scheduling, line balancing, maintenance, quality (control, assurance, management), statistical quality control, queuing theory, project management. CPM, PERT. MBA C421 Supply Chain Management 4 Purchase/procurement, stores, material handling systems, inventory analysis, inventory models, disposals, make or buy, outsourcing; vendor selection, development, and relations; Material requirements planning, manufacturing resources planning, ERP, JIT inbound and outbound logistics, warehousing, transportation, packaging. MBA C422 Business and Society 4 Corporate social responsibility, business ethics, policies, codes, standards, ethics and decision making, environmental and social issues, workplace diversity, fostering ethics at work (whistle blower policy); business and social etiquette, internet and online behaviour, etiquette and office electronics. MBA C423 Business Policy and Strategic Management 4 Mission, vision, strategic intent, hierarchical levels of strategy, PEST analysis, SWOT analysis, industry analysis, organizational analysis, BCG matrix, GE matrix, core competencies, five force theory, value chain, competitive advantage, generic strategies, diversification, strategy implementation and control. MBA C424 International Business 3 0 3 Global Trade Protection, Cultural Environment, Legal Aspects, International Montary System, Overseas Business Options, MNCs, Regional Analysis, Screening and Segmentation, International Marketing Research, International Marketing Strategy, Export Policy and Institutional Infrastructure, Export Finance, Export Payments, Exchange Transactions, Product Planning; Positioning and Management, Distribution Policy; Management and Agreements, International Pricing and Promotion, Organizing for Overseas Markets. MBA C425 R & D Management 4 Distinctive need and particular structure for management of R&D systems; the close relationship between R&D objectives and innovation and precise time targets; micro considerations like economics and cost, science policy, criteria of choice , various issues connected with availability, transfer and marketing of technology; micro considerations in planning, organization, project selection, formulation and management, R&D cost estimating and budgeting human resources availability, evaluation and measurement of performance, control problems; mission-oriented research; technology missions enunciated by Indian Government.

217


MBA C426 Database Management Systems 4 Introduction to data bases and management; data files and structures; hierarchical, relation, network models; distributed data bases; query processing and query optimization, query languages; concepts of security and protection; case study of a data base systems. MBA C427 e-Business and Internet Marketing 4 e-business evolution & opportunities; categories of e-business; e-business models; network infrastructure & web based tools for e-business; e-business risks & risks management; network security and firewall; cryptography and authentication ; billing/payment systems; regulatory environment of e-business; ERP/SCM/CRM and web based marketing; business intelligence & intelligent systems; data warehousing and data mining; implementing e-business systems & change management. Case studies and projects in e-business areas; emerging e-business scenarios. MBA C428 Internet Security & Cyber Laws 4 Examination of issues related to network and information security, security concepts, security attacks and risks security architectures, security policy management, security mechanisms, cryptography algorithms, security standards, security system interoperation and case studies of the current major security systems. MBA C429 Recent Advances in ETM 4 Course description to be developed. MBA C433 Advertising and Sales Promotion 3 0 3 The communication process and models of persuasive communication; advertising research; advertising campaign components; advertising campaign planning; advertising/ media scene; media concepts; media planning & strategy ; advertising campaign planning, execution and evalution; advertising agencies; sales promotion strategy; measuring the effectiveness of the promotional program; regulations of advertising and promotion; Extending marketing communication to social communication, personal selling, international advertising, interactive advertising, advertising laws, social, ethical and moral issues. MBA C436 Strategic Financial Management 3 0 3 (Pre-requisite: MGTS C382 Financial Management or MBA C416 Corporate Finance and Taxation) Company value and the Manager’s Mission: Introduction to Valuation, Why Value? The Value Manager, Cash Is King and Value-Based Management. Approach to Valuation – A practitioner’s Guide: Frameworks for Valuation Methods: Discounted, Relative and Contingent Claim. Analyzing Historical Performance. Forecasting Performance. Estimation of Discount Rates. Estimation of Cash Flows. Estimation of Growth Rates. Valuation Models; Dividend-Discount Models, Free-Cash-Flow-to-Equity Discount

218


Models, Free-cash-Flow-to-Firm Approach, Price/Earning Ratio, Price/Book value Ratio and Price/Sales Ratio. Measuring and Managing the Company Value: Company value vs. shareholders wealth maximization –TSR. Economic Value Added, Market Value Added and Cash Value Added. Wealth Creator by the Indian Corporates. Analyzing the company Performance – Application of Balanced Scorecard (BSC). Applying Valuation: Multi business Valuation. Mergers, Acquisition, and Joint Ventures MBA C437 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management 3 0 3 Introduction to investment and securities; profile of financial assets; new issue market or primary market, initial public offerings (IPO); secondary market; framework of risk & return; fundamental analysis- economy, industry; company analysis; stock evaluation models; multiple holding period and multiple growth rate; bond analysis and bond management strategies; technical analysis; efficient market theory; portfolio management; Markowitz model; Sharpe’s Single Index model; capital asset pricing model; financial derivatives, options & futures. MBA C451 Internetworking Technologies 3 0 3 Introduction to internetworking concepts; the internet architecture; goals and key issues related to internetworking technologies; design aspects; HTTP and other relevant protocols; agent technology and tools relevant to the internet; techniques of data compression; voice, video, and interactive video-on-demand over the internet; multimedia operating systems and their impact; multimedia networking; mobile computing; internet security; case studies. MBA C454 Project Appraisal 3 0 3 Criteria for selection of a project; factor intensity, commercial profitability; national economic - profitability; limitations of market prices; estimation of shadow prices; linkup project appraisal to national objectives; McGaughey and Thorbeck approach; limitation of the conventional project appraisal; towards a new framework for project appraisal. MBA C471 Management Information Systems 3 0 3 Introduction to Information Systems; Concepts of management, concepts of information, systems concepts; Information Systems and Organizations; decision making process; database systems; data communications; planning, designing, developing and implementing information systems; quality assurance and evaluation of information systems; future developments and their organizational and social implications; decision support system and expert systems. MBA C481 Expert Systems 3* The object of this course is to study in details the features of expert systems and their role in the scientific world of today and tomorrow. It concentrates on the tools available to the knowledge engineer, expert systems, building techniques, and the difficulties which may be encountered during the development of an expert system.

219


MBA C482 Creating & Leading Entrepreneurial Organizations 3 0 3 The object of this course is to study in details the features of expert systems and their role in the scientific world of today and tomorrow. It concentrates on MBA C483 Marketing Research 3 0 3 An examination of the concepts and practical methodology used in marketing research. An overview of marketing research process, with emphasis on research design; data instrument design; questionnaire formulation; sampling plans; data collection methods -interviewing, panels; data analysis and use of computer based information systems for marketing intelligence. Also Time-series & Regression based models of sales forecasting, control and evaluation of marketing function and survey methodology are covered. Emphasis will be on cases and research projects. MBA C488 Services Management System 3 0 3 Understanding Services, the Service Sector today, Designing the Service Enterprise, Technological Issues, Structuring Service Operations, Processes Management, Staffing for Services, Functions of Services Management System, Client Relationships, Measuring and Reporting Services. MBA G512 Manufacturing Strategy 4 Corporate strategy; Missing links in manufacturing strategy; Audit approach; Restructuring; Manufacturing strategy process in practice; Formulation as a process; Operating strategies; Methodology framework; Lean production; Competitive priorities; Strategic value of response time and product variety; Flexibility in context of manufacturing strategy; Manufacturing focus; Business process reengineering; Theory of constraints; Link between strategy and organizational culture; Evolution of manufacturing systems; Operations management strategic perspective. MBA G522 Total Quality Management 4 TQM principles and practices; leadership; customer satisfaction; employee involvement; continuous process improvement; supplier partnership; performance measures; statistical process control; ISO 9000; benchmarking; quality function deployment; concurrent engineering; experimental design; Taguchi’s quality engineering; product liability. MBA G523 Project Management 4 Concepts and techniques of project formulation, evaluation and implementation; Project planning and scheduling; Risk management; Time-cost trade off; Resource levelling and allocation; Project monitoring and control; Contract management. MBA G552 Total Productive Maintenance 4 Outline of TPM; TPM – Challenging limits; Maximizing equipment effectiveness; Organizing for TPM implementation; TPM implementation and stabilization; TPM small group activities; the PM prize for outstanding TPM plants.

220


MBA G622 Software Project Management 4 Managing a software development project, concepts, objects of a project, environment of a software project, system development life cycle, tools, review process; documentation in software program management, procedures, diagramming techniques, management; Planning and monitoring a software project, project planning, management tools, software project definitions, project management packages, project control; software project definition, classification, project sizes and methodologies, feasibility, requirements and start-up; programmer productivity; software planning, control tools, accelerated design; prototyping and role in software project management; software production and software project management; software system installation, managing testing requirements, test plans, alpha and beta systems; emerging directions in project management.

* * * *

221


ANNEXURE-10

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS- ELECTIVES

222


Electives for First Degree Programmes BITS C461 Software Engineering 3*


This elective course enables students to analyze and design computer based information systems and facilitates them to develop basic skills in software engineering; adherence to software development standards and practices and improved understanding of different software process models for practical engineering applications.

Software engineering concepts and methodology; formal requirements specification; estimation; software project planning; detailed design; techniques of design; productivity; documentation; programming languages styles, code review; tool, integration and validation; software quality assurance; software maintenance; metrics, automated tools in software

BITS C467 Bioethics and Biosafety 3 0 3

Introduction to the need and issues governing biosafety, legal, ethical and social implications of human gene manipulation, guidelines for research in transgenic organisms and plants, socio-economic impacts of biotechnological experiments, GLP and MGP and CPCSEA guidelines, patent processing, ethics in stem cell research, animal cloning and organ transplants, environmental pollution-hazards and control, public education and participation in biosafety.

BITS C468 New Venture Creation 3 0 3

Entrepreneurship as career option, idea to opportunity – market analysis and segmentation, presenting a pitch deck, building the startup team, competition analysis, lean startups, product development, intellectual property, sales and marketing, business models, financing, launching a business, growth and exit strategy, social entrepreneurship, business plan presentation skills.

BITS C469 Financing Infrastructure Projects. 3 0 3

Investment decisions in infrastructural projects: benefit cost analysis, measurement problems, indirect estimation methods of benefits; Cost of capital: private and public money, different schools of thought on social capital- cases; Multiple projects and constraints: linear and integer programming models, goal programming formulation; Financing infrastructure projects: venture capital, sources of capital–private and public participation, modes of cooperation such as BOOT and BOT national and international sources, international agencies, borrowing terms and conditionalities; Public policy

223


issues, leasing and mortgaging, evaluation issues, infrastructural mutual funds, valuation aspects; Real options, value of option for delay, abandonment and vacant land – judgmental assessment of options; post review and administrative issues in project management, international (cross country) projects, implementation issues.

BITS C494 Environmental Impact Assessment. 3 1 4

Environment and global problems; Framing Environmental issues; effects of infrastructure development on environment; prediction and assessment of environmental impacts of infrastructure projects: technical and procedural aspects, guidelines and legal aspects of environmental protection, impacts on air, water, soil and noise environment, valuation, strategic assessment, mathematical modelling for environmental processes; social impact assessment (SIA), dislocation/disruption impact of Infrastructure projects; Life Cycle Assessments (LCA) and risk analysis methodologies; mitigation of environmental impacts; case studies; environmental management plan (EMP), national and international certification and guidelines including ISO

CS C441 Selected Topics from Computer Science 3

This course is primarily intended to introduce the students of computer science to topics, either in recent advances or of special interest. Topics may be taken from one or more of the areas like artificial intelligence, theory of computing, networking and distributed processing, digital control, information theory, super computers, special purpose architectures and language processors.

The course will be unstructured and operationally polarized depending upon the interests and pursuits of the professional in the discipline. Actual structuring will be announced from time to time engineering.

(Web based Services and Internet-based Distributed Computing)

Introduction to Service oriented architecture: Significance of XML based data representation; XML parsers; XML style sheet overview; Web Services basics; Web services architecture UDDI and its role in publishing information about web services; JAVA based API calls to access protocol for internet based distributed computing; Discovering information about web services from UDDI; Web services security; Role of web services in electronic application integration; ebXML and B-to-B integration; .NET and J2EE tools support for web services development and deployment; web services and mobile platforms 3.

224


CS C444 Real–Time Systems 3 0 3



CS C471 Computer Graphics 2 2 3

This lab based course provides an understanding and opportunity to design and develop graphic systems such as animation of realistic objects, creation of geometric models for 2-D and 3-D objects.

Generation of dots, lines, arcs and polygons; colour graphics, shades and levels; image transformation, windowing and clipping; 2-D and 3-D graphics; data structures, algorithms and optimization methods; case studies using GKS, CORE, etc; graphic languages and compilers.

EA C 451 Inter networking Technologies 3 0 3

This course provides an overview of internetworking technologies applied to web services and techniques and protocols facilitating internet-based distributed computing. Introduction to networking concepts; the internet architecture; goals and key issues related to internetworking technologies; design aspects; HTTP and other relevant protocols; agent technology and tools relevant to the internet; techniques of data compression; voice, video, and interactive video-on-demand over the internet; multimedia operating systems and their impact; multimedia networking ; mobile computing; internet security; case studies.

EEE C415 Digital Signal Processing 3 0 3

This elective course provides an insight into the theoretical and practical aspects of digital signal processing

Introduction; design of analog filters; design of digital filters ( IIR and FIR); structures for the realization of digital filters; random signals and random processes; linear estimation and prediction; Wiener filters; DSP processor architecture; DSP algorithms for different applications

225


EEE C462 Advanced Power Systems 3 0 3

Prerequisite: EEE C371 or INSTR C371

This course covers economics and methods of power generation (both conventional and non-conventional) transmission and distribution including their electrical and mechanical designs. Also the course offer the knowledge of stability and switch gear and protection.

Symmetrical components, sequence impedances; fault calculations; short circuit studies; circuit breakers and their selections; power system stability, power system protection--generators, transformers and lines; waves on transmission lines, protective devices -- grounded and ungrounded systems

INSTR C421 Digital Systems 3 0 3

Prerequisite: EEE C391 or INSTR C391

This course provides an in-depth knowledge of principles of digital system design with emphasis on microprocessor based instrumentation with emphasis on measurement and control applications

INSTR C451 Process Control 3 0 3

(Course description is same as given under CHE C441)

Prerequisite: AAOC C321 Control Systems

This is an application and analysis oriented course offering students an in-depth insights into modelling and simulation techniques of typical industrial process control with special emphasis and applications involving instrumentation employed in chemical industries.

Dynamic modelling and simulation of momentum, energy and mass transfer and reacting systems; analysis of the dynamic behaviour of lumped and distributed parameter systems; analysis and design of simple feed back and advanced control systems; design of control systems with multiple input and multiple output; introduction to computer control.

INSTR C481 Medical Instrumentation 3 0 3



Basic components of bio-medical instruments, bio-electric signals and recording electrodes, transducers, recording and display devices. Patient care and monitoring

226


systems, cardiovascular measurements-blood pressure, blood flow, cardiac output, heart sounds etc.; instrumentation for respiratory and nervous systems, analysis of EEG, ECG, EMG, EOG and action potentials, non- invasive diagnostic measurements - temperature, ultrasonic diagnosis, CAT scan techniques, sensory measurements-motor response, analysis of behaviour etc. biotelemetry, biofeedback, clinical laboratory instruments, X-ray diagnosis. Recent advances in biomedical instrumentation- microprocessor based systems, lasers and optical fiber based systems.

EA C473 Multimedia Computing 3 0 3

The course introduces multimedia computing techniques employed in data streams, networks, operating systems and architectures with emphasis on theoretical, algorithmic and advanced architectural aspects of multimedia design.

Introduction to multimedia; media and data streams; image, video and audio file formats; image and video processing, synthesis of sound signal; image coding and compression, video and audio codecs, low bit rate video telephony; audio-visual integration, lip reading, face animation; augmented reality; multimedia search services, content based image and video indexing; access to multimedia, human-machine interfaces, spoken language interface; algorithm vs. architecture based approaches, multimedia processors, performance quantification; case studies, vision 2010.

EA C482 Fuzzy Logic and Applications 3 0 3

This elective course provides understanding of fundamentals of this emerging area “Fuzzy logic” along with an insight into its current trends and applications

Fuzzy sets, fuzzy binary relations; fuzzy logic, fuzzy reasoning; applications in decision making, control theory, expert systems, artificial intelligence etc.

INSTR C392 Analysis Instrumentation 3 0 3

The course offers basic principles and applications of analysis instruments

Generalized configuration of an analysis instrument. Off-line analysis instruments: emission spectrometers, UV/VIS/IR absorption spectrophotometers, flame emission and atomic absorption spectrophotometers, X-ray fluorescence spectrometer and diffractometer, NMR and mass spectrometers, pH-meters, gas chromatographs, electrochemical instruments, analytical electron microscopes. On line analyzers: Sampling systems for gases and liquids,

fluid density monitors, consistency and viscosity analyzers, thermal conductivity gas analyzers, paramagnetic oxygen analyzers, chemical composition analyzers, on-line instruments for measuring standard parameters, e.g. vapour pressure, distillation characteristics, cloud point, pour point, flash point etc. Recent developments.

227


CHE C413 Process Plant Safety 3 0 3

Role of safety in society; Engineering aspects of process plant safety; Chemical hazards and worker safety; Hazardous properties of chemicals; Safety aspects in site selection and plant layout; Design and inspection of pressure vessels Storage, handling and transportation of hazardous chemicals; Risk assessment methods; Toxic release, fire and explosions; Boiling liquid expanding vapour explosions, Safety audit; Emergency planning and disaster management; Case studies.

CHE C432 Computer Aided Process Plant Design 3 0 3

Introduction to chemical engineering, process plant and methodology for computer aided process design of process design and analysis; it further undertakes computer aided design of process equipment viz., distillation column, absorption column, heat exchanger, evaporator, condenser, pressure vessel, piping, etc; and plant safety practice. The course contains a project work on computer aided design of the specific plant or equipment.

PSY C211 Introductory Psychology 3 0 3

The course comprises of a basic introduction to psychology.

Functions of the brain; perceptual and sensory process; process of learning, memory, intelligence and human personality.

HIST C213 Gulf History and Culture 3 0 3

This course offers a broad perspective of middle-east history for the prospective engineers.

Introduction to the Arab Gulf, Prophet Muhammad and appearance of Islam, Arab caliphates and expansion of Islam, Ottoman Empire, Islam and its basic tenets, Islamic culture and society, Islamic contribution to civilizations, modern history: Age of nation states, oil and the Arab world, years of turmoil, Arab world in the twenty first century.

MGTS C233 Principles of Marketing for Engineers 3 0 3

The course aims at acquaint the engineering students with principles of marketing and equip them with the necessary skills required to market, engineering product(s) / skill(s) towards leading a successful career.

To know the meaning of marketing management. Birds eye view of marketing and the entire course, adapting marketing to the new economy, building customer satisfaction, value and retention of customers and measuring market demand, marketing research,

228


planning, and the marketing process, analyzing the consumer markets and the business buying behaviour, Identifying market segments and selecting target market, Positioning, Product and Brand management and new product planning, Developing price strategies, Distribution strategy; designing and managing marketing channels, Promotional strategy; Managing Integrated Marketing communications, Managing advertising, sales promotion and public relations, managing total marketing effort, Industrial marketing.

* * * * *

229


Emerging Area (EA) Courses EA C342 Computer Aided Design 3*

This course deals with imparting the practical skills of various design packages.

Computer Aided Drafting and tools for graphics; mathematical tools; convergence criteria; design tools like modelling, simulation, spread sheets and use of specialized packages etc.; students will be required to do projects, specialized works for which a pool of guides will be drawn from several disciplines

EA C422 Fibre Optics and Optoelectronics 3*

This course covers theory and principles of optical fibre and their characterization. Also provide an in-depth coverage and application of optoelectronic principles

Theory of optical fibres; image transmission by fibres; technology of fibre production; fibre testing; characterization of optical fibres; detectors and sources for fibre optic systems; active fibres; applications of optical fibres; optoelectronic devices and applications

EA C442 Remote Sensing and Image Processing 3*

The course provides a comprehensive introduction on Remote sensing principles with emphasis on applications in image processing

Introduction to remote sensing; types of sensors; earth resource sensors; Landsat; IRS; SPOT; microwave remote sensing; SAR; SLAR; thermal infrared remote sensing; data analysis; image processing; smoothing; filtering; image averaging; enhancement techniques; transforms; FFT; PCA; segmentation; gradient operators; pattern recognition; ML classifier; minimum distance classifier; other classifiers; ISODATA clustering; feature selection; divergence; canonical analysis; recent developments in remote sensing; LIDAR; imaging spectroscopy etc

EA C443 Image Processing 3 0 3

This course covers fundamental principles of image processing with emphasis on modern applications such as Pattern Recognition, Data Compression and Neural Networks.

Introduction to Image Processing and Imaging systems, Image sampling, Transforms, Enhancement and Restoration, Coding and Communications, Image Compression, Image understanding, Neural network and PR Approaches

230


EA C451 Internetworking Technologies 3 0 3

This course covers in-depth coverage of the concepts, techniques and protocols employed in Internetworking with emphasis on modern applications such as mobile computing, internet security.

Introduction to internetworking concepts; the internet architecture; goals and key issues related to internetworking technologies; design aspects; HTTP and other relevant protocols; agent technology and tools relevant to the internet; techniques of data compression; voice, video, and interactive video-on-demand over the internet; multimedia operating systems and their impact; multimedia networking; mobile computing; internet security; case studies

EA C452 Mobile Telecommunication Networks 3 0 3

This introduces the field of mobile and wireless communication systems encompassing all its basic concepts with emphasis on first and second generation systems. It offer the student requisite knowledge to follow future generation mobile telecommunication systems.

Fundamentals of mobile telecommunications, with an overview of first generation (analog) systems and more detailed coverage of second generation (digital) technologies; technology basics including descriptions of wireless network elements, spectrum allocation, frequency re-use, characteristics of the transmission medium; over the-air (OTA) interface characteristics; capacity, coverage, speech coding,

EA C461 Artificial Intelligence 3*

The objective of this course is to give an introduction to the problems and techniques of Artificial Intelligence along with the applications of Artificial Intelligence.

Techniques to the fields like natural language understanding, image processing, game theory and problem solving. The course also aims at understanding its implementation using LISP and PROLOG languages.

EA C463 Neural Networks and Applications 3 0 3

This course introduces the knowledge of architectures, learning paradigms of artificial neural networks and their applications.

Introduction to neural networks and fuzzy systems’ neural dynamics; activations and signals; activation models; unsupervised and supervised learning rules and their domain of applications; architectures of neural systems; adaptive fuzzy and neural control systems and their comparison; case studies on fuzzy and neural control systems.

231


EA C472 Photovoltaic Devices 3 0 3

This course provides the basic principles and applications of photovoltaic devices

Introduction to photovoltaic energy conversion: physics of semiconductors, p-n junction band diagram, Fermi energy, surface states and types of defects; photovoltaic solar cells; p-n junction, metal - schottky junction, electrolyte - semiconductor junction, and other types of photovoltaic devices; characterizations of solar cells and photovoltaic modules, and applications in various systems: storage battery, DC drives, water pumps, space applications and power plants.

EA C473 Multimedia Computing 3 0 3

The course introduces multimedia computing techniques employed in data streams, networks, operating systems and architectures with emphasis on theoretical, algorithmic and advanced architectural aspects of multimedia design.

Introduction to multimedia; media and data streams; image, video and audio file formats; image and video processing, synthesis of sound signal; image coding and compression, video and audio codecs, low bit rate video telephony; audio-visual integration, lip reading, face animation; augmented reality; multimedia search services, content based image and video indexing; access to multimedia, human-machine interfaces, spoken language interface; algorithm vs. architecture based approaches, multimedia processors, performance quantification; case studies, vision 2010.

EA C481 Expert Systems 3*

The objective of this course is to study in details the features of expert systems and their role in the scientific world of today and tomorrow. It concentrates on the tools available to the knowledge engineer, expert systems, building techniques, and the difficulties which may be encountered during the development of an expert system.

EA C482 Fuzzy Logic and Applications 3 0 3

This elective course provides understanding of fundamentals of this emerging area “Fuzzy logic” along with an insight into its current trends and applications

Fuzzy sets, fuzzy binary relations; fuzzy logic, fuzzy reasoning; applications in decision making, control theory, expert systems, artificial intelligence etc.

EA C414 Introduction to Bioinformatics 3 0 3

The course is designed to impart the students/beginner with the fundamentals which would enable the understanding of the intricacies and vast scope of Bioinformatics.

232


Introduction to genomic & Proteomics, Human Genome and other sequence similarity search and sequence alignment, Protein structure predication and structure analysis, use of software package in Bioinformatics.

* * * * *

233


3. Electives for Higher Degree Programmes a. Design Engineering Electives (any Two) DE G513 Tribology 5 Introduction, lubricants and lubrication, surface texture, bearing materials fundamentals of viscous flow, Reynolds equation and applications, thrust bearings, journal bearings, squeeze-film bearings, hydrostatic bearings, gas bearings, dry and starved bearings, selecting bearing type and size, principles and operating limits, fraction, wear and lubrication. DE G514 Fracture Mechanics 5 Introduction, energy release rate, stress intensity factor and complex cases, anelastic deformation at the crack tip, elastic plastic analysis through J-integral crack tip opening displacement, .test methods, fatigue failure, numerical analysis, mixed mode crack initiation and growth. DE G521 Instrumentation and Applied Electronics 5 Generalized instrumentation system fro measurement and control; performance characteristics of instruments; analytical techniques – time and frequency domain analysis, Laplace and Fourier transform techniques; sensors and transducers; Feedback measurement system, ynalmg and digital signal conditioning and conversion techniques, telemetry techniques, improvement of signal-to-noise ratio, statistical instrumentation techniques; transducers interfacing; computer control instrumentation, electronic bench instruments, etc. DE G522 Design Projects 5 Practice in engineering design through projects emphasizing creative solutions to engineering design problem. Illustrative case studies of design will be taken up. The course will be conducted through selected group/ individual projects. EA C415 Introduction to MEMS 4* Overview, history and industry perspective; working principles; mechanics and dynamics, thermo-fluid engineering; scaling law; micro-actuators, micro-sensors and micro-electromechanical systems; micro-system design, modelling and simulation; materials; packaging; micro-fabrication: bulk, surface, LIGA etc; micro-manufacturing; Micro-fluidics; micro-robotics; case studies. MSE G511 Mechatronics 3 2 5 Concepts of measurements of electrical and non electrical parameters; displacement, force, pressure etc. and related signal conditioning techniques, drives and actuators, concepts of microprocessors/ microcontrollers architecture and programming, memory and I/O interfacing. System design concepts through case studies.

234


MSE G531 Concurrent Engineering 3 2 5 Introduction of concurrent engineering and need, concurrent engineering tools, advances in design and manufacturing engineering, design for manufacture, design for assembly, rapid prototyping, simulation concurrent approaches to design, manufacturing and other aspects of engineering. MST G511 Nondestructive Testing Techniques 3 2 5 Ultrasonic Testing, X-radiography, eddy current testing, magnetic methods of crack detection, liquid penetrant inspection, acoustic emission and acousto-ultrasonic testing techniques. MST G522 Advanced Composites 3 2 5 Definition of composite materials; classification; particulates and dispersion hardened composites, continuous and discontinuous fiber reinforced composites, metal-matrix composite, carbon-carbon composites, molecular composites, micro and multilayer composites, theory of reinforcement; reinforcement by continuous and discontinuous fibres, concept of microfibril; effect of orientation and adhesion; mechanical behaviour of composites, stress-strain relationship, strength, fracture toughness and fatigue; properties of fibre reinforcement and production technology of composites. MST G531 Experimental Stress Analysis Techniques 3 2 5 Strain gauges, photo elasticity, brittle lacquer, three dimensional photo elasticity, Moire methods.

* * * * *

235


b. Microelectronics Electives (any Three) BITS G554 Data Compression 3 2 5 Introduction: the need for data compression. Information theory and data compression; Entropy, Relative entropy and mutual information. Fano’s inequality. Types of information source, and source extension. Asymptotic equi-partition property and data compression. Entropy rates of stochastic process. Kraft inequality, Prefix codes, Huffman codes and Arithmetic coding. Quantization and Rate distortion theory. Lossy image compression techniques based on DCT, VQ and Fractals. Introduction to wavelets: continuous and discrete wavelet transforms. Filter banks and wavelet based signal processing. Joint source and channel coding. CS G553 Reconfigurable Computing 5 Overview of Programmable Logics. FPGA fabric architectures. Logic Elements and Switch Networks. Design and Synthesis of Combinational and Sequential Elements, Placement and Routing. Pipelining and other Design Methodologies. Fine-grained and Coarse Grained FPGAs. Static and Dynamic Reconfiguration. Partitioning. Hardware/Software Portioning and Partial Evaluation. Systolic Architectures. CS G555 System Specifications & Modelling 3 3 3 Requirement analysis, specification formalisms, system modelling issues, system modelling languages, Hardware Specification and verification languages, EDA tools and its applications. CS G562 Advanced Architecture and Performance Evaluation 3 2 5 Introduction to advanced architectures; parallel processing; pipelining and vector processing; array processing; SIMD computers and processor enhancement; performance evaluation methods, statistics and discrete math applications; modelling for evaluation of virtual memory; time sharing environments. CS G612 Fault Tolerant System Design 2 3 5 Principles of fault tolerance systems, redundancy, parallel and shared resources, spatial systems, Configuration, design aspects etc. EA C415 Introduction to MEMS 4* Overview, History and industry perspective; working principles; mechanics and dynamics, thermo-fluid engineering; scaling law; micro-actuators, micro-sensors and micro-electromechanical systems; micro-system design, modelling and simulation; materials; packing; micro-fabrication; bulk, bulk, surface, LIGA etc; micro-manufacturing; micro-fluidics; micro-robotics; case studies. EEE C415 Digital Signal Processing 3 0 3 Introduction; design of analog filters; design of digital filters ( IIR and FIR ); structures for the realization of digital filters; random signals and random processes; linear

236


estimations and prediction; wiener filters; DSP processor architecture; DSP algorithms for different applications. EEE G510 RF Microelectronics 5 Introduction: application of RF electronics in modern systems; basic concepts in RF circuit design, active RF components; various RF diodes and transistors and their circuit models, matching and biasing networks, RF amplifier design; low power, low noise and broad band amplifier s, RF oscillator design ; negative resistance oscillator; dielectric resonator oscillators, phase noise. RF Mixers; Balanced mixers; low noise mixers; noise in RF circuits, microwave transmitters and receivers. EEE G512 Embedded System Design 3 1 4 Introduction to embedded systems; embedded architectures: Architectures and programming of microcontrollers and DSP. Embedded applications and technologies; power issues in system design; introduction to software and hardware co-design. EEE G592 Mobile & Personal Communication 3 2 5 History of mobile radio; the mobile radio signal environment; review of statistical techniques; oath over flat as well as hilly terrain; effects of RF system design on propagation; received signal envelope and phase characteristics; modulation schemes employed; functional design of mobile radio systems, diversity; schemes space; frequency and polarization diversity; mobile radio system functional design; signal error analysis versus performance criteria; multiple access schemes; classification of concepts of sensitive topics; new concepts data transmission via cellular; spectrum and technology of WLL. EEE G626 Hardware and Software Co-Design 4 Course description is same as given under HTSL ZG631 <Could not locate> MEL G512 Optoelectronic Devices, Circuits and Systems 3 2 5 Physics of optical radiation and principles of calculation in radiation physics and optics, fundamental laws of photometry. Interaction between optical radiation and matter. Radiation sources. Parameters of IR detectors and junction photo-detectors, parameters common to emitters and receiver, radiation measurements, optoelectronic components, optoelectronic integrated devices, photo-detector circuits, methods of modulation and optoelectronic system design and applications. MEL G531 Testable Design & fault tolerant computing 3 2 5 Fault: types modelling and simulation; testing methodologies, coverage, economics and quality; test vector generation: design for testability, built-in self tests; fault tolerant computing; fault tolerant software.

237


MEL G612 Integrated Electronic System Design 2 2 4 General Architectural features of 8/16/32 bit microprocessors, programmers model of 8086, assembly language programming, hardware design around 8086, bus based systems design, system design around IBM PC, design of real – time systems, ASCII’s development tools. MEL G622 Introduction to Artificial Neural Networks 2 2 4 Fundamentals and definitions; Perceptrons, back propagation and counter propagation Networks; Statistical methods for network training; Hopfield nets; Associative memories; Optical neural networks; Applications of neural networks in speech processing, computer networks and visual processing. MEL G623 Advanced VLSI Design 5 Deep submicron device behaviour and models, Interconnect modelling for parasitic estimation, Clock signals and system timing—Digital phase locked loop design, memory and array structures, Input/output circuits design ASIC technology, FPGA technology, High Speed arithmetic circuits design, -Parallel prefix computation, Logical effort in circuit design, Low power VLSI circuits-Adiabatic logic circuits, Multi threshold circuits, Digital BICMOS circuits, Design of VLSI systems. MEL G624 Advanced VLSI Architectures 5 Instruction set design and architecture of programmable DSP architectures; dedicated DSP architectures for filters and FFT’s; DSP transformation and their use in DSP architecture design; Application Specific Instruction set Processor; superscalar and VLIW architectures. MEL G625 Advanced Analog and Mixed Signal design 5 Mixed signal blocks and design issues, Design of high speed comparators, opamps, Design of sample and hold circuits, Different architectures of analog converters, Design of CMOS analog multipliers and dividers, Design of switched capacitor filters, Design of phase locked loop, layout techniques for analog and mixed signal design, noise issues. MEL G626 VLSI Test and Testability 5 Fault models and types; automated test generation for combinational logic; test generation for sequential logic; need for adding testability logic; design for test ability; Ad-hoc DFT methods; structured DFT; test generation for delay fault; issues in analog circuit testing and testability.

238


c. Software Systems Electives (any Two) BITS C463 Cryptography 3 0 3 Objectives of cryptography; ciphers – block and stream; mathematical foundations – modular arithmetic; finite fields, discrete logarithm, primality algorithms; RSA; digital signatures; interactive proofs; zero-knowledge proofs; probabilistic algorithms; pseudo-randomness. BITS C464 Machine Learning 3 0 3 Neural networks; neuro - computing theory and applications, knowledge representation; computational learning theory; statistical/probabilistic methods, genetic algorithms; inductive/analytic/reinforcement learning and Bayesian networks; selected topics such as alpha beta pruning in game trees, computer models of mathematical reasoning, natural language understanding and philosophical implications. BITS G553 Real Time Systems 5 Real time software, Real time operating systems scheduling, virtual memory issues and file systems, real time data bases, fault tolerance and exception handling techniques, reliability evaluation, data structures and algorithms for real time/embedded systems, programming languages, compilers and run time environment for real time /embedded systems, real time system design, real time communication and security, real time constraints and multi processing and distributed systems. BITS G554 Data Compression 3 2 5 Introduction: the need for data compression. Information theory and data compression; Entropy, Relative entropy and mutual information. Fano’s inequality. Types of information source, and source extension. Asymptotic equi-partition property and data compression. Entropy rates of stochastic process. Kraft inequality, Prefix codes, Huffman codes and Arithmetic coding. Quantization and Rate distortion theory. Lossy image compression techniques based on DCT, VQ and Fractals. Introduction to wavelets: continuous and discrete wavelet transforms. Filter banks and wavelet based signal processing. Joint source and channel coding. EA C451 Internetworking Technologies 3 0 3 Introduction to internetworking concepts; the internet architecture; goals and key issues related to internetworking technologies; design aspects; HTTP and other relevant protocols; agent technology and tools relevant to the internet; techniques of data compression; voice, video, and interactive video-on demand over the internet; multimedia operating systems and their impact; multimedia networking; mobile computing; internet security; case studies. EA C473 Multimedia Computing 3 0 3 Introduction to multimedia; media & data streams; image, video & audio file formats; image & video processing, synthesis of sound signal; image coding & compression,

239


video & audio codes. Low bit reading rate video telephony; audio –visual integration lip reading face animation ; augmented reality; multimedia search services, content based image & video indexing; access to multimedia, human-machine interfaces spoken language interface; algorithm Vs. architecture based approaches, multimedia processors, performance quantification; case studies, vision 2010. EEE G512 Embedded System Design 3 1 4 Introduction to embedded systems; embedded architectures: Architectures and programming of microcontrollers and DSP. Embedded applications and technologies; power issues in system design; introduction to software and hardware co-design. IS C415 Data Mining 3 0 3 Data Mining – Introduction, fundamental concepts; motivation and applications; role of data warehousing in data mining; challenges and issues in data mining; Knowledge Discovery in Databases (KDD); role of data mining in KDD; algorithms for data mining; tasks like decision-tree construction, finding association rules, sequencing, classification, and clustering; applications of neural networks and machine learning for tasks of classification and clustering. IS C422 Parallel Computing 3 0 3 Introduction to parallel computing; Models of parallel computers; Interconnection networks, basic communication operations; Introduction to parallel algorithms, Parallel programming paradigms; issues in implementing algorithms on parallel computers; Parallel programming with message passing interface; Performance analysis; Scalability analysis; Basic design techniques for parallel algorithms; Parallel algorithms for selected topics like sorting, searching and merging, matrix algebra, graphs, discrete optimization problems and computational geometry. IS C424 Software for Embedded system 3 0 3 Real –time and embedded system; software issues in embedded system; software development process; requirements analysis; use Cases, identification and analysis of use cases, use case diagrams; design; architectural design, design patterns, and detailed design; implementation: languages, compilers, runtime environments and operating systems for embedded software; testing; methodologies, tests cases IS C446 Data Storage Technologies and Networks 3 0 3 Storage Media and Technologies – Magnetic, Optical and Semiconductor media, techniques for read/write operations, issues and limitations. Usage and Access – Positioning in the memory hierarchy, Hardware and Software Design for access, Performance issues. Large Storages – Hard Disks, Networked Attached Storage, Scalability issues, Networking issues. Storage Architecture – Storage Partitioning, Storage Area Networks – Hardware and Software Components, Storage Clusters/Grids. Storage QoS – Performance, Reliability, and Security issues.

240


IS C462 Network Programming 3 0 3 Overview of computer networks; inter-process communication; network programming; socket interface; client-server computing model; design issues, concurrency in server and clients; external data representation; remote procedure calls; network file systems; distributed system design. IS C471 Computer Graphics 2 2 3 Generation of dots, lines arcs and polygons; colour graphics, shades and levels; image transformation, windowing and clipping; 2-D and 3-D graphics; data structures, algorithms and optimization methods; case studies using GKS, CORE, etc; graphic languages and compilers. IS C481 Graphical User Interface 3 0 3 Concepts of an user interface; User Interface Management Systems; Interaction styles; Event – Driven programming, Graphical User Interface components and example; emphasis will be on programming on GUI environments like MS Windows. ITEB G621 supply chain Management 4 Customer driven strategies in production and distribution systems; Integrated production & distribution networks; SCM in the context of JIT and MRP-II; Distribution Resource Planning; Management of dealer networks; Total Quality Control & product innovation across the supply chain; Incoming logistics & supplier relationships; Value addition analysis; Metrics for management of supply chain performance; Mathematical models and computer assisted decision support for SCM; mathematical programming for SCM. SS G512 Object Oriented Programming 2 4 4 Basics of object oriented programming; objects, classes, instance, polymorphism; operator overloading; static and dynamic binding; small talk, c++, cases from other object oriented languages like Ada, Loop, Flavours, Objective-C etc,; object oriented software engineering. SS G513 Network Security 3 1 4 This course examines issues related to network and information security. Topics includes security concepts, security attacks and risks, security architectures, security policy management, security mechanisms, cryptography algorithms, security standards, security system interoperation and case studies of the current major security systems. SS G517 Data Structure and Algorithm Analysis 5 Abstract data types; Linear data structures; Hash functions, Binary and other trees, traversal algorithms; Heaps and balanced trees; Sorting and searching techniques; Divide and conquer, recursion, backtracking, branch and bound; Computational complexity and bounds.

241


SS G518 Database Design and Application 5 DBMS architecture; Data Models; Network model, Hierarchical model and Relational model; Database design & optimization; Query processing & Query optimization ; Transaction Processing Concurrency control; Recovery; security & protection; Introduction to Object oriented data model & Multimedia Databases. SS G522 Software Development Standards 1 3 4 Standards and their role in software development; institutions involved in formulating and promoting standards; operating environment standards; POSIX; software design standards; diagramming standards; coding standards; language design, code generation and usage standards; software portability and standards; standards in software development tools; standards in compilers and interpreters; open system; OSI; user interface standards. SS G532 Information Theory 4 <To be Announced Later> SS G541 User Interfaces 1 3 4 Emerging importance of user interfaces; user interface management systems; designing UIMS toolkits; hardware and OS aids in user interface development; human and psychological factors in user interface design; theories, principles and guidelines; emerging interaction styles; menu selection system, command languages, direct manipulation; interaction device; hypertext; standards in user interface design and implementation; case studies from Domain Dialog; Apple’s user interface; Open look; OSF/Motif. SS G542 Knowledge Management 3 Increasing knowledge work in organizations; technologies to support growth of knowledge work in organizations; scope, cost, efficiency and reliability of technologies to support knowledge work; role of knowledge in an enterprise; knowledge management process; knowledge management strategies; human aspects of knowledge management; Knowledge management technologies; applications of technologies to be covered through cases; reading assignments and use of appropriate software. SS G551 Advance Compilation Techniques 5 Generic Code Optimization Techniques – loop optimization, inlining, and other transformations. Impact of architecture son code generation and optimization: RISC architectures, VLIW architectures, special purpose architectures. Architectures-specific - code optimizations – register allocation, instruction scheduling. Code Optimizations under real time / embedded constraints – cache less / diskless memory models, bounded time responses. Garbage collection techniques. Virtual Machines and Just-in-Time Compilation Techniques – Hotspot-like optimizations. Implementation of exception handling, concurrency, and generic jumps ( like call/cc).

242


SS G552 Software Testing Methodologies 1 3 4 Standards and their role in software development; Institutions involved in formulating and promoting standards; operating environment standards; POSIX; software design standards; diagramming standards; coding standards; language design, code generation and usage standards; software portability and standards; standards in software development tools; standards in compilers and interpreters; open systems; OSI; user interface standards. SS G554 Distributed Data Systems 3 2 5 Distributed file systems – File System Models; Replication and Synchronization – Catching; Failure & recovery; File System Security. Distributed Database – Distributed Data Sources and Updates; Database connectivity; Concurrency Control and distribution mechanism; Distributed indexing schemes. Database security. Data on the Web – Web as a distributed data repository. Data Collection and Use Crawlers, Search Engines, and Indexing Schemes. Information Retrieval Techniques. Data Exchange – Hierarchical Data Models, XML, and query languages, Semi- Structured / Unstructured data – querying and synchronization. Pervasive Data – Data distribution and access for non-computing devices, small computing devices, embedded computing devices and sensory devices. SS G624 Computer Based Simulation Modelling 5 Discrete event simulation on computers; Systems simulation & simulation languages; GAP & GPSS; continuous simulation – languages and modelling techniques; Forrester’s models; case studies. SS G641 Management Information and Decision Support Systems 5 Data & Information; characteristics of information; components of management information systems; information flows; design and maintenance of management information systems; decision support systems.

* * * * *

243


d. Biotechnology Electives (any Two) BENG G521 Bioinformatics 3 2 5 General search methods, means -ends analysis, problem reduction, goal tree. Optimal search, dynamic programming principle, mini-max procedure, alpha-beta pruning. Statistical preliminaries, sampling and sampling distribution, estimation, hypothes’s testing Scoring systems and comparison of two sequences. Global multiple alignment. Construction of polygenetic trees. Search in biological database, pattern discovery in set of sequences. Sequences and structure of macromolecules. Transcription and translation.

BIO C414 Genetic Engineering 1 6 3 The primary objective of the course is to familiarize the students with a comprehensive set of basic techniques, which comprises of isolation of plasmid from bacterial cell, preparation of competent cell, transformation and various methods of gene transfer, restriction digestion, restriction mapping , ligation, PCR Southern and Northern hybridization. Students will be introduced to the dissection of mice and splenocyte culture. An exposure will also be given on various plant tissue culture techniques; micro propagation callus and suspension culture, isolation of DNA from plant cell and its manipulation. BIO C417 Bio-molecular Modelling 3 0 3 Bio-molecular Conformation, Structural genomics and proteomics, protein folding, Forecefield, Simulation, Conformation analysis, ab initio structure prediction, comparative modelling, lattice models, usage of modelling packages. BIO C421 Enzymology 3 0 3 Prerequisite: BIO C211 Enzyme nomenclature and classification; isolation and purification; structures; kinetics; regulation of enzymatic reactions; evaluation of enzymes and other proteins. BIO C441 Biochemical Engineering 3 0 3 Principles of Chemical Engineering applied to Bioprocesses; Kinetic Models for growth, substrate utilization and product formation; Biological reaction kinetics and applied enzyme catalysis; immobilized biocatalysts; Bioreactor Design and Operation; Fermentation, Up-stream & downstream processing; Novel Bioreactor Configurations; Transport phenomena in Bioprocesses; Instrumentation and control; Bioprocess Optimization and Scale up; Industrial Protein Purification Techniques; Commercial Enzymes & Biopharmaceuticals Bioprocess Patenting, Economics & Feasibility Studies. BIO C451 Bioprocess Technology 3* Bioprocess Principles; Kinetics of Biomass production, substrate utilization and product formation; Kinetics of enzyme catalyzed reactions and applied enzyme catalysis

244


Fermentation process parameters parameters and controls, Upstream and downstream processing; Bioreactor Design & Operation; Transport process in Bioreactors; Novel Bioreactors Configurations; Immobilized biocatalysts; Bioconversion; Protein Purification; Industrial applications of Bioprocesses; Bioprocess Patenting & Economics. BIO C461 Recombinant DNA Technology 3 0 3 The course deals with theoretical aspects of recombinant DNA manipulation. Emphasis will be placed on procedures to create chemical molecules using examples from actual experimental work. Vector designing, polymerase chain reaction, invitro mutagenesis and cloning in prokaryotic and eukaryotic vectors will be covered. BIO G514 Molecular Immunology 5 This course will deal extensively with topics like molecular basis of T and B cell antigen recognition and activation. Immunity to microbes and diseases caused by humoral and cell mediated immune responses will be covered and emphasis placed on congenital and acquired immunodeficiency’s. Advanced topics like antibody engineering will be discussed with the help of review articles. BIO G515 Stem Cell and Regenerative Biology 3 1 4 Introduction to stem cells and regenerative biology; embryonic stem cells, adult stem cells, manipulation of stem cells for replacing cells in diseases tissues; transplantation of embryonic and adult stem cells, replacing congenitally defective organs and damaged organs, tissue engineering, biodegradable and biocompatible materials, nano -devices, and regulatory perspective. BIO G522 Interferon Technology 2 2 4 This course will deal extensively with topics like molecular basis of T and B cell antigen recognition and activation. Immunity to microbes and diseases caused by humoral and cell mediated immune responses will be covered and emphasis placed on congenital and acquired immunodeficiencies. Advanced topics like antibody engineering will be discussed with the help of review articles. BIO G532 Biostatistics and Biomodelling 2 2 4 Probability analysis variable in biology; standard deviation and standard errors; correlation and correlation coefficient; regression analysis; significance test; chisquare and goodness of fit; applications of computers in statistics; handling of software on enzyme kinetics and protein sequence analysis; computer analysis of nucleic acid structure. BIO G612 Human genetics 3 2 5 Epigenetic and Chromosomal Control of Gene Expression; DNA methylation, genomic imprinting and mammalian development. DNA damage and repair: Damage control during replication and mitosis, genome stability and check point control, Disorders related to aberrant DNA repair. Molecular genetics of inherited disorders. Cancer genetics: Genetic analysis of various cancers, tumour suppressor genes, metabolic

245


polymorphisms and cancer susceptibility. Genomics and proteomics: Human genome project and its applications in Gene therapy, novel drug design approaches. BIO G631 Membrane and Liposome Technology 2 2 4 Membrane structure and biogenesis; techniques for the study of membrane structure and properties; model of membranes; molecular transport mechanisms; techniques of artificial membrane productions; liposomes structures and characteristics; carrier mechanisms for targeting therapeutic agents; industrial applications of liposomes. BIO G632 Transgenic Technology 3 2 5 Transgenic techniques are replacements of traditional breeding practices; understanding faulty gene pools; development of commercial and economically viable tissue culture and their genetic improvement through DNA strategies; development of recombinant transplants for improved genomic system. BIO G651 Protein and Enzymes Bioengineering 3 2 5 Sources, isolation, purification and storage of protein and / or enzymes; kinetics of enzymes catalyzed reactions; biocatalysts reaction engineering; techniques of production and recovery of enzymes; protein and enzyme modification; clinical and industrial applications of free and immobilized enzymes. BIO G661 Gene Toxicology 2 2 4 Origin and fundamentals of Gene Toxicity; genotoxic effects in plants and mammalian systems; screening and measurements of genetoxicants; techniques in gene toxicology and their application to human, agricultural and environmental monitoring. BIO G671 Bioconversion Technology 3 2 5 Waste and by product utilization; down stream processing; biogas production; principles of biodegradation process parameters; bioreactor design and operation; exploitation of waste streams enzyme- based bioconversions of high value products.

* * * * *

246


e. M.B.A. Engineering & Technology Management Electives BITS C468 New Venture Creation 3 0 3 Entrepreneurship as career option, idea to opportunity – market analysis and segmentation, presenting a pitch deck, building the start-up team, competition analysis, lean startups, product development, intellectual property, sales and marketing, business models, financing, launching a business, growth and exit strategy, social entrepreneurship, business plan presentation skills. BITS C489 Enterprise Resource Planning 3 0 3 Introduction to ERP; Re-engineering and ERP systems; ERP planning, design, and implementation; ERP systems - sales and marketing; ERP systems - accounting and finance; ERP systems – human resources; Managing and ERP project; Supply chain Management and e-Market place. EA C475 Financial Engineering 3 0 3 Introduction: Review of Markets, Players, and Conventions; Cash Flow Engineering with Forward Contracts; Engineering Simple Interest Rate Derivatives; Swap Engineering; Report Market Strategies; Dynamic Replication Methods and Synthetics; Mechanics of Options; Options Engineering with Applications; Pricing Tools; Applications of Fundamental Theorem of Finance; Fixed Income Engineering; Tools for Volatility Engineering; Volatility Swaps and Volatility Trading; Engineering of Equity Instruments; Pricing and Replication, computational methods such as Monte Carlo Simulation. FIN C413 Risk Management and Insurance 3 0 3 Introduction to risk; types of risk; risk measurement; risk management techniques; risk avoidance, risk avoidance, loss control, loss financing, risk retention, risk transfer, internal risk reduction through diversification etc; insurance business and operations; insurance pricing; insurance v/s hedging; life, health and income risk; property and liability risk – commercial and personal; social insurance; insurance regulation. MBA C414 Technology Management 3 0 3 Concepts of technology, nature of technology change, economics of technology, corporate technology strategy, analysis for technology , strategy , adoption and management of new technology, accounting for technology, appropriate technologies, transfer of technology, influence of government polices on technology, technology, management of sustainable development. MBA C425 R & D Management 3 0 3 Distinctive need and particular structure for management of R & D system; the close relationship between R & D objectives and innovation and precise time targets; micro considerations like economics and cost, science policy, criteria of choice, various issues connected with availability, transfer and marketing of technology; micro considerations in planning, organization, project selection and formulation and management, R & D

247


cost estimating and budgeting human resources availability, evaluation and measurement of performance, control problems; mission-oriented research; technology missions enunciated by Indian Government. MBA C429 Recent Advances in ETM 4 <To be developed> MBA C451 Internetworking Technologies 3 0 3 Introduction to internetworking concepts; the internet architecture; goals and key issues related to internetworking technologies; design aspects; HTTP and other relevant protocols; agent technology and tools relevant to the internet; techniques of data compression; voice, video, and interactive video-on demand over the internet; multimedia operating systems and their impact; multimedia networking; mobile computing; internet security; case studies. MBA C454 Project Appraisal 3 0 3 Prerequisite: ECON C212: Principle of economics Criteria for selection of a project; factor intensity; commercial profitability; national economic profitability; limitations of market prices; estimation of shadow prices; linkup project appraisal to national objectives; McGaughey and Thorbeck approach; Little Mirrlees method; UNIDO guidelines approach; limitations of the conventional project appraisal; towards a new framework for project appraisal. MBA C482 Creating and Leading Entrepreneurial Organizations 4 Fundamentals of entrepreneurship; elements of leadership; identifying business opportunities; market study and research; business opportunities; business plans; finance, issues in raising finance; venture capitalist evaluation of business plans, technical aspects for the project, corporate strategies for growth; legal aspect to entrepreneurship, people skills, marketing and branding; creativity and communication. MBA C483 Marketing Research 3 0 3 An examination of the concepts and practical methodology used in marketing research. An overview of marketing research process, with emphasis on research design; data instrument design; questionnaire formulation; sampling plans; data collection methods – interviewing, panels; data analysis and use of computer based information systems for marketing intelligence.. Also Time-series& Regression based models of sales forecasting, control and evaluation of marketing function and survey methodology are covered. Emphasis will be on cases and research projects. MBA C512 Manufacturing Strategy 4 Corporate strategy; Missing links in manufacturing strategy; Audit approach; Restructuring; Manufacturing strategy process in practice; Formulation as a process; Operating strategies; Methodology framework; Lean production; Competitive priorities; Strategic value of response time and product variety; Flexibility in context of manufacturing strategy; Manufacturing focus; Business process reengineering; Theory

248


of constraints; Link between strategy and organizational culture; Evolution of manufacturing systems; Operations management strategic perspective MBA C522 Total Quality Management 4 TQM principles and practices; leadership; customer satisfaction; employee involvement; continuo’s process improvement; supplier partnership; performance measures; statistical process control; ISO 9000; benchmarking; quality function deployment; concurrent engineering; experimental design; Taguchi’s Quality engineering; product liability. MBA C523 Project Management 4 Concepts and techniques of project formulation, evaluation and implementation of; Project planning and scheduling; Risk management; Time-cost trade off; Resource levelling and allocation; Project Monitoring and control; Contract management. <Could not locate> MBA G552 Total Productive Maintenance 4 Outline of TPM;TPM – Challenging limits; Maximizing equipment effectiveness; Organizing for TPM implementation; TPM implementation and stabilization TPM small group activities; the PM prize for outstanding TPM plants. MBA G622 Software Project Management 4

Managing a software development project, concepts, objects of a project, environment of a software project, system development life cycle, tools, review process; documentation in software program management, procedures, diagramming techniques, management; Planning and monitoring a software project, project planning, management tools, software project definitions, project management packages, project control; software project definition, classification, project sizes and methodologies, feasibility, requirements and start-up; programmer productivity; software planning, control tools, accelerated design; prototyping and role in software project management; software production and software project management; software system installation, managing testing requirements, test plans, alpha and beta systems; emerging directions in project management.

* * * * *

249


f. M.B.A IT Enabled Services Management Electives BITS C489 Enterprise Resource Planning 3 0 3 Introduction to ERP; Re-engineering and ERP systems; ERP planning, design, and implementation; ERP systems - sales and marketing; ERP systems - accounting and finance; ERP systems – human resources; Managing and ERP project; Supply chain Management and e-Market place. EA C474 Retail Management Systems 3 0 3 Retailing history and theories, basic retail management process, retail industry in Indian and abroad, shopper behaviour in retailing, retailing formats and location related issues, category management, supply chain management In retail, retail buying, store layout and design, point of purchase communication, retail pricing strategy, building store loyalty and technology in retailing. Case studies and projects in retailing, specially focusing on Indian scenarios. FIN C413 Risk Management and Insurance 3 0 3 Introduction to risk; types of risk; risk measurement; risk management techniques; risk avoidance, risk avoidance, loss control, loss financing, risk retention, risk transfer, internal risk reduction through diversification etc; insurance business and operations; insurance pricing; insurance v/s hedging; life, health and income risk; property and liability risk – commercial and personal; social insurance; insurance regulation MBA C426 Database Management Systems 4 Introduction to databases and Management; Data files and structures; hierarchical, relational, network models; distributed data bases; query processing and wuery optimization, query languages; concepts of security and protection; case study of a data base system. MBA C427 e-Business and Internet Marketing 4 e-Business evolution & opportunities; categories of e-Business,; e-Business models; network infrastructure & web based tools for e-business; e-business risks & risk management; network security and firewall; cryptography and authentication; billing/payment systems; regulatory environment of e-business; ERP/SCM/CRM and web based marketing; business intelligence & intelligent systems; data warehousing and data mining; implementing e-business systems & change management. Case studies and projects in e-business areas; emerging e-business scenarios. MBA C428 Internet Security and cyber Laws 4 Examination of issues related to network and information security, security concepts, security attacks and risks, security architectures, security policy management, security mechanisms, cryptography algorithms, security standards, security system interoperation and case studies of the current major security systems.

250


MBA C433 Advertising and Sales Promotion 3 0 3 The communication process and models of persuasive communication; advertising research; advertising campaign components; advertising campaign planning; advertising/media scene; media concepts; media planning & strategy; advertising campaign planning, execution and evaluation; advertising agencies; sales promotion types and techniques; sales promotion strategy; measuring the effectiveness of the promotional program; regulation of advertising and promotion; Extending marketing communication to social communication, personal selling, International advertising, interactive advertising, advertising laws, social, ethical and moral issues. MBA C436 Strategic Financial Management 3 0 3 (Pre-requisite: ECON C481=FIN C342=MGTS C382 Financial Management or MBA C416 Corporate Finance and Taxation) Company Value and the Manager’s Mission: Introduction to Valuation, Why Value? The Value Manager, Cash Is King and Value – Based Management Approach to Valuation - A Practitioner’s Guide: Frameworks for Valuation. Valuation Methods: Discounted, Relative and Contingent Claim. Analyzing Historical Performance. Forecasting Performance. Forecasting Performance. Estimation of Discount Models, Free-Cash-Flow-To-Equity Discount Models, Free-Cash-Flow-to-firm Approach, Price/Earning Ratio, Price/Book Value Ratio and Price/ Sales Ratio. Measuring and Managing the company Value: Company Value VS. Shareholders Wealth Maximization – TSR. Economic Value Added, Market Value Added and Cash Value Added. Wealth Creator but the Indian Corporates. Analyzing the Company Performance - Application of Balanced Scorecard (BSC). Applying Valuation: Multi business Valuation. Mergers, Acquisition, and Joint Ventures. MBA C451 Internetworking Technologies 3 0 3 Introduction to internetworking concepts; the internet architecture; goals and key issues related to internetworking technologies; design aspects; HTTP and other relevant protocols; agent technology and tools relevant to the internet; techniques of data compression; voice, video, and interactive video-on demand over the internet; multimedia operating systems and their impact; multimedia networking; mobile computing; internet security; case studies. MBA C454 Project Appraisal 3 0 3 Prerequisite: ECON C212: Principle of economics Criteria for selection of a project; factor intensity; commercial profitability; national economic profitability; limitations of market prices; estimation of shadow prices; linkup project appraisal to national objectives; McGaughey and Thorbeck approach; Little Mirrlees method; UNIDO guidelines approach; limitations of the conventional project appraisal; towards a new framework for project appraisal. MBA C481 Expert Systems 4 The object of this course is to study in details the features of expert systems and their role in the scientific world of today and tomorrow. It concentrates on the tools available

251


to the knowledge engineer, expert systems, building techniques, and the difficulties which may be encountered during the development of an expert system. MBA C482 Creating and Leading Entrepreneurial Organizations 4 Fundamentals of entrepreneurship; elements of leadership; identifying business opportunities; market study and research; business opportunities; business plans; finance, issues in raising finance; venture capitalist evaluation of business plans, technical aspects for the project, corporate strategies for growth; legal aspect to entrepreneurship, people skills, marketing and branding; creativity and communication. MBA C488 Service Management System 3 0 3 Understanding Services, the Service sector today, Designing the Service Enterprise, Technological Issues, Structuring Service Operations, Processes Management, Staffing for Services, Functions of Services Managements System, Client Relationships, Measuring and Reporting Services. MBA G622 Software Project Management 4

Managing a software development project, concepts, objects of a project, environment of a software project, system development life cycle, tools, review process; documentation in software program management, procedures, diagramming techniques, management; Planning and monitoring a software project, project planning, management tools, software project definitions, project management packages, project control; software project definition, classification, project sizes and methodologies, feasibility, requirements and start-up; programmer productivity; software planning, control tools, accelerated design; prototyping and role in software project management; software production and software project management; software system installation, managing testing requirements, test plans, alpha and beta systems; emerging directions in project management.

* * * * *

252


ANNEXURE – 11 BPD FACULTY ROSTER

253


BPD FACULTY Qualification S.

No Name of the Faculty Rank Degree Year Institute

Course Allocation *

1

Dr. T. G. Thomas Professor Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering)

1996 IIT, Bombay, India

Digital Communication, Communication System, Circuits and Signals, Digital Electronics and Computer Organization

2 Dr. C. Periasamy Professor Ph.D. (Mechanical Engineering-Fluid Thermal Science)

1992Case Western

Reserve University, USA

Thermodynamics, Quality Control Assurance and Reliability , Measurement Techniques-II

3 Dr. Sunderam Swaminathan Professor

Ph. D. (Semi conductor Devices and Characteristics)

1981 University of Warwick U.S.A

Electrical Science-I Communication Systems Lab

4 Dr. Uma Ramachandran Professor Ph.D. (Chemistry) 1984

Indian Institute of Science,

Bangalore, India

Measurement Techniques I (Chemistry), Instrumental Methods of Analysis and Biochemical Engineering

5 Dr.Sridharana Karthiyanini Professor Ph.D (Physics) 1995

Madras University,

India

Physics I and Mechanics of Solids

6 Dr.Jayaraman Professor Ph.D. (Electronics and Communication Engineering)

1993

PSG college of Technology (a

Deemed University), India

Digital Electronics and Computer Organization and Communication Systems

7 Dr. D J Shariff Professor Ph. D. (Zoology) 1987 Madras Univ., India

General Biology, MT-I (Biology)

8 Dr. Priti Bajpai Professor Ph. D. (Mathematics) 1990 Lucknow Univ., India

Optimization, Numerical Analysis, Mathematics I, II, III.

9 Dr. G. Vijaya Professor Ph.D. (Instrumentation) 1998 IIT, Roorkee,

India

Electronic Instrumentation and Instrumentation Technology, Telecommunication,

254




Course Allocation *

Switching and Network, Micro Electronic Circuits, Analog Electronics,

10 Dr. Tanmay Panda Professor Ph. D (Management) 1995 Delhi Univ., Delhi, India

Principles of Management, Principles of Marketing for Engineers

11 Dr. S Vadivel Professor Ph. D. (Computer Science and Engineering)

1988 IIT, Chennai, India

Operating Systems, Computer Networks, Internetworking Technology, Advanced Computer Organization, Computer Programming I and II, Digital Electronics and Computer Organization Lab

12 Dr. R. Roopkumar Professor Ph. D (Physics) 1992 Anna Univ., Chennai, India

Physics-I and II MT- I (Physics)

13 Dr. Shazi Shah Jabeen Associate Professor Ph. D. (English) 1993 AMU, Aligarh,

India English Language Skills, Technical Report Writing

14 Dr. R Mary Lourde Associate Professor

Ph. D. (Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

1997 IISc, Bangalore, India

Digital Electronics and Computer Organization, Electrical Sciences – II, Digital Systems, Circuits and Signals, Power Electronics. Digital Signal Processing Control Systems Electro Mechanical Energy Conversion

15 Dr. B Vijaya kumar Associate Professor

Ph. D. (Computer Science and Engineering)

2001 BITS, Pilani, India

Software Engineering, Programming Languages and Compiler Constructions, Software Engineering, Multimedia Computing, Digital Electronics and Computer Organization Lab, Computer Programming-I and II Theory of Computation

255




Course Allocation *

16 Dr. D V Prasad Associate Professor

Ph. D. (Electronics and Communication Eng.)

1995JNT Univ., Hyderabad,

India

Electrical Sciences-I, Microelectronic Circuits, Electromagnetic Fields and Waves, Circuits and Signals, Communication Systems, Medical Instrumentation, Electronics Devices and Integrated Circuits.

17 Dr. Ram Karthikeyan Associate Professor

Ph.D. ( Mechanical Engineering) 2000

Annamalai University

Tamilnadu, India

Mechanics of solids, Production Techniques, Measurement Techniques-II.

18 Dr. Neeru Bhagat Associate Professor Ph. D. (Physics) 1999 DA Univ Indore,

India Physics-I and II, MT-I (Physics)

19 Dr. Maneesha Bhagchandani

Associate Professor

Ph. D. (Statistics) 2001 Lucknow Univ.,

India Probability and Statistics, Operation Research

20 Dr. Vijaya Ilango Associate Professor Ph. D. (Chemistry) 1995

Anna Univ.,Chennai,

India

Chemistry-I and II MT-I (Chemistry)

21 Dr. K K Singh Associate Professor Ph. D. (Physics) 1997 BHU, Banaras,

India MT-I (Physics), Physics-I, and II

22 Dr. B Muralidharan Associate Professor Ph. D. (Chemistry) 1996 Alagappa Univ.,

India Chemistry-I, and II MT-I (Chemistry)

23 Dr. T K. Dutta

Associate Professor

Ph.D. (Mathematics) 1992 Jadavpur Univ., Kolkata, India

Mathematics-I, II, and III, Probability and Statistics, Discrete Structures for Computer Science

24

Dr. K Kumar Associate Professor Ph. D. (Mathematics) 2000

Bharathiar Univ., Coimbatore,

India

Mathematics-I, II, Probability and Statistics

256




Course Allocation *

25 Dr. Kavitha Jerath Associate. Professor Ph.D (Physics) 1988

University of Rajasthan,

India

Physics I and Mechanics of Solids

26 Ramachandran Anand kumar

Associate Professor

Ph.D (Electronics and communication Engg. )

1990 RICE University, Houston, TX

27 Dr. K. Nithiyananthan Associate Professor

Ph.D. (Electrical and Electronics Eng.) 2004

Anna Univ.,Chennai,

India

Electrical Science I and II, Analog Electronics, Digital Electronics and Computer Organization

28 Dr. Neeru Sood Associate Professor Ph.D. (Botany) 1998 PA Univ,

Ludhiana, India General Biology, MT-I (Biology)

29 Dr. A Somasundaram Associate Professor

Ph. D. (Mathematics) 2001 MS Univ.,

Tirunelveli, India Optimization, Numerical Analysis.

30 Dr. R. Udaya Kumar Associate Professor

Ph.D. (Mechanical Engineering) 2001

REC, Tiruchirappalli,

India

Prime Movers and Fluid Mechanics, Design of Machine Elements, Thermodynamics. Applied Thermodynamics, EG Lab, Workshop Practice

31 Dr. A. M. Surendra Kumar

Associate Professor

Ph.D. (Mechanical Engineering in Thermal Science)

2005 IIT, Bombay, India

Thermo Dynamics, Workshop Practice

32 Dr. M.V. N. Sankaram Associate Professor

Ph.D. (Marine Engineering) 1997 Andhra Univ,

India

Dynamics of Mechanics and Vibrations, Structure and Properties of Materials, Mechanics of solids and Workshop Practice practical.

33 Dr.Bharat Bhushan Gulyani

Associate Professor

Ph.D. (Chemical Engineering)

1999 IIT, Roorkee, India

Fluid Flow Operations, Chemical Process Calculations, Transport Phenomena-II, Thermo Dynamics.

34 Dr. Adhir Baran Chattopadhyay

Assistant Professor

Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering)

1998 IIT, Kharagpur, India

Power Electronics, Control Systems, Digital Electronics and Computer Organization.

257




Course Allocation *

35 Dr. B Karthikeyan Assistant Professor

Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering)

2006 Sastra Univ., Tamil Nadu,

India

Electrical Sciences-II, Digital Electronics and Computer Organization. Lab

36 Dr. Abdul Rajak A R Assistant Professor

Ph.D. (Electronics and Comm. Engineering)

2005 Bharathiar Univ.,

Coimbatore, India

Electro Magnetic Fields and Waves; Circuits and Signals; Electronics Instruments and Instrumentation Technology Lab.

37 Dr. B.G.Prakash Kumar Assistant Professor

Ph.D. (Chemical Engineering)

2005 Anna Univ., Tamil Nadu

Selected Chemical Engineering Operations and Thermodynamics

38 Dr. N.K. Miller Jothi Assistant Professor

Ph.D ( Mechanical Engineering—internal Combustion Engines)

2006 Anna Univ., Tamil Nadu

Thermodynamics and mechanics and mechanics of solids

39 Dr. S. Ramachandran

Assistant Professor

Ph.D. (Biotechnology) 2008 BITS, Pilani Rajasthan India

MT-i(Biology),Biological Chemistry, Microbiology

40 Dr. V. Kalaichelvi

Assistant Professor

Ph .D (Electronics andInstrumentation) 2007 Annamalai

University India

Measurements techniques-II (EEE), Control Systems, Electromechanical Energy Conversion (CDC for EIE)

41 Dr. Sivaram Boppe

Assistant Professor Ph.D. (Meteorology &

Oceanography) 2007

Andhra University,

Visakhapatnam, India

Probability and Statistics

42 Dr.G.Saravanakumar Asst. Professor

Ph.D Instrumentation & Control Process) 2008

Anna University,

India

Electronic Devices and Integrated Circuits, Process Control

258




Course Allocation *

43 Dr. Rajan Ramasamy Asst. Professor Ph.D (Chemistry) 2008

Alagappa University,

India

Chemistry-I and Thermodynamics

44 Dr. F. Rusal Raj Asst. Professor Ph.D(Chemistry) 2008

Manonmaniam Sundarnar University,

India

Measurement Techniques I (Chemistry), Chemistry I and Chemical Engg. Thermodynamics

45 Dr. Suhel Ahamed Khan

Asst. Professor Ph.D (Mathametics), 2008

Aligarh Muslim University,

Aligarh, India

Optimization and Mathematics III

46 Dr.V. Santhosh Kumar#

Asst. Professor Ph.D (C.Sc) 2007

Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore

Operating Systems, Digital Electronics and Computer Organization, Introduction to Bioinformatics, Fuzzy Logic and Applications

47 Dr. S. Baskaran Asst. Professor Ph.D (Maths) 2007

Madras University,

India Mathematics III

48 Dr. G. Amaranath Asst. Professor Ph.D (Physics) 1991 SV University,

India Physics I and Mechanics of Solids

259




Course Allocation *

49 Dr. Geetha Asst. Professor Ph.D (Chemistry) 2000 IIT

Chemistry I, Thermodynamics, Instrumental Methods of Analysis.

50 Dr.Lajwanti Aidasani Asst. Professor Ph.D (English) 2009

Devi Ahilya Vishwavidyalya,

India English Language Skills

51 Dr.Jagadish Nayak Asst. Professor Ph.D(EEE), 2008

,

National Institute of Technology

Microelectronic Circuits, Communication Systems

52 Dr.Trupti Swarup Asst. Professor Ph.D (Micro Biology)

2002 Goa University,

India

General Biology, Genetics, Instrumental Methods of Analysis

53 Dr. Mallika Parveen

Assistant Professor

M. S. (Mechanical Engineering) 1995 BITS, Pilani,

India

Engineering Graphics Lab, and Workshop Practice Lab, PS Faculty for Practice School II and Practice School I (Summer Term)

54 Dr. R Gomathi Bhavani

Assistant Professor

M. S. (Electrical & Electronics Engineering)


Electromechanical Energy Conversion Lab, MP Programming & Interfacing Lab, Digital Electronics & Computer Organization Lab, Measurement Techniques-II (EEE) Lab, PS Faculty for Practice School II and Practice School I (Summer Term)

260




Course Allocation *

55 Ms. Sujala D Shetty

Senior Lecturer

M. Tech. (Computer Science & Engineering)

2000 MIT, Manipal, India

Microprocessor Programming and Interfacing Lab, Computer Programming - I Lab & Computer Programming-II Practical, PS Faculty for Practice School II and Practice School I (Summer Term)

56 Mr. M. Madiajagan

Senior Lecturer

M. S. (Computer Science & Engineering)


Computer Programming – I Lab & Computer Programming II, PS Faculty for Practice School II and Practice School I (Summer Term)

57 Ms. R Swarnalatha

Senior Lecturer ME.

(Instrumentation Engineering)

2002 Anna Univ, Chennai, India

Analog Electronics Lab, Measurement Techniques-II (EEE) Lab, Electronic Instruments and Instrumentation Technology Lab, PS Faculty for Practice School II and Practice School I (Summer Term)

58 Ms. S. Jeyalatha

Senior Lecturer

M.E. (Computer Science Engineering)


Microprocessor Programming and Interfacing Lab, Computer Programming-II Lab, PS Faculty for Practice School II and Practice School I (Summer Term)

59 Ms. Mubeena Rahman

Senior

Lecturer MA (English) 1997 Osmania Univ., India

Technical Report Writing (Assignments and Tutorial Components), PS Faculty for Practice School II and Practice School I (Summer Term)

60 Ms. J. Alamelu Mangai

Senior

Lecturer M.E. (Computer Science & Engineering)

2005 Annamalai Univ., India

Computer Programming-I Lab. & Computer Programming- II, PS Faculty for Practice School II and Practice School I (Summer Term)

61 Ms. Pushkala Muralidharan

Senior

Lecturer M.B.A. 1989 Pondicherry

Univ., India

PS Faculty for Practice School II and Practice School I (Summer Term)

261




Course Allocation *

62 Ms. S. Susila

Senior Lecturer M.E. (Computer

Science & Engineering)


Microprocessors Prog & Interfacing Lab, Measurement Techniques-II (EEE) Laboratory, PS Faculty for Practice School II and Practice School I (Summer Term)

63 Ms. Susanna S. Henry Lecturer M. Tech (Computer Science) 2007

Visveswariah TechnologicalUniversity, India

Digital Electronics & Computer Organization Lab. Computer Programming Lab, Practice School II and Practice School I

64 Ms. Aquila Rafuiddin Lecturer M.B.A (Financial Management) 1997

Kakatiya University,Wara

ngal, India

PS Faculty for PS II and Practice School I (Summer Term)

65 Ms. Saraswathy G Lecturer M.E. (Biomedical Engineering) 2008 Texas A&M

University, USA

Introduction to Bioinformatics and Measurement Techniques I (Biology)

66 Sunil Thomas Lecturer M.Tech ( Power Electroincs & Drives) 2007 VIT, University

Vellore, India

Measurement Techniques II (EEE), Electrical Sciences I, Communication Systems

67 Kavitha.S Ms. Lecturer M.Phil (Mathematics) 1999

University of Madras,

Chennai, India Mathematics I

68 Mr. Mutharasan Lecturer M.Sc (Mathamatics) 1989 Bharathidasan

University , Trichy, India

Mathematics I and Probability and Statistics

* * * * *

262

Catalog 2010_11

Documents

Transcript of Catalog 2010_11